13348 lines
568 KiB
Plaintext
13348 lines
568 KiB
Plaintext
# French translation of evolution documentation.
|
||
# Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution package.
|
||
#
|
||
# Novell, 2004.
|
||
# Marc Lorber <Linux-Lorber@club-internet.fr>, 2006.
|
||
# Jonathan Ernst <jonathan@ernstfamily.ch>, 2007.
|
||
# Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>, 2007-2008.
|
||
# Alexandre Franke <alexandre.franke@gmail.com>, 2009.
|
||
# Nicolas Repentin <nicolas@shivaserv.fr>, 2009.
|
||
# Bruno Brouard <annoa.b@gmail.com>, 2010-2012.
|
||
# Alexandre Daubois <alex.daubois@gmail.com>, 2011.
|
||
# Julien Hardelin <jhardlin@orange.fr>, 2012.
|
||
#
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Evolution doc fr\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-22 09:38+0000\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-23 23:32+0200\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Julien Hardelin <jhardlin@orange.fr>\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: français <GNOME French Team<gnomefr@traduc.org>>\n"
|
||
"Language: \n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1\n"
|
||
|
||
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid "translator-credits"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Marc Lorber <Linux-Lorber@club-internet.fr>, 2006\n"
|
||
"Jonathan Ernst <jonathan@ernstfamily.ch>, 2007\n"
|
||
"Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>, 2007-2009\n"
|
||
"Alexandre Franke <alexandre.franke@gmail.com>, 2009\n"
|
||
"Bruno Brouard <annoa.b@gmail.com>, 2012 \n"
|
||
"Julien Hardelin <jhardlin@orange.fr, 2012"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/index.page:6(media) C/index.page:24(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='figures/evolutionlogo.png' "
|
||
"md5='4bf469aaba7c368937309e931ba9bdcc'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='figures/evolutionlogo.png' "
|
||
"md5='4bf469aaba7c368937309e931ba9bdcc'"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Evolution"
|
||
msgstr "Evolution"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:7(info/title)
|
||
msgctxt "text"
|
||
msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar"
|
||
msgstr "Messagerie et agenda d'Evolution"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:18(license/p) C/backup-restore.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-google.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-local.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-organizing.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:23(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-weather.page:15(license/p) C/calendar-webdav.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/change-keyboard-shortcuts.page:13(license/p)
|
||
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:14(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:22(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-google.page:16(license/p) C/contacts-ldap.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-local.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-organizing.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:23(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/credits.page:15(license/p) C/data-storage.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/deleting-appointments.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/deleting-emails.page:21(license/p)
|
||
#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/exporting-data.page:15(license/p) C/express-mode.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/google-services.page:13(license/p)
|
||
#: C/groupwise-placeholder.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:18(license/p) C/import-data.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/import-single-files.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/intro-application.page:19(license/p) C/intro-first-run.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:24(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-management.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments.page:13(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:14(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:14(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:27(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:21(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:27(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:27(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:20(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:23(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption.page:29(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:20(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:18(license/p) C/mail-folders.page:23(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:20(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-labels.page:16(license/p) C/mail-layout-changing.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:19(license/p) C/mail-not-sent.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-organizing.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:28(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:13(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:22(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-enable.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:23(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:22(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:17(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:23(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:25(license/p) C/mail-spam.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:31(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:17(license/p) C/mail-word-wrap.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:23(license/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:15(license/p) C/memos-usage.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:19(license/p) C/offline.page:19(license/p)
|
||
#: C/organizing.page:13(license/p) C/problems-debug-how-to.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/problems-getting-help.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/searching-items.page:13(license/p)
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-local.page:15(license/p) C/tasks-organizing.page:16(license/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:23(license/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:18(license/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:15(license/p) C/tasks-usage.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:15(license/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:15(license/p) C/using-categories.page:20(license/p)
|
||
msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
|
||
msgstr "Creative Commons Partage des Conditions Initiales à l'Identique 3.0"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/evolutionlogo.png\"> Evolution logo </"
|
||
"media> Evolution Mail and Calendar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/evolutionlogo.png\"> Logo d'Evolution </"
|
||
"media> Messagerie et agenda d'Evolution"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:31(section/title) C/intro-application.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Getting Started"
|
||
msgstr "Premiers pas"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:35(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Mail Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:37(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Advanced Mail Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion avancée des courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:39(section/title)
|
||
msgid "IMAP"
|
||
msgstr "IMAP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:45(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Mail Composing"
|
||
msgstr "Édition de courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:47(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Advanced Mail Composing"
|
||
msgstr "Édition avancée de courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:52(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Calendar Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion d'agenda"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:54(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Advanced Calendar Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion avancée d'agenda"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:59(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Contacts Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:63(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Memos and Tasks Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des mémos et des tâches"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:67(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Data Migration and Synchronization"
|
||
msgstr "Synchronisation et migration des données"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:71(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Corporate Environments"
|
||
msgstr "Environnement appartenant à une société"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:73(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Microsoft Exchange"
|
||
msgstr "Microsoft Exchange"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:76(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Novell Groupwise"
|
||
msgstr "Novell Groupwise"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:81(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Tracking down Problems"
|
||
msgstr "Dépistage des problèmes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:85(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Common Mail Questions and Problems"
|
||
msgstr "Problèmes et questions courants à propos des courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:89(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Common Other Questions and Problems"
|
||
msgstr "Autres questions et problèmes courants"
|
||
|
||
#: C/index.page:93(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Further reading"
|
||
msgstr "Lecture complémentaire"
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Back up and restore your Evolution data and settings."
|
||
msgstr "Archiver et restaurer vos données et paramètres d'Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Back up and restore"
|
||
msgstr "Archivage et restauration"
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can back up your Evolution data. The backup saves your settings, mail, "
|
||
"contacts, tasks, memos and calendars. It will be stored in a gzip-compressed "
|
||
"tar archive file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez archiver vos données d'Evolution. La sauvegarde enregistre vos "
|
||
"paramètres, courriels, contacts, mémos et agendas. Elle sera stockée dans un "
|
||
"fichier archive tar compressé au format gzip."
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:26(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Backing up"
|
||
msgstr "Archivage"
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Back up Evolution Data...</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Archiver les données d'Evolution</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose a filename and the folder where you want to save the backup file, and "
|
||
"click <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez un nom de fichier et le dossier dans lequel vous voulez "
|
||
"enregistrer le fichier d'archive et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Enregistrer</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:30(item/p) C/backup-restore.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with <gui style=\"button\">Yes</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il vous sera demandé de fermer Evolution. Répondez par <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Oui</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:32(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that your <link xref=\"mail-spam\">spam filtering</link> settings are "
|
||
"not included in the backup file, as these settings are not controlled by "
|
||
"Evolution and as developers of spam filtering tools might change "
|
||
"implementation details. If you use Bogofilter you will need to back up "
|
||
"<file>~/.bogofilter/</file>. If you use SpamAssassin you will need to back "
|
||
"up <file>~/.spamassassin/</file>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que vos paramètres de <link xref=\"mail-spam\">filtre de pourriels</"
|
||
"link> ne sont pas inclus dans le fichier archive parce que ces paramètres ne "
|
||
"sont pas contrôlés par Evolution et que les développeurs de filtres de "
|
||
"pourriels pourraient modifier des détails de leur application. Si vous "
|
||
"utilisez Bogofilter, vous devez archiver le fichier <file>~/.bogofilter/</"
|
||
"file>. Si vous utilisez SpamAssassin, vous devez archiver le fichier "
|
||
"<file>~/.spamassassin/</file>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:36(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Restoring"
|
||
msgstr "Restauration"
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Restore Evolution Data...</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Restaurer les données "
|
||
"d'Evolution...</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Choose the file, and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez le fichier et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ouvrir</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/backup-restore.page:42(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the <link xref=\"intro-first-run\">first-run assistant</link>, you can "
|
||
"restore Evolution data from a backup file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'<link xref=\"intro-first-run\">assistant de premier démarrage</link>, "
|
||
"vous pouvez restaurer les données d'Evolution à partir d'un fichier de "
|
||
"sauvegarde."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Setting up reminder notifications for appointments."
|
||
msgstr "Paramétrer les notifications de rappel pour les rendez-vous."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Reminders for appointments"
|
||
msgstr "Rappels de rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:26(section/title)
|
||
msgid "General Settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres généraux"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:28(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Reminders</gui></guiseq> you can select those calendars for which "
|
||
"you want to receive reminder notifications. If you do not select a calendar, "
|
||
"you will not receive reminders for any events in this calendar. You can also "
|
||
"define whether to show a reminder for every appointment and for every "
|
||
"birthday and anniversary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Agenda et tâches</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Rappels</gui></guiseq> vous pouvez sélectionner les agendas pour "
|
||
"lesquels vous voulez recevoir des notifications de rappel. Si vous ne "
|
||
"sélectionnez pas d'agenda, vous ne recevrez aucun rappel pour tous les "
|
||
"événements de cet agenda. Vous pouvez choisir d'afficher un rappel pour tous "
|
||
"les rendez-vous et pour toutes les dates de naissance et les anniversaires."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Manual Reminders"
|
||
msgstr "Rappels manuels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:35(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Apart from the general settings you can also set up reminders in the "
|
||
"appointment editor for certain appointments only:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En plus des paramètres généraux, vous pouvez aussi configurer des rappels "
|
||
"dans l'éditeur de rendez-vous pour certains rendez-vous seulement :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Reminders</gui></guiseq> or press the "
|
||
"Reminder button in the toolbar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Rappels</gui></guiseq> ou cliquez "
|
||
"sur le bouton Rappel dans la barre d'outils."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the dropdown menu, choose either one of the available default options "
|
||
"when to show a notification reminder, or choose <gui>Customize</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le menu déroulant, choisissez soit l'une des options disponibles par "
|
||
"défaut concernant l'affichage d'un rappel de notification ou choisissez "
|
||
"<gui>Personnaliser</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case of <gui>Customize</gui>, the reminder can be a popup, a sound "
|
||
"played, or a program ran. You can also define whether the reminder should be "
|
||
"repeated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous cliquez sur <gui>Personnaliser</gui>, le rappel peut être "
|
||
"l'apparition d'une fenêtre, la lecture d'un son ou le lancement d'un "
|
||
"programme. Vous pouvez aussi définir si le rappel doit être répété."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using an online CalDAV calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser un agenda CalDAV en ligne."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using a CalDAV calendar"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation d'un agenda CalDAV"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:25(page/p) C/calendar-google.page:26(page/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-weather.page:24(page/p) C/calendar-webdav.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid "To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter de tels agendas à Evolution, suivez les étapes suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:27(item/p) C/calendar-google.page:28(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-local.page:24(item/p) C/calendar-weather.page:26(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Calendar</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Agenda</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the type <gui>CalDAV</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le type <gui>CalDAV</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:29(item/p) C/calendar-google.page:30(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-local.page:26(item/p) C/calendar-weather.page:28(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:28(item/p) C/contacts-google.page:27(item/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:33(item/p) C/contacts-local.page:26(item/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:33(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:26(item/p) C/tasks-local.page:26(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter a name that you prefer."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez le nom que vous voulez."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:30(item/p) C/calendar-google.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-local.page:27(item/p) C/calendar-weather.page:29(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:29(item/p) C/tasks-caldav.page:27(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-local.page:27(item/p) C/tasks-webdav.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Optionally choose a color that you prefer."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez éventuellement votre couleur préférée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:31(item/p) C/calendar-google.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-weather.page:30(item/p) C/calendar-webdav.page:30(item/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-google.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez si vous souhaitez aussi voir le contenu quand vous êtes hors-"
|
||
"ligne."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:32(item/p) C/calendar-webdav.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the address of the calendar in the <gui>URL</gui> field."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez l'adresse de l'agenda dans le champ <gui>URL</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:33(item/p) C/calendar-weather.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:32(item/p) C/contacts-google.page:30(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:39(item/p) C/tasks-caldav.page:30(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose <gui>Use secure connection</gui> if you want to connect securely."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez <gui>Utiliser une connexion sécurisée</gui> si vous souhaitez "
|
||
"utiliser une connexion sécurisée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:34(item/p) C/tasks-caldav.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter your username and your email address."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez votre nom d'utilisateur et votre adresse électronique."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:35(item/p) C/calendar-google.page:35(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-local.page:28(item/p) C/calendar-weather.page:34(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:34(item/p) C/contacts-google.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:36(item/p) C/contacts-local.page:27(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:32(item/p) C/tasks-local.page:28(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Valider</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:38(page/p) C/calendar-google.page:38(page/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-local.page:31(page/p) C/calendar-weather.page:37(page/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:37(page/p)
|
||
msgid "The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "L'agenda est ajouté à la liste des agendas d'Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Classifying appointments and tasks on groupware servers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Classification des rendez-vous et des tâches sur les serveurs collaboratifs."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Classifications"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation des classifications"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are using a calendar on a Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange "
|
||
"server, you can select a classification to determine who can view it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous utilisez un agenda sur un serveur Novell GroupWise ou Microsoft "
|
||
"Exchange, vous pouvez sélectionner une classification pour déterminer qui "
|
||
"peut le voir."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a classification for an appointment or a task, click "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Classifications</gui></guiseq> and select a "
|
||
"classification in the editor. <gui>Public</gui> is the default category, and "
|
||
"a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar-sharing "
|
||
"network. <gui>Private</gui> denotes one level of security, and "
|
||
"<gui>Confidential</gui> an even higher level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour définir une classification pour un rendez vous ou une tâche, cliquez "
|
||
"sur <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Classifications</gui></guiseq> et "
|
||
"sélectionnez une classification dans l'éditeur. <gui>Public</gui> est la "
|
||
"catégorie par défaut et un rendez vous public peut être vu par n'importe qui "
|
||
"sur le réseau de partage d'agenda. <gui>Privé</gui> dénote un certain niveau "
|
||
"de sécurité et <gui>Confidentiel</gui> un niveau encore plus haut."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your "
|
||
"system administrator or adjust your delegation settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les différents niveaux changent en fonction des paramètres du serveur : "
|
||
"vérifiez auprès de votre administrateur système ou ajuster vos paramètres de "
|
||
"délégation."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using the Free/Busy view on a groupware server to set up meetings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser l'affichage libre/occupé pour paramétrer vos réunions sur un "
|
||
"serveur collaboratif."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Free/Busy information"
|
||
msgstr "Information Libre/Occupé"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can use the Free/Busy search for meetings to determine the availability "
|
||
"of invitees."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez utiliser la recherche Libre/Occupé pour les rendez-vous pour "
|
||
"déterminer la disponibilité de vos invités."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/"
|
||
"Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy "
|
||
"feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as "
|
||
"Microsoft Exchange and Novell GroupWise. However, you can also publish Free/"
|
||
"Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published "
|
||
"elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, "
|
||
"you can still use <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation"
|
||
"\">meeting invitations</link> to coordinate schedules with other people."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En plus des outils standard de planification de réunion, vous pouvez "
|
||
"utiliser l'affichage Libre/Occupé pour vérifier à l'avance si certaines "
|
||
"personnes sont disponibles. La fonctionnalité Libre/Occupé est "
|
||
"habituellement réservée aux utilisateurs de serveurs collaboratifs comme "
|
||
"Microsoft Exchange ou Novell GroupWise. Cependant, vous pouvez aussi publier "
|
||
"les informations de disponibilité en ligne et accéder à de telles "
|
||
"informations publiées ailleurs. Si les personnes avec qui vous collaborez ne "
|
||
"publient pas toutes des données de disponibilité, vous pouvez tout de même "
|
||
"utiliser les <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation\">invitations "
|
||
"à des événements</link> pour coordonner la planification d'événements avec "
|
||
"d'autres personnes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid "To access the free/busy view:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour accéder à l'affichage Libre/Occupé :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Meeting</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Rendez-vous</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add the email addresses of people "
|
||
"you want to invite."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ajouter</gui> pour ajouter les adresses "
|
||
"électroniques des personnes que vous souhaitez inviter."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the <gui>Free/Busy</gui> button on the toolbar, or click "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Free/Busy</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Libre/Occupé</gui> dans la barre d'outils ou "
|
||
"choisissez <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Libre/Occupé</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using "
|
||
"the <gui>Autopick</gui> buttons to choose a time automatically, then click "
|
||
"<gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Attendees on an Exchange server have the "
|
||
"appointment updated automatically; others receive email notification of any "
|
||
"change in plans."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Affinez les horaires de la réunion, soit en glissant les bords de la "
|
||
"réunion, soit en utilisant les boutons de <gui>choix automatique</gui> pour "
|
||
"choisir automatiquement une période, puis cliquez sur <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Fermer</gui>. Sur un serveur Exchange, le rendez-vous se met "
|
||
"automatiquement à jour pour les participants invités ; dans les autres cas, "
|
||
"un courriel de notification de mise à jour est envoyé aux participants."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Attendee List:"
|
||
msgstr "Liste des participants :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment."
|
||
msgstr "La liste des participants montre les personnes invitées à la réunion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Schedule Grid:"
|
||
msgstr "Grille horaire :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people "
|
||
"you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to "
|
||
"schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information "
|
||
"only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you "
|
||
"do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they "
|
||
"publish free/busy information at a web address (URL) that you can reach and "
|
||
"you have entered that web address for the specific contact in the <link xref="
|
||
"\"contacts-usage-edit-contact\">Contact Editor</link> under "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Personal information</gui><gui>Web Addresses</gui><gui>Free/"
|
||
"Busy</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La grille horaire affiche les informations Libre/Occupé des personnes "
|
||
"invitées. Cela vous permet de comparer les agendas pour trouver une période "
|
||
"libre pour organiser la réunion. Les données de disponibilité des individus "
|
||
"ne sont disponibles que si elles se trouvent sur un même serveur Novell "
|
||
"GroupWise ou Microsoft Exchange que vous (c'est-à-dire, si les personnes "
|
||
"font partie de la même organisation que vous), ou si ces données sont "
|
||
"publiées à un URL accessible et que vous avez saisi cette adresse Web pour "
|
||
"le contact particulier dans <link xref=\"contacts-usage-edit-contact"
|
||
"\">l'éditeur de contact</link> sous <guiseq><gui>Informations personnelles</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Adresses Web</gui><gui>Libre/Occupé</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:42(page/p) C/calendar-publishing.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP "
|
||
"server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP "
|
||
"PUT support."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez publier des informations d'agenda ou de disponibilité sur un "
|
||
"serveur WebDAV ou FTP, ou sur une machine distante via SSH ou encore sur un "
|
||
"serveur Web prenant en charge HTTP PUT."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:43(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In corporate environments you can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information "
|
||
"to an Exchange or Groupwise server. Note that you must use the top-level "
|
||
"Exchange calendar if you want others to be able to access your Free / Busy "
|
||
"information when inviting you to a meeting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans les environnements appartenant à une société, vous pouvez publier vos "
|
||
"informations d'agenda et Libre/Occupé vers un serveur Exchange ou Groupwise. "
|
||
"Notez que vous devez utiliser l'agenda Exchange de haut-niveau si vous "
|
||
"voulez que les autres soient capables d'accéder à vos informations Libre/"
|
||
"Occupé lorsqu'ils veulent vous inviter à une réunion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:44(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default server can be defined under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Publishing "
|
||
"Information</gui><gui>Default Free/Busy Server</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le serveur par défaut peut être défini sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Agenda et tâches</gui><gui>Publication "
|
||
"d'informations</gui><gui>Serveur Libre/Occupé par défaut</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:48(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server"
|
||
msgstr "Accès aux données de disponibilité sans serveur collaboratif"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:50(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If individuals give you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their web calendar, "
|
||
"you can add the URL under <guiseq><gui>Personal Information</gui><gui>Web "
|
||
"Addresses</gui></guiseq> in the <link xref=\"contacts-usage-edit-contact"
|
||
"\">Contact Editor</link>. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them, "
|
||
"Evolution looks up the schedule and displays it in the Free/Busy data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si une personne vous donne un URL vers ses données de disponibilité ou vers "
|
||
"son agenda Web, vous pouvez ajouter l'URL sous <guiseq><gui>Informations "
|
||
"personnelles</gui><gui>Sites Web</gui></guiseq> dans <link xref=\"contacts-"
|
||
"usage-edit-contact\">l'éditeur des contacts</link>. Dès lors, lorsque vous "
|
||
"planifiez une réunion avec elle, Evolution consulte son agenda et l'affiche "
|
||
"dans les informations de disponibilité."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-google.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using the online calendar of your Google account."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser l'agenda en ligne de votre compte Google."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-google.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using a Google calendar"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation d'un agenda Google"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-google.page:29(item/p) C/contacts-google.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the type <gui>Google</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le type <gui>Google</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-google.page:33(item/p) C/contacts-google.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter your Google username."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez votre nom d'utilisateur Google."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-google.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "If you have more than one Google calendar, define which of them to use."
|
||
msgstr "Si vous avez plus d'un agenda Google, définissez lequel utiliser."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Define the displaying of appointments in the calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Définir l'affichage des rendez-vous dans l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Appearance of Appointments"
|
||
msgstr "Apparence des rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The following calendar-related options are available under "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Display</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les options suivantes en relation avec l'agenda sont disponibles sous "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Agenda et tâches</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Affichage</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:32(section/title)
|
||
msgid "General"
|
||
msgstr "Général"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Time Divisions:"
|
||
msgstr "Divisions horaires :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the "
|
||
"calendar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Définit les incréments horaires signalés par de fines lignes dans la vue "
|
||
"journalière de l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Afficher les heures de fin de rendez-vous dans les vues mensuelles et "
|
||
"hebdomadaires :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If there is space, Evolution shows the end times in the week and month views "
|
||
"for each appointment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si l'espace le permet, Evolution affiche l'heure de fin de chaque rendez-"
|
||
"vous dans les vues hebdomadaires et mensuelles."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Compress weekends in month view:"
|
||
msgstr "Compresser les week-ends dans la vue mensuelle :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select this option to display weekends in one box instead of two in the "
|
||
"month view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez cette option pour afficher les week-ends dans une seule zone au "
|
||
"lieu de deux dans la vue mensuelle."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Show week numbers:"
|
||
msgstr "Afficher les numéros de semaine :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:41(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Affiche le numéro de chaque semaine dans l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Show recurring events in italic in bottom left calendar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Afficher les événements récurrents en italique dans l'agenda en bas à gauche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:43(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Scroll Month View by a week"
|
||
msgstr "Faire défiler la vue mensuelle d'une semaine"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:48(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Date/Time Format"
|
||
msgstr "Format de date et d'heure"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:49(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the format of the <gui>Date</gui> column by setting your "
|
||
"preferred format."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez modifier le format de la colonne <gui>Date</gui> en définissant "
|
||
"votre format préféré."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:50(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:21(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a "
|
||
"complete list of available strftime formats, run <cmd>date --help</cmd> in a "
|
||
"terminal window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les substituants dans l'expression de format sont au format strftime. Pour "
|
||
"une liste complète des formats disponibles, saisissez <cmd>date --help</cmd> "
|
||
"dans un terminal."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "General formatting options for the calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Options générales de formatage pour l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:25(page/title)
|
||
msgid "General formatting options"
|
||
msgstr "Options générales de formatage"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The following options are available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les options suivantes sont disponibles sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Agenda et tâches</gui><gui>Général</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:29(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Time"
|
||
msgstr "Heure"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Time format:"
|
||
msgstr "Format de date :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four-hour time formats."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez entre les formats 12 heures (AM/PM) et 24 heures."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">Time zone</link> and Second zone:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">Fuseau horaire</link> et deuxième fuseau :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "The city you are located in, and optionally a second city."
|
||
msgstr "La ville dans laquelle vous habitez et en option une deuxième ville."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:39(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Work Week"
|
||
msgstr "Semaine de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:41(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Week starts on:"
|
||
msgstr "La semaine débute un :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the day to display as the first in each week."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le premier jour de chaque semaine à afficher."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:43(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Work days:"
|
||
msgstr "Jours ouvrés :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:44(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Define which week days are work days."
|
||
msgstr "Définissez les jours ouvrés de la semaine."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:45(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Day begins:"
|
||
msgstr "La journée débute à :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:46(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Define at which time your work day begins."
|
||
msgstr "Définissez à quelle heure commence votre journée de travail."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Day ends:"
|
||
msgstr "La journée se termine à :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Define at which time your work day ends."
|
||
msgstr "Définissez à quelle heure se termine votre journée de travail."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:53(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Alerts"
|
||
msgstr "Alertes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:54(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, select this "
|
||
"option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez qu'Evolution vous envoie une alerte avant de supprimer un "
|
||
"rendez-vous, sélectionnez cette option."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adjusting the display and views of the calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Ajuster l'affichage et les vues de l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Changing the calendar layout"
|
||
msgstr "Modification de l'agencement de l'agenda"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using date ranges (day, week, month) to look at the calendar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser des intervalles de date (jour, semaine, mois) pour afficher "
|
||
"l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Available views"
|
||
msgstr "Vues disponibles"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Evolution offers five different views of your calendar data:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution propose cinq vues différentes pour les données de vos agendas :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Day (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>)"
|
||
msgstr "Jour (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>)"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Work Week (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>)"
|
||
msgstr "Sem. de travail (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>)"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Week (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>K</key></keyseq>)"
|
||
msgstr "Semaine (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>K</key></keyseq>)"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Month (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>)"
|
||
msgstr "Mois (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>)"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "List (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>)"
|
||
msgstr "Liste (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>)"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:34(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can switch the view by either using the buttons in the toolbar, or by "
|
||
"clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Current View</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez changer de vue soit en utilisant les boutons de la barre "
|
||
"d'outils ou en cliquant sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Vue courante</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:36(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar in the "
|
||
"side bar. To do this, select the days that you want to view in your calendar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi sélectionnez arbitrairement un intervalle de jours dans le "
|
||
"petit calendrier dans la barre latérale. Pour cela, sélectionnez les jours "
|
||
"que vous souhaitez voir apparaître dans l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:38(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Previous and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar "
|
||
"pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. "
|
||
"To return to today's listing, click the <gui>Select today</gui> button "
|
||
"between the two arrow buttons in the toolbar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les boutons Précédent et Suivant permettent de reculer et d'avancer dans vos "
|
||
"pages d'agenda. Si vous utilisez une vue hebdomadaire ou mensuelle, vous "
|
||
"pouvez vous déplacer par semaine ou par mois. Pour revenir à l'affichage "
|
||
"d'aujourd'hui, cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Aujourd'hui</gui> entre les deux "
|
||
"boutons en forme de flèche dans la barre d'outils."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:40(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click the <gui>Select a "
|
||
"specific date</gui> button in the toolbar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour consulter des entrées d'agenda à une date particulière, cliquez sur le "
|
||
"bouton <gui>Aller à</gui> dans la barre d'outils."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-local.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding another local calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter un autre agenda local."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-local.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding another local calendar"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'un autre agenda local"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-local.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add another local calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter un autre agenda local dans Evolution, réalisez les étapes "
|
||
"suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-local.page:25(item/p) C/contacts-local.page:25(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-local.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the type <gui>On This Computer</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le type <gui>Sur cet ordinateur</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "The red \"Marcus Bains\" line displays the current time."
|
||
msgstr "La ligne de « Marcus Bains » rouge affiche l'heure actuelle."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:19(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Time display in the Day view"
|
||
msgstr "Affichage de l'heure actuelle dans la vue jour"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:21(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The red Marcus Bains Line in the Day view of the calendar is a marker to "
|
||
"show the current date and time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La ligne rouge de « Marcus Bains » est un marqueur qui affiche l'heure et "
|
||
"date actuelle dans la vue jour de l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Ask somebody else to run the meeting."
|
||
msgstr "Demander à quelqu'un d'autre d'organiser la réunion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Delegating Meetings"
|
||
msgstr "Délégation de rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Only attendees of a meeting can delegate a meeting, but not the organizer of "
|
||
"a meeting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Seuls les participants à une réunion peuvent déléguer une réunion, mais pas "
|
||
"l'organisateur d'une réunion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Right-click on the meeting that you want to delegate."
|
||
msgstr "Faites un clic-droit sur la réunion que vous souhaitez déléguer."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui>Delegate Meeting</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Déléguer une réunion</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the contacts you want to delegate the meeting to."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez les contacts auxquels vous souhaitez déléguer la réunion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:36(item/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:27(item/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:27(item/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:37(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:45(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:35(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:35(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:34(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:50(item/p) C/mail-filters.page:71(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:46(item/p)
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:51(item/p) C/using-categories.page:53(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Valider</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:39(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Each contact receives a copy of the meeting invitation."
|
||
msgstr "Chaque contact reçoit une copie de l'invitation à la réunion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using meetings in the calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser les réunions dans l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Meetings"
|
||
msgstr "Réunions"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Accepting and replying to a meeting invitation."
|
||
msgstr "Accepter et répondre à une invitation à une réunion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Replying to a Meeting Request"
|
||
msgstr "Réponse à une invitation à une réunion"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Meeting requests are sent as attachments and displayed as the body of an "
|
||
"email. All the details about the event are shown, including time and dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les invitations à une réunion sont envoyées comme pièces jointes et "
|
||
"affichées dans le corps d'un courriel. Tous les détails à propos de "
|
||
"l'événement sont affichés, dont les heures et dates."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can choose whether and how to reply to the invitation and add a personal "
|
||
"comment to your reply. Available options are to <gui>Decline</gui>, "
|
||
"Tentatively Accept (<gui>Tentative</gui>), or <gui>Accept</gui>. You can "
|
||
"also decide whether the time of the meeting will still be shown as free in "
|
||
"your calendar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez choisir si vous répondez à l'invitation et comment y répondre en "
|
||
"ajoutant un commentaire personnel. Les options disponibles sont "
|
||
"<gui>Refuser</gui>, Acceptée provisoirement (<gui>Provisoire</gui>) ou "
|
||
"<gui>Accepter</gui>. Vous pouvez aussi décider si l'heure de la réunion sera "
|
||
"affichée comme libre dans votre agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the meeting request already includes a <link xref=\"calendar-alarms-and-"
|
||
"reminders\">reminder</link> you can import the reminder to your calendar by "
|
||
"enabling <gui>Inherit reminder</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si l'invitation à une réunion inclut déjà un <link xref=\"calendar-alarms-"
|
||
"and-reminders\">rappel</link>, vous pouvez importer le rappel dans votre "
|
||
"agenda en activant <gui>Rappel hérité</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you click <gui>Accept</gui> the event is added automatically to the "
|
||
"calendar that you have chosen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous cliquez sur <gui>Accepter</gui> l'événement est ajouté "
|
||
"automatiquement à l'agenda que vous avez choisi."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to "
|
||
"the meeting, but if the original organizer sends out an update, your changes "
|
||
"might be overwritten."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir ajouté la réunion à votre agenda, vous pouvez modifier des "
|
||
"informations de la réunion, mais si l'organisateur original envoie une mise "
|
||
"à jour, il se peut que vos modifications soient écrasées."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:32(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Meeting Invitations</gui><gui>Conflict Search</gui></guiseq> you "
|
||
"can define which calendars are used for warning you of meeting conflicts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Agenda et tâches</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Invitations à une réunion</gui><gui>Recherche de conflit</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>, vous pouvez définir les agendas utilisés afin de vous prévenir des "
|
||
"conflits de réunions."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation."
|
||
msgstr "Envoyer une invitation de réunion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation"
|
||
msgstr "Envoi d'une invitation de réunion"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create a meeting (group appointment), you can specify the attendees "
|
||
"in several categories, such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the "
|
||
"meeting listing, each attendee is sent an email with the meeting "
|
||
"information, which also gives them the option to respond."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous créez une réunion (rendez-vous de groupe), vous pouvez indiquer "
|
||
"des participants dans plusieurs catégories, comme « Président » ou "
|
||
"« Obligatoire ». Au moment d'enregistrer la réunion, chaque participant "
|
||
"reçoit un courriel avec les informations de la réunion, leur donnant "
|
||
"également la possibilité de répondre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you do not need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling "
|
||
"an event, and would rather just announce the event, right-click the meeting "
|
||
"and select <gui>Forward as iCalendar</gui>. This opens a new email message "
|
||
"with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients can add "
|
||
"the event to their calendars with one click, but it will not automatically "
|
||
"send you email about whether they plan to attend."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous n'avez pas besoin de recevoir d'informations sur la participation "
|
||
"lorsque vous planifiez un événement, et que vous souhaitez uniquement "
|
||
"annoncer l'événement, faites un clic-droit sur la réunion et choisissez "
|
||
"<gui>Faire suivre comme iCalendar</gui>. Cela ouvre un nouveau courriel "
|
||
"contenant la notification de l'événement en pièce jointe. Les destinataires "
|
||
"peuvent ajouter l'événement dans leur agenda d'un seul clic, mais cela ne "
|
||
"vous enverra pas automatiquement un courriel pour vous signaler s'ils "
|
||
"participeront ou pas."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid "To schedule a meeting:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour planifier une réunion :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have multiple email accounts, select the one to use by selecting an "
|
||
"item in the <gui>Organizer</gui> field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez plusieurs comptes de messagerie, sélectionnez celui que vous "
|
||
"voulez utiliser en sélectionnant un élément dans le champ <gui>Organisateur</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:33(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select a calendar in the <gui>Calendar</gui> drop-down list."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez un agenda dans la liste déroulante <gui>Agenda</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <gui>View</gui> in the menu bar to show or hide the <gui>Type</gui>, "
|
||
"<gui>Role</gui>, <gui>Status</gui>, and <gui>RSVP</gui> fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez <gui>Affichage</gui> dans la barre de menu pour afficher ou "
|
||
"masquer les champs <gui>Type</gui>, <gui>Rôle</gui>, <gui>État</gui> et "
|
||
"<gui>RSVP</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:36(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter a brief summary in the <gui>Summary</gui> field."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez un bref résumé dans le champ <gui>Résumé</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:37(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "(Optional) Type a location in the <gui>Location</gui> field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"(facultatif) Saisissez un emplacement dans le champ <gui>Emplacement</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:38(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To select this event as an all day event, click <guiseq><gui>Options</"
|
||
"gui><gui>All Day Event</gui></guiseq>, or click the <gui>All Day Event</gui> "
|
||
"button on the toolbar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour définir ce rendez-vous comme événement sur une journée entière, cliquez "
|
||
"sur <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Toute la journée</gui></guiseq> ou "
|
||
"cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Toute la journée</gui> dans la barre d'outils."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:39(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the date and time."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez la date et l'heure."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:40(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the event is not an all day event, select either <gui>For</gui> to "
|
||
"specify the duration, or select <gui>Until</gui> to specify the ending time "
|
||
"of the event."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si l'événement ne dure pas toute la journée, sélectionnez soit <gui>pour</"
|
||
"gui> pour spécifier la durée ou <gui>jusqu'au</gui> pour spécifier la date "
|
||
"de fin de l'événement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:41(item/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "(Optional) Enter a description in the <gui>Description</gui> field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"(facultatif) Saisissez une description dans le champ <gui>Description</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To query <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">free/busy</link> information for "
|
||
"the attendees, click the <gui>Free/Busy</gui> button on the toolbar, or "
|
||
"click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Free/Busy</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour interroger les informations <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">libre/"
|
||
"occupé</link> des participants, cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Libre/Occupé</"
|
||
"gui> dans la barre d'outils ou cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Options</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Libre/Occupé</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:43(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui> to save the meeting."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer</gui> pour enregistrer la réunion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:46(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un courriel est envoyé à tous les participants, les invitant à l'événement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:48(page/p)
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:34(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also define a <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">time zone</link>, a "
|
||
"<link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, a <link xref=\"calendar-"
|
||
"alarms-and-reminders\">reminder</link>, a <link xref=\"calendar-recurrence"
|
||
"\">recurrence</link>, or a <link xref=\"calendar-classifications"
|
||
"\">classification</link> for the event, or add an attachment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi définir un <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">fuseau "
|
||
"horaire</link>, une <link xref=\"using-categories\">catégorie</link>, un "
|
||
"<link xref=\"calendar-alarms-and-reminders\">rappel</link>, une <link xref="
|
||
"\"calendar-recurrence\">récurrence</link> ou une <link xref=\"calendar-"
|
||
"classifications\">classification</link> pour l'événement ou ajouter une "
|
||
"pièce-jointe."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:50(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the organizer "
|
||
"can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the "
|
||
"organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite "
|
||
"additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people "
|
||
"to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended that "
|
||
"you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting "
|
||
"organiser to additional participants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Evolution, une réunion ne peut avoir qu'un seul organisateur, et c'est "
|
||
"lui seul qui peut ajouter des participants à la réunion. Bien qu'il soit "
|
||
"possible de changer l'organisateur d'une réunion, ce n'est pas la manière "
|
||
"recommandée d'inviter des participants supplémentaires aux réunions. Si vous "
|
||
"souhaitez inviter des personnes supplémentaires à une réunion et que vous "
|
||
"n'en êtes pas l'organisateur, la meilleure solution est de faire suivre le "
|
||
"message d'invitation originel de l'organisateur à ces personnes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-organizing.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On using several calendars, searching, and categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À propos de l'utilisation de plusieurs agendas, recherches et catégories."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-organizing.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sorting and organizing calendars"
|
||
msgstr "Tri et organisation des agendas"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Post your calendar content in public."
|
||
msgstr "Rendre public le contenu de votre agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Calendar Publishing"
|
||
msgstr "Publication d'agenda"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to make one of your calendars available to the public, you can "
|
||
"define calendars to be uploaded to a web server under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Publishing "
|
||
"Information</gui><gui>Locations</gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Afin de rendre public l'un de vos agendas, vous pouvez définir des agendas à "
|
||
"téléverser vers un serveur Web sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Agenda et tâches</gui><gui>Publication "
|
||
"d'informations</gui><gui>Emplacements</gui><gui style=\"button\">Ajouter</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can specify the online location, the frequency of publishing, which "
|
||
"calendar(s) to publish, and authentication information for uploading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez préciser l'emplacement de publication, la fréquence de "
|
||
"publication, quel(s) agenda(s) publier et les informations "
|
||
"d'authentification pour le téléversement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:31(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To immediately publish calendar information, click <guiseq><gui>Actions</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Publish Calendar Information</gui></guiseq> in the calendar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour publier immédiatement les informations d'agenda, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Actions</gui><gui>Publier les informations des agendas</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> dans la vue agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Repeating appointments."
|
||
msgstr "Répéter des rendez-vous."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Recurrence"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation de la récurrence"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have an appointment that takes place regularly, you can define its "
|
||
"recurrence by clicking the <gui>Recurrence</gui> button in the "
|
||
"<gui>Appointment Editor</gui> or by clicking <guiseq><gui>Options</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Recurrence</gui></guiseq>. You can then choose a time and date when "
|
||
"the appointment stops recurring, and, under <gui>Exceptions</gui>, pick "
|
||
"individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections "
|
||
"from left to right, and you form a sentence: \"Every two weeks on Monday and "
|
||
"Friday until January 3, 2015\" or \"Every month on the first Friday for 12 "
|
||
"occurrences.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez un rendez-vous qui se répète régulièrement, vous pouvez définir "
|
||
"sa récurrence en cliquant sur le bouton <gui>Récurrence</gui> dans "
|
||
"<gui>l'éditeur de rendez-vous</gui> ou en cliquant sur <guiseq><gui>Options "
|
||
"</gui><gui>Récurrence</gui></guiseq>. Vous pouvez ensuite choisir une heure "
|
||
"et une date de fin de récurrence, et, sous <gui>Exceptions</gui>, choisir "
|
||
"des jours précis où le rendez-vous n'a pas lieu. Faites votre sélection de "
|
||
"gauche à droite, et vous formerez une phrase : « Toutes les deux semaines le "
|
||
"lundi et le vendredi jusqu'au 3 janvier 2015 » ou « Tous les mois, le "
|
||
"premier vendredi pour 12 occurrences »."
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:34(media) C/contacts-searching.page:43(media)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:42(media) C/memos-searching.page:43(media)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:43(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='figures/search-icon.png' md5='cd4b82c84c628bfbbfa39d1e0d1eae89'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='figures/search-icon.png' md5='cd4b82c84c628bfbbfa39d1e0d1eae89'"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Searching appointments and meetings."
|
||
msgstr "Rechercher des rendez-vous et des réunions."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:28(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching for Calendar Items"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche d'éléments d'agenda"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:30(section/title)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:39(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:39(section/title)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:39(section/title)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:39(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Quick Search"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche rapide"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:31(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Calendar view, you can quickly search for appointments and meetings "
|
||
"either by summary or by category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la vue agenda, vous pouvez rechercher rapidement des rendez-vous et des "
|
||
"réunions par résumé ou par catégorie."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:41(section/p) C/tasks-searching.page:41(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Searching by summary:"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche par résumé :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:34(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:43(item/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:43(item/p) C/tasks-searching.page:43(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the search icon <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/"
|
||
"search-icon.png\"/> to expand the drop-down list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur l'icône de recherche <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" "
|
||
"src=\"figures/search-icon.png\"/> pour ouvrir la liste déroulante."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:35(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:44(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:43(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:44(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:44(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the search condition from the list."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le critère de recherche dans la liste."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:36(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:45(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:47(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:45(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:45(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the text you want to search for and press <key>Enter</key>."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez le texte à rechercher et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:37(item/p) C/calendar-searching.page:43(item/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:46(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:52(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:48(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:46(item/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:52(item/p) C/tasks-searching.page:46(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:52(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Evolution displays the search results."
|
||
msgstr "Evolution affiche les résultats de la recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:39(section/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:48(section/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:48(section/p) C/tasks-searching.page:48(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Searching by category:"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche par catégorie :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:41(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:50(item/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:50(item/p) C/tasks-searching.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click the <gui>Show</gui> drop-down list."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur la liste déroulante <gui>Afficher</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:42(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:51(item/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:51(item/p) C/tasks-searching.page:51(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the category from the list."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez la catégorie dans la liste."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:46(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To go through the results you can use the two arrow buttons next to the "
|
||
"search field. This searches in currently enabled calendars. It searches from "
|
||
"the currently selected day in the given direction, in a range of 10 years by "
|
||
"default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour chercher dans la liste, servez-vous des deux boutons flèches situés "
|
||
"près du champ de recherche. Cette recherche s'effectue dans les agendas "
|
||
"actuellement activés, depuis le jour sélectionné dans le sens donné, dans un "
|
||
"intervalle de 10 ans par défaut. "
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:48(section/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:54(section/p) C/mail-searching.page:52(section/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:54(section/p) C/tasks-searching.page:54(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to set several search conditions, you should use an Advanced "
|
||
"search, which is described below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez définir plusieurs critères de recherche, vous devriez faire "
|
||
"une Recherche avancée, telle que décrite ci-dessous."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:52(section/title)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:58(section/title)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:58(section/title)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:58(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Advanced Search"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche avancée"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:54(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:60(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:58(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:60(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:60(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Advanced Search</gui></guiseq> menu "
|
||
"to open the dialog box."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le menu <guiseq><gui>Rechercher</gui><gui>Recherche avancée</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> pour ouvrir la boîte de dialogue."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:55(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:61(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:59(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:61(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:61(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add Condition</gui> to add any number of rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ajouter une condition</gui> pour ajouter "
|
||
"le nombre souhaité de critères."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:56(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:62(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:60(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:62(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:62(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the condition from the dropdown list, and then type a search entry in "
|
||
"the field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez la condition depuis la liste déroulante puis saisissez un terme "
|
||
"de recherche dans le champ correspondant."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:57(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:63(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:61(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:63(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:63(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> to get the search results displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Valider</gui> pour que les résultats de la "
|
||
"recherche soient affichés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:63(section/title)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:69(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:67(section/title)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:69(section/title)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:69(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Clearing the Search results"
|
||
msgstr "Effacement des résultats de la recherche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:64(section/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:70(section/p) C/mail-searching.page:68(section/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:70(section/p) C/tasks-searching.page:70(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To clear your search view and get back to the default view, click the "
|
||
"<gui>Clear</gui> icon in the search string field, or choose "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Clear</gui></guiseq> from the menubar. You can "
|
||
"also press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Q</key></keyseq> to "
|
||
"clear the search."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour effacer votre recherche et revenir à la vue par défaut, cliquez sur "
|
||
"l'icône <gui>Effacer</gui> dans le champ de recherche ou choisissez "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Recherche</gui><gui>Effacer</gui></guiseq> dans la barre de "
|
||
"menus. Vous pouvez aussi appuyer sur <keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>Q</key></keyseq> pour effacer la recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:68(section/title)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:74(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:72(section/title)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:74(section/title)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:74(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Saved Searches"
|
||
msgstr "Enregistrement de recherches"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:69(section/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:75(section/p) C/mail-searching.page:73(section/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:75(section/p) C/tasks-searching.page:75(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you search for something rather often, you will prefer not to type it "
|
||
"many times. In this case you can use saved searches."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous recherchez assez fréquemment quelque chose, il est préférable de ne "
|
||
"pas saisir cette recherche à chaque fois. Dans ce cas, vous pouvez utiliser "
|
||
"les enregistrements de recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:70(section/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:76(section/p) C/mail-searching.page:74(section/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:76(section/p) C/tasks-searching.page:76(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To save your search results, either click <gui>Save</gui> instead of "
|
||
"<gui>OK</gui> in the Search dialog, or in case the search results are "
|
||
"already displayed, select <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Save Search</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>. From now on this search will be directly available from the "
|
||
"<gui>Search</gui> menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour enregistrer les résultats de votre recherche, soit vous cliquez sur "
|
||
"<gui>Enregistrer</gui> au lieu de <gui>Valider</gui> dans la boîte de "
|
||
"dialogue Rechercher, soit, au cas où les résultats de la recherche sont déjà "
|
||
"affichés, vous sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Recherche</gui><gui>Enregistrer la "
|
||
"recherche</gui></guiseq>. Dès lors, cette recherche sera directement "
|
||
"disponible à partir du menu <gui>Recherche</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:74(section/title)
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:80(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:78(section/title)
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:80(section/title)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:80(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Editing a Saved Search"
|
||
msgstr "Modification d'une recherche enregistrée"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:76(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:82(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:80(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:82(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:82(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Edit Saved Searches</gui></guiseq> from "
|
||
"the menu bar to open the window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Recherche</gui><gui>Modifier les recherches "
|
||
"enregistrées</gui></guiseq> dans la barre de menus pour ouvrir la fenêtre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:77(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:83(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:81(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:83(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:83(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> button to open the <gui>Edit "
|
||
"Rule</gui> window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">Édition</gui> pour ouvrir la "
|
||
"fenêtre <gui>Éditer la règle</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:78(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:84(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:82(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:84(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:84(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Edit the title or search conditions from the dialog box."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Modifiez le titre ou les critères de la recherche dans la boîte de dialogue."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-searching.page:79(item/p) C/contacts-searching.page:85(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:83(item/p) C/memos-searching.page:85(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:85(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Valider</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make your information (appointments and free/busy times) available to others."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Rendre vos informations (rendez-vous ou périodes occupées/libre) disponibles "
|
||
"aux autres."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sharing your calendar information"
|
||
msgstr "Partager les informations de votre agenda"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using time zones in the calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser les fuseaux horaires dans l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using time zones"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation des fuseaux horaires"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Evolution supports using multiple time zones."
|
||
msgstr "Evolution sait gérer plusieurs fuseaux horaires."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:28(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Setting your global timezone(s)"
|
||
msgstr "Paramétrage de vos fuseaux horaires globaux"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:30(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default Evolution uses the system-wide time zone. This can be changed "
|
||
"under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</"
|
||
"gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Time</gui><gui>Time zone</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, Evolution utilise le fuseau horaire global du système. Cela peut "
|
||
"être modifié sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Agenda et tâches</gui><gui>Général</gui><gui>Heure</gui><gui>Fuseau "
|
||
"horaire</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:32(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you deal a lot with people in another specific time zone you can display "
|
||
"that second time zone in the day view of the calendar. You can set a second "
|
||
"time zone under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar "
|
||
"and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Time</gui><gui>Second zone</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous traitez avec beaucoup de personnes sous un autre fuseau horaire "
|
||
"particulier, vous pouvez afficher ce deuxième fuseau horaire dans la vue "
|
||
"jour de l'agenda. Vous pouvez définir un deuxième fuseau horaire dans "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Agenda et tâches</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Général</gui><gui>Heure</gui><gui>Deuxième fuseau</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:36(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Setting a timezone for an appointment"
|
||
msgstr "Paramétrage d'un fuseau horaire pour un rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:38(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also configure time zone information specific to each appointment. "
|
||
"To do that, <link xref=\"calendar-usage\">add a new or edit an existing "
|
||
"appointment</link> and click the globe button to customize the time zone "
|
||
"that the time exists in. For example, if you live in New York but have a "
|
||
"telephone meeting set for noon with someone in California, you need to make "
|
||
"sure that your schedules are coordinated. Setting time zones on a per-"
|
||
"appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi configurer des informations de fuseau horaire spécifiques "
|
||
"à chaque rendez-vous. Pour cela, <link xref=\"calendar-usage\">créez ou "
|
||
"modifiez un rendez-vous existant</link> et cliquez sur le globe pour "
|
||
"personnaliser le fuseau horaire correspondant à l'heure saisie. Par exemple, "
|
||
"si vous vivez à Paris et que vous avez planifié un rendez-vous téléphonique "
|
||
"pour midi avec une personne de New York, vous devez vous assurer de bien "
|
||
"coordonner vos agendas. La définition de fuseaux horaires spécifiques par "
|
||
"rendez-vous aide à éviter les confusions possibles."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding an appointment."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter un rendez-vous."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding an Appointment"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'un rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:23(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Appointment</gui></guiseq>, "
|
||
"or double-click in a blank space in the calendar to open the Appointment "
|
||
"dialog. The particular time on the calendar view against which you have "
|
||
"double clicked on will be suggested for the new appointment. You can also "
|
||
"directly write in the calendar and then adjust the duration by dragging it "
|
||
"with the mouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Rendez-vous</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> ou faites un double-clic sur un espace vide dans un agenda "
|
||
"pour ouvrir la boîte de dialogue Rendez-vous. L'heure de l'endroit sur "
|
||
"lequel vous avez cliqué dans l'agenda est suggérée comme heure du nouveau "
|
||
"rendez-vous. Vous pouvez aussi écrire directement dans l'agenda puis ajuster "
|
||
"la durée en le déplaçant avec la souris."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:24(item/p)
|
||
msgid "If you use the Appointment dialog:"
|
||
msgstr "Si vous utilisez la boîte de dialogue Rendez-vous :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To show the time as <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">busy</link> to others, "
|
||
"click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Show Time as Busy</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher la période comme <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">occupée</"
|
||
"link> pour les autres, cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Afficher "
|
||
"la période comme occupée</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Deleting an appointment in your calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Supprimer un rendez-vous dans votre agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Deleting an Appointment"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression d'un rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to delete an appointment in your calendars, right-click on the "
|
||
"appointment in the calendar and select <gui>Delete Appointment</gui>, or "
|
||
"click on the appointment and click <gui>Delete</gui> in the tool bar or "
|
||
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>. If you are in the <link "
|
||
"xref=\"calendar-layout-views\">list view</link> you can also use "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Appointment</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez supprimer un rendez-vous dans vos agendas, faites un clic-"
|
||
"droit sur le rendez-vous dans l'agenda et choisissez <gui>Supprimer le "
|
||
"rendez-vous</gui> ou cliquez sur le rendez-vous et cliquez sur "
|
||
"<gui>Supprimer</gui> dans la barre d'outils ou pressez <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>D</key></keyseq>. Si vous êtes dans la <link xref=\"calendar-layout-"
|
||
"views\">vue en liste</link>, vous pouvez également utiliser "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Supprimer le rendez-vous</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Editing in appointment in your calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Modifier un rendez-vous dans votre agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Editing an Appointment"
|
||
msgstr "Modification d'un rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to change an appointment that already exists in your calendars,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous souhaitez modifier un rendez-vous qui existe déjà dans vos agendas,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Double-click on the appointment that you want to edit in the calendar."
|
||
msgstr "faites un double-clic sur le rendez-vous que vous souhaitez modifier,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Edit the appointment (see <link xref=\"calendar-usage-add-appointment"
|
||
"\">Adding an Appointment</link> for the list of available options)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"modifiez le rendez-vous (consultez <link xref=\"calendar-usage-add-"
|
||
"appointment\">Ajout d'un rendez-vous</link> pour la liste des options "
|
||
"disponibles),"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:27(item/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:29(item/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:49(item/p)
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:27(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:29(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui> button, or <guiseq><gui>File</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Save</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">Enregistrer</gui> ou utilisez le "
|
||
"menu <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Enregistrer</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting appointments."
|
||
msgstr "À propos de l'ajout, de l'édition et de la suppression de rendez-vous."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-usage.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Appointments"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout, modification et suppression de rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding and using more than one calendar and different types."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et utiliser plus d'un agenda de types différents."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using several calendars"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation de plusieurs agendas"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can have multiple calendars and overlay them one over the other. For "
|
||
"example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one "
|
||
"for your favorite sports team. The side bar lists those calendars, and you "
|
||
"can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the "
|
||
"appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of "
|
||
"appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of "
|
||
"clutter in your view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez avoir plusieurs agendas et les superposer. Par exemple, vous "
|
||
"pouvez avoir un agenda d'événements professionnels, un agenda privé et un "
|
||
"agenda d'événements sportifs. La barre latérale affiche la liste de ces "
|
||
"agendas et vous pouvez cocher ou décocher les cases correspondantes pour "
|
||
"afficher ou masquer les rendez-vous dans l'affichage de l'agenda. En "
|
||
"affichant et masquant différents ensembles de rendez-vous, vous pouvez être "
|
||
"certain d'éviter des conflits tout en conservant un encombrement minimal à "
|
||
"l'affichage."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Appointments for each calendar appear in different color."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les rendez-vous de chaque agenda apparaissent dans des couleurs différentes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also use calendars that are not on your computer, such as on the "
|
||
"internet or in a local network."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi utiliser des agendas qui ne sont pas sur votre ordinateur "
|
||
"et se trouvent sur internet ou dans un réseau local."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:31(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, the <link href=\"http://icalshare.com\">icalshare.com website</"
|
||
"link> has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national "
|
||
"and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional "
|
||
"events."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, le <link href=\"http://icalshare.com\">site Web icalshare.com</"
|
||
"link> possède une liste importante d'agendas partagés, y compris ceux des "
|
||
"congés nationaux et religieux, des phases lunaires, des événements sportifs "
|
||
"et des événements locaux et régionaux."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-weather.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Display the weather in the calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Afficher la météo dans l'agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-weather.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using a weather calendar"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation d'un agenda météorologique"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-weather.page:22(page/p) C/calendar-webdav.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Calendars of this type are read-only."
|
||
msgstr "Les agendas de ce type sont en lecture seule."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-weather.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the type <gui>Weather</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le type <gui>Météo</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-weather.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Choose a location by selecting continent, country and city."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez un emplacement en sélectionnant un continent, un pays et une "
|
||
"ville."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-weather.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Choose the temperature unit."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez l'unité de la température."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using an online Webcal/WebDAV calendar."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser un agenda Webcal/WebDAV en ligne."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using a WebDAV calendar"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation d'un agenda Webcal/WebDAV"
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:27(item/p) C/tasks-caldav.page:25(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the type <gui>On the Web</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez le type <gui>Sur le Web</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:33(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:36(item/p) C/tasks-webdav.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter your username."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez votre nom d'utilisateur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-keyboard-shortcuts.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Changing keyboard shortcuts."
|
||
msgstr "Modifier les raccourcis clavier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-keyboard-shortcuts.page:18(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Changing keyboard shortcuts"
|
||
msgstr "Modifications des raccourcis clavier"
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:46(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:25(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:27(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application."
|
||
msgstr "Ouvrez l'application <app>Terminal</app>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-keyboard-shortcuts.page:22(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-"
|
||
"accels true</cmd>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lancez la commande <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-"
|
||
"accels true</cmd>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-keyboard-shortcuts.page:23(item/p)
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:57(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Start Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Démarrez Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Hover your mouse cursor over the menu bar item for which you want to add or "
|
||
"change the keyboard shortcut."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Laissez le curseur de la souris au dessus de l'élément de la barre de menu "
|
||
"pour lequel vous voulez ajouter ou modifier le raccourci clavier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-keyboard-shortcuts.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez le raccourci désiré au clavier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that this setting is desktop-wide and that you can disable it again "
|
||
"after your changes by using the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop."
|
||
"interface can-change-accels false</cmd>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que ce paramètre est pour le bureau entier et que vous pouvez le "
|
||
"désactiver à nouveau après vos modifications en utilisant la commande "
|
||
"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels false</cmd>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(page/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:56(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:28(page/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:30(note/p)
|
||
msgid "You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</app> application to do this."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'application <gui>dconf-editor</gui> pour faire "
|
||
"cela."
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Changing the display of the window buttons in the lower left corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Modifier l'affichage des boutons dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:19(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Changing the Switcher appearance"
|
||
msgstr "Modification de l'apparence du sélecteur"
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:21(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The display of the window buttons in the lower left corner (Mail, Contacts, "
|
||
"Calendar, Tasks and Memos) can be changed via <guiseq><gui>View</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Switcher Appearance</gui></guiseq>. This can be helpful if you have "
|
||
"a small display. You can also completely hide them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'apparence des boutons dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre "
|
||
"(courriel, contacts, agenda, tâches et mémos) peut être modifiée via "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Apparence du sélecteur</gui></guiseq>. Cela "
|
||
"peut être utile si vous avez un petit écran. Vous pouvez aussi les masquer "
|
||
"complètement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid "The available options are:"
|
||
msgstr "Voici les options disponibles :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:24(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Icons and Text"
|
||
msgstr "Icônes et texte"
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Icons Only"
|
||
msgstr "Icônes uniquement"
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Text Only"
|
||
msgstr "Texte uniquement"
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Toolbar Style"
|
||
msgstr "Style de la barre d'outils"
|
||
|
||
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Show Buttons"
|
||
msgstr "Afficher les boutons"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Automatically add senders of mail that you have received to your contacts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajouter automatiquement les expéditeurs des courriels que vous avez reçus à "
|
||
"vos contacts."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding people automatically to my contacts"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout automatique de personnes à mes contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add people automatically to your contacts when you reply to received "
|
||
"email. Enable the plugin <gui>Automatic Contacts</gui> by going to "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>; click on <gui>Automatic "
|
||
"Contacts</gui> so that it shows a check mark. Then go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Contacts</gui><gui>Automatic Contacts</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> and enable the <gui>Create address book entries when sending emails</"
|
||
"gui> option and select an address book in the drop-down field below that "
|
||
"will receive the new contacts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter automatiquement des personnes à vos contacts lorsque "
|
||
"vous répondez à un courriel reçu. Activez le greffon <gui>Contacts "
|
||
"automatiques</gui> en allant dans <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Greffons</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> et cochez <gui>Contacts automatiques</gui>. Ensuite allez dans "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Contacts</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Contacts automatiques</gui></guiseq>, cochez l'option <gui>Créer "
|
||
"des entrées dans le carnet d'adresses lors de l'envoi de courriels</gui> et "
|
||
"sélectionnez le carnet d'adresses, dans la liste déroulante en dessous, dans "
|
||
"lequel les nouveaux contacts seront ajoutés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From now on, contacts will be automatically created for senders of received "
|
||
"mail when you reply to that mail."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À partir de maintenant, des contacts seront automatiquement créés pour les "
|
||
"expéditeurs de courriel reçu lorsque vous répondez au courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Autocompletion of names and email addresses entered in the mail composer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Complétion automatique des noms et adresses électroniques saisis dans "
|
||
"l'éditeur de courriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:27(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Autocompletion of mail recipients"
|
||
msgstr "Complétion automatique des destinataires de courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can enter the first three letters of names and email addresses in the "
|
||
"recipients text field and Evolution will present you with a list of matches "
|
||
"from your address books."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez saisir les trois premières lettres des noms et adresses "
|
||
"électroniques dans le champ des destinataires et Evolution vous affiche une "
|
||
"liste de correspondances à partir de vos carnets d'adresses."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable autocompletion, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Contacts</gui><gui>Autocompletion</gui></guiseq> and choose the "
|
||
"address books from the list that Evolution should look in for matches."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour activer la complétion automatique, allez dans <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Contacts</gui><gui>Complétion automatique</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> et choisissez les carnets d'adresses dans la liste "
|
||
"qu'Evolution doit parcourir pour trouver des correspondances."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:32(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select <gui>Always show address of the autocompleted contact</gui> to also "
|
||
"show the email address along with the name. This can be helpful to "
|
||
"distinguish if a contact has several email addresses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez <gui>Toujours afficher l'adresse du contact auto-complétée</"
|
||
"gui> pour afficher aussi l'adresse électronique avec le nom d'utilisateur. "
|
||
"Cela peut être utile pour distinguer si un contact possède plusieurs "
|
||
"adresses électroniques."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:34(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternately, you can click the <gui>To:</gui>, <gui>Cc:</gui>, or <gui>Bcc:</"
|
||
"gui> buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select "
|
||
"addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate "
|
||
"address columns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est également possible de cliquer sur les boutons <gui>À :</gui>, "
|
||
"<gui>Cc :</gui> ou <gui>Cci :</gui> pour obtenir une liste des adresses "
|
||
"électroniques de vos contacts. Sélectionnez les adresses et cliquez sur les "
|
||
"flèches pour les placer dans les cases d'adresses adéquates."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-google.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Use the online address book of your Google account."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser le carnet d'adresse en ligne de votre compte Google."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-google.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using a Google addressbook"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation d'un carnet d'adresses Google"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-google.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid "To add such an address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter ce type de carnet d'adresses à Evolution, effectuez les étapes "
|
||
"suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-google.page:25(item/p) C/contacts-ldap.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-local.page:24(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Address Book</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Carnet "
|
||
"d'adresses</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-google.page:34(page/p) C/contacts-local.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le carnet d'adresses sera ajouté à la liste des carnets d'adresses dans "
|
||
"Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Use shared address books on a local network."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser un carnet d'adresses partagé sur un réseau local."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding LDAP access"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'un accès LDAP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The LDAP protocol was created to let users share contact information over a "
|
||
"network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to "
|
||
"maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common "
|
||
"LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le protocole LDAP a été créé pour permettre aux utilisateurs de partager des "
|
||
"informations de contacts sur un réseau en partageant l'accès à un répertoire "
|
||
"centralisé. LDAP permet à une organisation de maintenir un ensemble partagé "
|
||
"d'informations de contacts. Beaucoup d'organisations conservent un carnet "
|
||
"d'adresses LDAP commun pour tous leurs employés ou pour les contacts clients."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:28(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding an LDAP address book"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'un carnet d'adresses LDAP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, select the type <gui>On LDAP Servers</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet <gui>Général</gui>, sélectionnez le type <gui>Sur les serveurs "
|
||
"LDAP</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enter the address of the server, the port number (the default number is 389) "
|
||
"and whether you want to connect securely."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez l'adresse du serveur LDAP, le numéro de port (le numéro par défaut "
|
||
"est 389) et si vous voulez utiliser une connexion sécurisée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Define the login method and your user name."
|
||
msgstr "Définissez la méthode d'authentification et votre nom d'utilisateur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid "In the <gui>Details</gui> tab you can define the following settings:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet <gui>Détails</gui>, vous pouvez définir les paramètres "
|
||
"suivants :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Search Base: The search base is the starting point for a directory search. "
|
||
"Contact your system administrator for information about the correct settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Base de recherche : la base de recherche correspond au point de départ d'une "
|
||
"recherche d'annuaire. Pour plus d'informations sur les paramètres "
|
||
"appropriés, contactez l'administrateur système."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Search Scope: The search scope is the breadth of a given search. The "
|
||
"following options are available:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Domaine de recherche : le domaine de recherche correspond à l'étendue d'une "
|
||
"recherche. Vous disposez des options suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid "One: Searches the Search Base and one entry below it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un niveau : effectue une recherche dans la base de recherche et dans un "
|
||
"niveau hiérarchique au-dessous."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:43(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Sub: Searches the Search Base and all entries below it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Arborescence : effectue une recherche dans la base de recherche et dans tous "
|
||
"les niveaux hiérarchiques."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:46(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Search Filter: The search filter can be set here for all the LDAP queries. "
|
||
"For example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Filtre de recherche : le filtre de recherche peut être défini ici pour "
|
||
"toutes les requêtes LDAP. Par exemple :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<code>ObjectClass=*</code>: Lists all the objects from the server."
|
||
msgstr "<code>ObjectClass=*</code> : énumère tous les objets du serveur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<code>ObjectClass=User</code>: Lists only the users."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<code>ObjectClass=User</code> : énumère seulement ceux de l'utilisateur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<code>Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames))</code>: "
|
||
"Retrieves the User and Contact List objects."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<code>Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames))</code> : "
|
||
"récupère les objets de l'utilisateur et de la liste de contacts."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:51(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<code>(&(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*))</code>: Lists the objects associated "
|
||
"with the email addresses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<code>(&(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*))</code> : énumère les objets associés "
|
||
"aux adresses électroniques."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:54(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Timeout (minutes): The maximum time Evolution attempts to download data from "
|
||
"the server before giving up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Délai (en minutes) : délai maximum au cours duquel Evolution tente de "
|
||
"télécharger les données du serveur avant d'abandonner."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:55(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Download Limit: The maximum number of results for a given search. Most "
|
||
"servers refuse to send more than 500 contacts, but you can set the number "
|
||
"lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Limite de téléchargement : nombre maximum de résultats associés à une "
|
||
"recherche. La plupart des serveurs refusent d'envoyer plus de 500 contacts, "
|
||
"mais vous pouvez définir une valeur inférieure pour raccourcir les "
|
||
"téléchargements dans le cas de recherches très larges."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:60(note/p)
|
||
msgid "If you are unsure about some settings, ask your system administrator."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous n'êtes pas certain de certains réglages, contactez votre "
|
||
"administrateur système."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:65(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Differences to local address books"
|
||
msgstr "Différences avec les carnets d'adresses locaux"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:67(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"LDAP address books work like local address books on your computer, with the "
|
||
"following exceptions:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les carnets d'adresses LDAP fonctionnent comme les carnets d'adresses locaux "
|
||
"de votre ordinateur aux exceptions suivantes près :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:69(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If "
|
||
"you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache "
|
||
"some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your "
|
||
"desired contacts into the local address books."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les dossiers réseau ne sont accessibles que lorsque vous êtes connecté au "
|
||
"réseau. Si vous utilisez un ordinateur portable ou que vous avez une "
|
||
"connexion par modem, il peut être souhaitable de copier ou de mettre en "
|
||
"mémoire tampon une partie de l'annuaire réseau. Vous pouvez le faire en "
|
||
"faisant glisser les contacts concernés dans les carnets d'adresses locaux."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:70(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also mark the network folder for offline usage. To mark the folder, "
|
||
"right-click the folder, click Properties and select Copy Folder Content "
|
||
"Locally for Offline Operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également marquer le dossier réseau pour un usage hors ligne. "
|
||
"Pour cela, faites un clic-droit sur le dossier, choisissez Propriétés et "
|
||
"cochez « Copier le contenu du dossier en local pour les opérations hors "
|
||
"ligne »."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:71(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To prevent excess network traffic, Evolution does not normally load data "
|
||
"from the LDAP server upon opening."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour éviter un trafic réseau trop important, Evolution ne charge en principe "
|
||
"pas les données du serveur LDAP au moment de son ouverture."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:72(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the "
|
||
"fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or "
|
||
"all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than Evolution allows. "
|
||
"Check with your system administrator if you need different settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Selon les réglages de votre serveur, vous ne pourrez peut-être pas modifier "
|
||
"tous les champs d'un contact stocké sur un serveur LDAP. Certains serveurs "
|
||
"empêchent tout ou partie des modifications, et d'autres utilisent un nombre "
|
||
"de champs plus restreint que ceux d'Evolution. Contactez votre "
|
||
"administrateur système si vous avez besoin de réglages différents."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using data from Evolution address books in LibreOffice documents."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser les données des carnets d'adresses d'Evolution dans des documents "
|
||
"LibreOffice."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Contacts in LibreOffice"
|
||
msgstr "Contacts dans LibreOffice"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can use your Evolution address books in LibreOffice as a data source. "
|
||
"The following steps refer to LibreOffice version 3.3.3."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez utiliser vos carnets d'adresses Evolution dans LibreOffice comme "
|
||
"source de données. Les étapes suivantes se réfèrent à la version 3.3.3 de "
|
||
"LibreOffice."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Exchange Database...</gui></guiseq> in the "
|
||
"menu bar. This will bring up the <gui>Exchange databases</gui> dialog box."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Changer de base de données...</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> dans la barre de menu. La boîte de dialogue <gui>Changer de "
|
||
"base de données...</gui> apparaît."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the right pane under <gui>Available Databases</gui>, <gui>EvolutionLocal</"
|
||
"gui> is available as a source. Click on the small triangle to get the list "
|
||
"of your Evolution address books."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le volet de droite sous <gui>Bases de données disponibles</gui>, la "
|
||
"source <gui>EvolutionLocal</gui> est disponible. Cliquez sur le petit "
|
||
"triangle pour obtenir la liste de vos carnets d'adresses Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Choose an addressbook and click <gui style=\"button\">Define</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez un carnet d'adresses et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Définir</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case it is not listed already, click <gui style=\"button\">Browse...</"
|
||
"gui>. A file chooser dialog opens."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Au cas où il n'apparaît pas déjà, cliquez sur <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Naviguer...</gui>. Une boîte de dialogue de sélection de fichier s'ouvre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As Evolution stores its data in a hidden directory, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>L</key></keyseq> to get the location bar displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comme Evolution enregistre ses données dans un répertoire caché, appuyez sur "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq> pour que la barre d'emplacement "
|
||
"s'affiche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to <file>/home/username/.local/share/evolution/addressbook/system/"
|
||
"addressbook.db</file> and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans <file>/home/nom_utilisateur/.local/share/evolution/addressbook/"
|
||
"system/addressbook.db</file> et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ouvrir</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:33(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This makes the Evolution address book the default data source for "
|
||
"LibreOffice. You can now select a field to insert into an LibreOffice "
|
||
"document via <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Fields</gui><gui>Other</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le carnet d'adresses d'Evolution est maintenant la source de données par "
|
||
"défaut de LibreOffice. Vous pouvez maintenant sélectionner un champ et "
|
||
"l'insérer dans un document LibreOffice via <guiseq><gui>Insertion</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Champs</gui><gui>Autre</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-local.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding another local address book."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter un autre carnet d'adresses local."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-local.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding another local address book"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'un autre carnet d'adresses local"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-local.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add another local address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter un autre carnet d'adresses local à Evolution, suivez les étapes "
|
||
"suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-organizing.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On address books, searching, contact lists, and categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À propos des carnets d'adresses, de la recherche, des listes de contacts et "
|
||
"des catégories."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-organizing.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sorting, organizing and grouping contacts"
|
||
msgstr "Tri, organisation et groupement de contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-organizing.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several ways how to organize your contacts. You can use several "
|
||
"addressbooks and categories, and for conveniently sending messages to a "
|
||
"group of people contact lists are available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il y a plusieurs façons d'organiser vos contacts. Vous pouvez utiliser "
|
||
"plusieurs carnets d'adresses et catégories et pour envoyer facilement des "
|
||
"messages à des groupes de personnes, des listes de contacts sont disponibles."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Searching contacts."
|
||
msgstr "Rechercher des contacts."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:27(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching Contacts"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche de contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:30(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching in a Single Contact"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche dans un seul contact"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:31(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find text in the displayed contact, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Find in Contact...</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour trouver un texte dans le contact affiché, sélectionnez "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Rechercher dans le contact...</gui></guiseq> "
|
||
"dans le menu principal."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:35(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching Across Contacts"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche parmi les contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Contacts view, you can quickly search for contacts either by category "
|
||
"or by contact's info."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la vue contacts, vous pouvez rechercher rapidement des contacts soit "
|
||
"par catégorie ou par les informations de contact."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-searching.page:41(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Searching by contact's info:"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche par les informations des contacts :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding a contact to your address book."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter un contact à votre carnet d'adresses."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding a Contact"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'un contact"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:23(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Contact</gui></guiseq>, or "
|
||
"right-click in a blank space in the list of contacts and click <gui>New "
|
||
"Contact...</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</"
|
||
"key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Contact</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> ou faites un clic-droit dans un espace vide dans la liste des "
|
||
"contacts puis cliquez sur <gui>Nouveau contact...</gui> ou appuyez sur la "
|
||
"touche <keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:24(item/p)
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the address book under <gui>Where:</gui> to which it will be added."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le carnet d'adresses sous <gui>Où :</gui> dans lequel elle sera "
|
||
"ajoutée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the contact information. Note that there are several tabs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez les informations du contact. Remarquez qu'il y a plusieurs onglets."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add a photograph to the contact by clicking the large field (showing "
|
||
"a stylized person) next to <gui>Full Name</gui> and <gui>Categories</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter une photographie au contact en cliquant sur le grand "
|
||
"espace (affichant une personne stylisée) à côté de <gui>Nom complet</gui> et "
|
||
"<gui>Catégories</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:31(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Contact Quick-Add from the Email Window"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout express de contact à partir de la fenêtre des messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:33(section/p)
|
||
msgid "You can also add a contact directly from an email."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi ajouter un contact directement à partir d'un courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Right-click on the email address in the message header."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Faites un clic-droit sur l'adresse électronique dans les en-têtes du message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select <gui>Add to Address Book...</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez <gui>Ajouter au carnet d'adresse...</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Either press <gui style=\"button\">Edit Full</gui> to bring up the full "
|
||
"<gui>Contact Editor</gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> to "
|
||
"directly add the contact to the chosen address book."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Modifier entièrement</gui> pour faire "
|
||
"apparaître l'<gui>éditeur de contacts</gui> complètement ou cliquez sur <gui "
|
||
"style=\"button\">Valider</gui> pour ajouter directement le contact dans le "
|
||
"carnet d'adresses choisi."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Deleting a contact from your address book."
|
||
msgstr "Supprimer un contact du carnet d'adresses."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Deleting a Contact"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression d'un contact"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to delete a contact in your address books, right-click on the "
|
||
"contact and select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the contact and click "
|
||
"<gui>Delete</gui> in the tool bar or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</"
|
||
"key></keyseq>, or click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Contact</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez supprimer un contact de votre carnet d'adresses, effectuez un "
|
||
"clic-droit sur le contact et sélectionnez <gui>Supprimer</gui> ou cliquez "
|
||
"sur le contact puis sur <gui>Supprimer</gui> dans la barre d'outils ou "
|
||
"appuyez sur les touches <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq> ou "
|
||
"cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Supprimer le contact</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Editing a contact in your address book."
|
||
msgstr "Modification d'un contact dans le carnet d'adresses."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Editing a Contact"
|
||
msgstr "Modification d'un contact"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to change a contact that already exists in your address books,"
|
||
msgstr "Si vous souhaitez modifier un contact existant,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Double-click on the contact that you want to edit in the list of contacts, "
|
||
"or select the contact and press <key>Enter</key>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"double-cliquez sur le contact que vous souhaitez modifier dans la liste des "
|
||
"contacts ou sélectionnez le contact et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Edit the contact information."
|
||
msgstr "Modifiez les informations sur le contact."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting contacts in address books."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajouter, modifier et supprimer des contacts dans des carnets d'adresses."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-usage.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Contacts"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout, modification et suppression de contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using contact lists for grouping contacts."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser des listes de contacts pour regrouper des contacts."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Contact Lists"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation de listes de contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. "
|
||
"When you send mail to this nickname it is actually sent to every member of "
|
||
"the list. This differs from a \"real\" mailing list in that it exists only "
|
||
"on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email "
|
||
"address managed by a mailing list application on a server."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une liste de contacts est un ensemble de contacts identifiés par un "
|
||
"pseudonyme unique de votre choix. Lorsque vous envoyez un courriel à ce "
|
||
"pseudonyme, il est envoyé à tous les membres de la liste. La différence avec "
|
||
"une « vraie » liste de diffusion, c'est que la liste de contacts existe "
|
||
"uniquement sur votre ordinateur et pour votre usage, et n'est pas une "
|
||
"adresse électronique réelle gérée par une application de listes de diffusion "
|
||
"sur un serveur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, you could create one contact for each family member, then add "
|
||
"those contacts to a contact list called \"Family\". Then, instead of "
|
||
"entering each person's email address individually, you can send emails to "
|
||
"\"Family\" and the messages would go to all of them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, vous pouvez créer un contact pour chaque membre de votre "
|
||
"famille, puis ajouter ces contacts à une liste de contacts appelée "
|
||
"« Famille ». Ensuite, au lieu de devoir saisir une à une chaque adresse "
|
||
"électronique, vous pouvez envoyer un message à « Famille » et le message "
|
||
"sera distribué à chacun d'eux."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:30(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Creating a contact list"
|
||
msgstr "Création d'une liste de contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Contact List</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Liste de "
|
||
"contacts</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Specify the list members by either entering the names or email addresses of "
|
||
"contacts (the text field supports autocompletion), or by dragging contacts "
|
||
"from the Contacts window into the list, or by using the <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Select...</gui> button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Spécifiez les membres de la liste en saisissant les noms ou adresses "
|
||
"électroniques des contacts (le champ de texte prend en charge la complétion "
|
||
"automatique) ou en faisant glisser les contacts à partir de la fenêtre des "
|
||
"contacts sur la liste ou en utilisant le bouton <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Sélectionner...</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message "
|
||
"to the list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Décidez si vous voulez masquer les adresses électroniques lorsque vous "
|
||
"envoyez un message à la liste."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the "
|
||
"addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature "
|
||
"discussed in <link xref=\"mail-composer-several-recipients\">Sending a "
|
||
"message to several recipients</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est recommandé de laisser les adresses masquées, sauf s'il s'agit d'une "
|
||
"très petite liste. C'est l'équivalent de l'utilisation de la fonctionnalité "
|
||
"« Cci : » examinée dans <link xref=\"mail-composer-several-recipients"
|
||
"\">Envoi d'un message à plusieurs destinataires</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid "The contact list will be added to the chosen address book in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La liste des contacts est ajoutée au carnet d'adresses sélectionné dans "
|
||
"Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:44(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Sending messages to a contact list"
|
||
msgstr "Envoi de messages à une liste de contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:45(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To send a message to the contact list, enter the name that you chose for the "
|
||
"contact list as the recipient in the mail composer. You can also right-click "
|
||
"the contact list in your address book and select <gui>Send Message to List</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour envoyer un courriel à la liste de contacts, saisissez le nom que vous "
|
||
"avez donné à la liste comme destinataire dans l'éditeur de messages. Vous "
|
||
"pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la liste de contacts dans "
|
||
"le carnet d'adresses et choisir <gui>Envoyer un message à la liste</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding and using more than one address book and different types."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et utiliser plus d'un carnet d'adresses de différents types."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using several address books"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation de plusieurs carnets d'adresses"
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can have multiple address books. For example, you might have one address "
|
||
"book for work related contacts and one for private contacts. The side bar "
|
||
"lists those address books, and you can select which address book is shown."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez avoir plusieurs carnets d'adresses. Par exemple, vous pouvez "
|
||
"avoir un carnet d'adresses pour les contacts liés au travail et un pour les "
|
||
"contacts privés. La barre latérale liste ces carnets d'adresses et vous "
|
||
"pouvez sélectionner le carnet d'adresses affiché."
|
||
|
||
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also use address books that are not on your computer, such as on the "
|
||
"internet (e.g. Google) or in a local network (e.g. LDAP)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également utiliser des carnets d'adresses qui ne sont pas sur "
|
||
"votre ordinateur, mais sur internet (par ex. Google) ou sur un réseau local "
|
||
"(par ex. LDAP)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment."
|
||
msgstr "Crédits et remerciements."
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment"
|
||
msgstr "Crédits et remerciements"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:23(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Authors of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation"
|
||
msgstr "Auteurs du manuel d'utilisation d'<app>Evolution</app>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:25(item/p) C/credits.page:55(item/p)
|
||
msgid "André Klapper"
|
||
msgstr "André Klapper"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "April Gonzalez"
|
||
msgstr "April Gonzalez"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Barbara M. Tobias"
|
||
msgstr "Barbara M. Tobias"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Phil Bull"
|
||
msgstr "Phil Bull"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:41(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Translators of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation"
|
||
msgstr "Traducteurs du manuel d'utilisation d'<app>Evolution</app>"
|
||
|
||
#. TO TRANSLATORS: This is shown in the 'Translators of the User
|
||
#. Documentation' section. Please REPLACE this string by adding your own
|
||
#. names here so you get some well-deserved fame on the interwebs! Do NOT
|
||
#. use '\n' for linebreaks or square brakets for potential email addresses
|
||
#. here as this will not work. Thanks for all your hard work! andre
|
||
#: C/credits.page:43(section/p)
|
||
msgid "(Not applicable to the English version)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Novell Inc. (2004), Marc Lorber (2006), Jonathan Ernst (2007), Claude "
|
||
"Paroz (2007-2009), Alexandre Franke (2009), Bruno Brouard "
|
||
"(2010-2012), Alexandre Daubois (2011), Julien Hardelin (2012)"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:47(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Authors of the previous version"
|
||
msgstr "Auteurs de la version précédente"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Aaron Weber"
|
||
msgstr "Aaron Weber"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:52(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Akhil Laddha"
|
||
msgstr "Akhil Laddha"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:58(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Duncan Mak"
|
||
msgstr "Duncan Mak"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:61(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Ettore Perazzoli"
|
||
msgstr "Ettore Perazzoli"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:64(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Francisco Javier F. Serrador"
|
||
msgstr "Francisco Javier F. Serrador"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:67(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Jessica Prabhakar"
|
||
msgstr "Jessica Prabhakar"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:70(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Kevin Breit"
|
||
msgstr "Kevin Breit"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:73(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Mark Moulder"
|
||
msgstr "Mark Moulder"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:76(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Novell, Inc."
|
||
msgstr "Novell, Inc."
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:79(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Radhika Nair"
|
||
msgstr "Radhika Nair"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:82(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Srinivasa Ragavan"
|
||
msgstr "Srinivasa Ragavan"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:89(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Contact information"
|
||
msgstr "Informations sur les contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:90(section/p)
|
||
msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project:"
|
||
msgstr "Le projet de documentation GNOME :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:92(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link href=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">Website</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link href=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">Website</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/credits.page:95(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-doc-list\">Mailing "
|
||
"list</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-doc-list\">Mailing "
|
||
"list</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Where does Evolution store my data on the harddisk?"
|
||
msgstr "Où Evolution enregistre-t-il mes données sur le disque dur ?"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Data storage locations"
|
||
msgstr "Emplacements de stockage des données"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:23(note/p)
|
||
msgid "This is only interesting for advanced users who want to debug problems."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cette section n'intéresse que les utilisateurs avancés qui veulent résoudre "
|
||
"des problèmes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution 3.6 and later stores its data according to the <link href=\"http://"
|
||
"www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/basedir-spec\">XDG Base Directory "
|
||
"Specification</link>. By default this means:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution 3.6 ou plus tard enregistre ses données selon les <link href="
|
||
"\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/basedir-spec"
|
||
"\">spécifications de répertoire de base XDG</link>. Par défaut, cela "
|
||
"signifie :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:30(item/title)
|
||
msgid "The user's data files"
|
||
msgstr "Les fichiers des données de l'utilisateur"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<file>$HOME/.local/share/evolution</file>"
|
||
msgstr "<file>$HOME/.local/share/evolution</file>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:34(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Various configuration and state files"
|
||
msgstr "Divers fichiers de configuration et d'état"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<file>$HOME/.config/evolution</file>"
|
||
msgstr "<file>$HOME/.config/evolution</file>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:38(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de compte"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<file>$HOME/.config/evolution/sources</file>"
|
||
msgstr "<file>$HOME/.config/evolution/sources</file>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:42(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Disposable data caches"
|
||
msgstr "Caches de données temporaires"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:43(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<file>$HOME/.cache/evolution</file>"
|
||
msgstr "<file>$HOME/.cache/evolution</file>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:46(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Configuration settings in GSettings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramétrages de configuration dans GSettings"
|
||
|
||
#: C/data-storage.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<file>$HOME/.config/dconf</file>"
|
||
msgstr "<file>$HOME/.config/dconf</file>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:7(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Opening links from an email in a browser and opening the mail composer from "
|
||
"an email link on a website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouverture de liens contenus dans un courriel dans un navigateur et ouverture "
|
||
"d'un lien sur un site web dans l'éditeur de courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:22(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Opening links in and from the web browser"
|
||
msgstr "Ouverture de liens dans et depuis le navigateur Web"
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:27(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
|
||
msgstr "Changer de navigateur Web pour ouvrir les sites Web"
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:29(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Please see <link href=\"help:gnome-help#net-default-browser\">the GNOME "
|
||
"Desktop Help</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Reportez-vous au <link href=\"help:gnome-help#net-default-browser\">Manuel "
|
||
"de GNOME Desktop</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:31(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the preferred browser is set as default application but still does not "
|
||
"work correctly please contact your distribution via their forum or bug "
|
||
"tracker."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le navigateur préféré est défini comme application par défaut mais que "
|
||
"cela ne fonctionne pas correctement, contactez votre distribution via son "
|
||
"forum ou son système de suivi de bogues."
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:34(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the error message \"Could not open the link: Operation not supported\" is "
|
||
"shown, you need to install the package <sys>gvfs</sys>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le message d'erreur « impossible d'ouvrir le lien : opération non prise "
|
||
"en charge » s'affiche, vous devez installer le paquet <sys>gvfs</sys>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:37(when/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:gvfs\" href=\"http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/"
|
||
"gvfs/\" style=\"button\">Install gvfs</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:gvfs\" href=\"http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/"
|
||
"gvfs/\" style=\"button\">Installer gvfs</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:44(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
|
||
msgstr "Changer d'application courriel pour rédiger les courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:46(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Please see <link href=\"help:gnome-help#net-default-email\">the GNOME "
|
||
"Desktop Help</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Reportez-vous au <link href=\"help:gnome-help#net-default-email\">manuel de "
|
||
"GNOME Desktop</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:51(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Advanced options"
|
||
msgstr "Options avancées"
|
||
|
||
#: C/default-browser.page:52(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have a technical background you can also tweak these settings by "
|
||
"defining scheme-handlers in <file>$HOME/.local/share/applications/mimeapps."
|
||
"list</file>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez une expérience technique, vous pouvez modifier ces paramètres "
|
||
"en définissant des gestionnaires de schéma dans <file>$HOME/.local/share/"
|
||
"applications/mimeapps.list</file>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-appointments.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Deleting calendar entries to reduce the size of the mailbox."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Supprimer les entrées d'agenda pour réduire la taille de la boîte aux "
|
||
"lettres."
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-appointments.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Deleting old appointments permanently"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression définitive d'anciens rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-appointments.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To Purge old entries in a calendar, go to <guiseq><gui>Actions</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Purge</gui></guiseq> in the Calendar view. You will be asked how "
|
||
"many days old the events to remove from the calendar should be. The action "
|
||
"will be applied to the currently opened calendar (selected in the list of "
|
||
"calendars on the left); other calendars remain unchanged."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour nettoyer les anciennes entrées d'un agenda, allez dans "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Actions</gui><gui>Nettoyer</gui></guiseq> dans la vue agenda. "
|
||
"ll vous sera demandé le nombre de jours d'ancienneté dans l'agenda que les "
|
||
"événements à supprimer doivent avoir. L'action s'applique à l'agenda "
|
||
"actuellement ouvert (sélectionné dans la liste des agendas sur la gauche) ; "
|
||
"les autres agendas restent inchangés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-emails.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Deleting emails or attachments to reduce the size of the mailbox."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Supprimer les courriels ou les pièces jointes pour réduire la taille de la "
|
||
"boîte aux lettres."
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-emails.page:26(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Deleting emails or attachments permanently"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression définitive des courriels ou des pièces jointes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-emails.page:29(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Emails"
|
||
msgstr "Courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-emails.page:30(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution deletes emails on IMAP servers by <em>marking</em> the messages "
|
||
"for deletion; space is not freed until you <em>expunge</em> the marked "
|
||
"emails."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution supprime les courriels sur les serveurs IMAP en <em>marquant</em> "
|
||
"les messages pour suppression ; l'espace n'est pas libéré tant que vous ne "
|
||
"<em>nettoyez</em> pas les courriels marqués."
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-emails.page:32(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To Expunge a specific folder, go to <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Expunge</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>. To "
|
||
"Expunge all folders, go to <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Empty Trash</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>. This applies to other types of accounts as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour nettoyer un dossier spécifique, aller dans <guiseq><gui>Dossier</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Nettoyer</gui></guiseq> ou presser <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</"
|
||
"key></keyseq>. Pour nettoyer tous les dossiers, allez dans "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Vider la corbeille</gui></guiseq>. Cela "
|
||
"s'applique également aux autres types de compte."
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-emails.page:36(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Attachments"
|
||
msgstr "Pièces jointes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-emails.page:37(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To delete the attachments of an email, select the message and click "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Remove Attachments</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour supprimer les pièces jointes d'un courriel, sélectionnez le message et "
|
||
"cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Supprimer les pièces jointes</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deleting emails and calendar entries to reduce the size of the files used by "
|
||
"Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Supprimer les courriels et des entrées d'agenda pour réduire la taille des "
|
||
"fichiers utilisés par Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Freeing disk space by deleting items"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression d'éléments pour libérer de l'espace disque"
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:7(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Which additional package to install in order to connect to an Exchange "
|
||
"server."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quel paquet supplémentaire installer pour se connecter à un serveur Exchange."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:22(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Choosing the right connector"
|
||
msgstr "Choix du bon connecteur"
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the version of the Microsoft Exchange server that you would "
|
||
"like to connect to it is required to make sure that an additional package is "
|
||
"installed that provides this functionality."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En fonction de la version du serveur Microsoft Exchange auquel vous désirez "
|
||
"vous connecter, il est nécessaire de s'assurer qu'un paquet supplémentaire "
|
||
"est installé qui fournit cette fonctionnalité."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For Microsoft Exchange 2007, 2010 and newer it is recommended to use the "
|
||
"package <sys>evolution-ews</sys>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour Microsoft Exchange 2007, 2010 et plus récents, il est recommandé "
|
||
"d'utiliser le paquet <sys>evolution-ews</sys>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:30(note/p)
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:65(when/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:evolution-ews\" href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/"
|
||
"evolution/download\" style=\"button\">Install evolution-ews</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:evolution-ews\" href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/"
|
||
"evolution/download\" style=\"button\">Installer evolution-ews</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:35(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Only if <sys>evolution-ews</sys> does not work well for you it is "
|
||
"recommended to use the package <sys>evolution-mapi</sys>. It supports "
|
||
"Microsoft Exchange 2007 and 2010 (and possibly earlier versions that support "
|
||
"MAPI)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Seulement dans le cas où <sys>evolution-ews</sys> ne marche pas bien chez "
|
||
"vous, vous pouvez recourir au paquet <sys>evolution-mapi</sys>. Il prend en "
|
||
"charge Microsoft Exchange 2007 et 2010 (et probablement aussi les versions "
|
||
"plus anciennes acceptant MAPI)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:39(note/p)
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:76(when/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:evolution-mapi\" href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/"
|
||
"evolution/download\" style=\"button\">Install evolution-mapi</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:evolution-mapi\" href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/"
|
||
"evolution/download\" style=\"button\">Installer evolution-mapi</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:44(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For Microsoft Exchange 2000 and 2003 (and possibly earlier versions of "
|
||
"Exchange that use Outlook Web Access) it is recommended to use the package "
|
||
"<sys>evolution-exchange</sys>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour Microsoft Exchange 2000 et 2003 (et sûrement pour les versions "
|
||
"précédentes d'Exchange qui utilisent Outlook Web Access) il est recommandé "
|
||
"d'utiliser le paquet <sys>evolution-exchange</sys>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:48(note/p)
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:86(when/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:evolution-exchange\" href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/"
|
||
"evolution/download\" style=\"button\">Install evolution-exchange</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:evolution-exchange\" href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/"
|
||
"evolution/download\" style=\"button\">Installer evolution-exchange</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:53(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are unsure which Microsoft Exchange server version is used, you may "
|
||
"want to contact your system administrator for more information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous n'êtes pas certain de la version du serveur Microsoft Exchange "
|
||
"utilisée, contactez votre administrateur système."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Connecting to Exchange Servers"
|
||
msgstr "Connexion aux serveurs Exchange"
|
||
|
||
#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For topics not covered here please refer to the <link href=\"http://library."
|
||
"gnome.org/users/evolution/2.32/usage-exchange.html.en\">old Evolution "
|
||
"manual</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les sujets non abordés ici, référez-vous à l'<link href=\"http://"
|
||
"library.gnome.org/users/evolution/2.32/usage-exchange.html.en\">ancien "
|
||
"manuel d'Evolution</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to export calendar data from <app>Evolution</app>."
|
||
msgstr "Comment exporter des données d'agenda à partir d'<app>Evolution</app>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Exporting calendar data"
|
||
msgstr "Exportation d'agendas"
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To export a complete calendar, right-click on the calendar in the list of "
|
||
"calendars and click <gui>Save as</gui>. Available formats are iCalendar "
|
||
"format (ICS, recommended), comma separated values (CSV), and RDF format."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour exporter un agenda complet, cliquez sur l'agenda dans la liste "
|
||
"d'agendas et cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer sous</gui>. Les formats "
|
||
"disponibles sont le format iCalendar (ICS, recommandé), valeurs séparées par "
|
||
"des virgules (CSV) et format RDF."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to export only one appointment, right-click on the appointment "
|
||
"and click <gui>Save as iCalendar...</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez exporter seulement un rendez-vous, faites un clic-droit sur "
|
||
"le rendez-vous et cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer comme iCalendar...</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to export contacts data from <app>Evolution</app>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment exporter des données de contacts à partir d'<app>Evolution</app>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Exporting contacts data"
|
||
msgstr "Exportation de contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a vCard file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les fichiers de contact sont enregistrés dans une base de données mais ils "
|
||
"peuvent être enregistrés comme fichier vCard."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To export a complete address book, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save "
|
||
"Address Book As vCard</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour exporter un carnet d'adresses complet, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Enregistrer le carnet d'adresses comme vCard</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to export only one contact, click <guiseq><gui>File</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Save as vCard</gui></guiseq> or right-click on the contact and "
|
||
"click <gui>Save as vCard</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez exporter seulement un contact, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Enregistrer comme vCard</gui></guiseq> ou "
|
||
"faites un clic-droit sur le contact et cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer comme "
|
||
"vCard</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to export mail data from <app>Evolution</app>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment exporter des données de courriel à partir d'<app>Evolution</app>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Exporting mail data"
|
||
msgstr "Exportation de courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To save an email to a file in <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/"
|
||
"wikipedia/en/wiki/Mbox\">mbox</link> format, select an email and click "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save as mbox...</gui></guiseq> or right-click on "
|
||
"the message and click <gui>Save as mbox...</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour enregistrer un courriel dans un fichier au format <link href=\"https://"
|
||
"secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/fr/wiki/Mbox\">mbox</link>, sélectionnez un "
|
||
"courriel et cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Enregistrer comme "
|
||
"mbox...</gui></guiseq> ou faites un clic-droit sur le message et cliquez sur "
|
||
"<gui>Enregistrer comme mbox...</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same steps apply to save a complete mail folder, but you have to mark "
|
||
"all messages in it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les mêmes étapes s'appliquent pour enregistrer un dossier de courriel "
|
||
"complet mais vous devez sélectionner tous les messages le contenant d'abord."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:25(page/p) C/mail-filters.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can select all messages in a folder by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Select All</gui></guiseq> or pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>A</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour sélectionner tous les messages d'un dossier, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Tout sélectionner</gui></guiseq> ou pressez "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to export data from <app>Evolution</app>."
|
||
msgstr "Comment exporter des données à partir d'<app>Evolution</app>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/exporting-data.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Exporting data from <em>Evolution</em>"
|
||
msgstr "Exportation de données à partir d'<app>Evolution</app>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/express-mode.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "What to do when using a small screen or netbook."
|
||
msgstr "Que faire quand vous utilisez un petit écran ou un portable."
|
||
|
||
#: C/express-mode.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Some windows are too large for small screens."
|
||
msgstr "Certaines fenêtres sont trop grandes pour les petits écrans."
|
||
|
||
#: C/express-mode.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is a known problem and hard to solve for a complex application with "
|
||
"many settings such as Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"C'est un problème connu difficile à résoudre pour une application complexe "
|
||
"avec beaucoup de paramètres comme Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/express-mode.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can use the Express version which is targeted for mobile and small-"
|
||
"screen devices. This is available from version 2.30 on and can be enabled by "
|
||
"starting <code>evolution --express</code> from the terminal window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez utiliser la version Express qui est ciblée pour les "
|
||
"périphériques à petit écran et les mobiles. Celle-ci est disponible depuis "
|
||
"la version 2.30 et peut être activée en saisissant <code>evolution --"
|
||
"express</code> dans un terminal."
|
||
|
||
#: C/express-mode.page:25(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also explicitly open Evolution in a specific component. For the "
|
||
"calendar, use <cmd>evolution --express --component=calendar</cmd>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi ouvrir explicitement Evolution avec un composant "
|
||
"spécifique. Pour l'agenda, utilisez <cmd>evolution --express --"
|
||
"component=calendar</cmd>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/google-services.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using Google services."
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation des services Google."
|
||
|
||
#: C/google-services.page:18(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Google services"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation des services Google"
|
||
|
||
#: C/groupwise-placeholder.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
#: C/groupwise-placeholder.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Connecting to GroupWise"
|
||
msgstr "Connexion à GroupWise"
|
||
|
||
#: C/groupwise-placeholder.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For topics not covered here please refer to the <link href=\"http://library."
|
||
"gnome.org/users/evolution/2.32/usage-groupwise.html.en\">old Evolution "
|
||
"manual</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les sujets non abordés ici, référez-vous à l'<link href=\"http://"
|
||
"library.gnome.org/users/evolution/2.32/usage-groupwise.html.en\">ancien "
|
||
"manuel d'Evolution</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Importing data from Mozilla Thunderbird."
|
||
msgstr "Importation de données de Mozilla Thunderbird."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Mozilla"
|
||
msgstr "Mozilla"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:24(item/p) C/import-apps-outlook.page:60(item/p)
|
||
#: C/import-single-files.page:24(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Importer</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:25(item/p) C/import-apps-outlook.page:61(item/p)
|
||
#: C/import-single-files.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the <gui>Importer Type</gui> tab, click <gui>Import a single file</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet <gui>Type d'importation</gui>, cliquez sur <gui>Importer un "
|
||
"seul fichier</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Choose the Thunderbird files that you would like to import."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez les fichiers Thunderbird que vous désirez importer."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:26(item/p) C/import-apps-outlook.page:62(item/p)
|
||
#: C/import-single-files.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "The file type will be automatically determined."
|
||
msgstr "Le type de fichier est déterminé automatiquement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:27(item/p) C/import-apps-outlook.page:65(item/p)
|
||
#: C/import-single-files.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez la destination (par ex. de dossier dans Evolution) pour les "
|
||
"données importées."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:28(item/p) C/import-apps-outlook.page:66(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Effectuez de nouveau les étapes d'importation jusqu'à ce que vous ayez "
|
||
"importé tous les messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Importing data from Microsoft Outlook."
|
||
msgstr "Importer des données de Microsoft Outlook."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Outlook"
|
||
msgstr "Outlook"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"These steps refer to locally stored data such as POP accounts. For remote "
|
||
"data (like IMAP) this is not necessary, since the data is still on the "
|
||
"server and does not need to be manually transfered. You can set up the "
|
||
"corresponding account in Evolution and the data will be downloaded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ces étapes de réfèrent à des données enregistrées localement tels que des "
|
||
"comptes POP. Pour des données distantes (tel IMAP), cela n'est pas "
|
||
"nécessaire puisque les données sont toujours sur le serveur et n'ont pas "
|
||
"besoin d'être transférées manuellement. Vous pouvez configurer le compte "
|
||
"correspondant dans Evolution et les données seront téléchargées."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:29(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Prerequisites under Windows"
|
||
msgstr "Pré-requis sous Windows"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:30(section/p)
|
||
msgid "First, while using Microsoft Windows, prepare your messages for import:"
|
||
msgstr "Tout d'abord, dans Windows, préparez l'importation des messages :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Find your Outlook files (they normally have the file ending <file>.pst</"
|
||
"file> or <file>.ost</file>):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Rechercher vos fichiers Outlook (ils possèdent normalement une extension du "
|
||
"type <file>.pst</file> ou <file>.ost</file>) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:35(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Windows 7, Windows Vista"
|
||
msgstr "Windows 7, Windows Vista"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:35(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Windows XP"
|
||
msgstr "Windows XP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Outlook 2010"
|
||
msgstr "Outlook 2010"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38(td/p)
|
||
msgid "<file>C:\\Users\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files</file>"
|
||
msgstr "<file>C:\\Users\\nom_utilisateur\\My Documents\\Outlook Files</file>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<file>C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files</"
|
||
"file>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<file>C:\\Documents and Settings\\nom_utilisateur\\Mes Documents\\Outlook/"
|
||
"file></file>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Outlook 2007 and earlier"
|
||
msgstr "Outlook 2007 et antérieurs"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41(td/p)
|
||
msgid "<file>C:\\Users\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft\\Outlook</file>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<file>C:\\Users\\nom_utilisateur\\Application Data\\Local\\Microsoft"
|
||
"\\Outlook</file>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<file>C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft"
|
||
"\\Outlook</file>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<file>C:\\Documents and Settings\\nom_utilisateur\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft"
|
||
"\\Outlook</file>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:44(item/p)
|
||
msgid "(Replace \"username\" by your username.)"
|
||
msgstr "(remplacez « nom_utilisateur » par votre nom d'utilisateur.)"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Copy the Outlook files to the system or partition that Evolution is "
|
||
"installed on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Copiez les fichiers Outlook sur le système ou la partition où se trouve "
|
||
"Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, some Linux "
|
||
"systems cannot read it without additional software. You might find it "
|
||
"simpler to copy the mail folders to a USB drive or to burn a CD."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puisque votre disque dur Windows a probablement le format NTFS que certains "
|
||
"systèmes Linux ne peuvent pas lire sans un logiciel supplémentaire, il peut "
|
||
"être plus simple de copier les dossiers de courrier sur une clé USB ou de "
|
||
"graver un CD."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:53(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Importing into Evolution"
|
||
msgstr "Importation dans Evolution"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:55(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on your last step, either plug in the disk or USB drive with the "
|
||
"data and wait until the file manager window opens, or mount your Windows "
|
||
"drive."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En fonction de votre dernière étape, connectez votre disque ou lecteur USB "
|
||
"contenant les données et attendez que le gestionnaire de fichiers ouvre et "
|
||
"monte le lecteur Windows."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:56(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Copiez tous les fichiers de messages vers votre dossier personnel ou dans un "
|
||
"autre emplacement de votre choix."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:58(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Optionally select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Folder</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> to create the <link xref=\"mail-folders\">folders</link> you "
|
||
"want."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez éventuellement sélectionner <guiseq><gui>Fichier</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Dossier de courriel</gui></guiseq> pour créer les "
|
||
"<link xref=\"mail-folders\">dossiers</link> nécessaires."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:62(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the Outlook personal folders (.pst) file that you would like to "
|
||
"import."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez les dossiers personnels Outlook (.pst) que vous désirez "
|
||
"importer."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:63(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the option to import Outlook personal folders (.pst files) is not "
|
||
"available under <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import</gui><gui>Import single "
|
||
"file</gui><gui>File type</gui></guiseq>, your distribution might have not "
|
||
"enabled this functionality."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si l'option pour importer des dossiers personnels Outlook (fichiers .pst) "
|
||
"n'est pas disponible sous <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Importer</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Importer un seul fichier</gui><gui>Type de fichier</gui></guiseq>, "
|
||
"il se peut que votre distribution n'ait pas activé cette fonctionnalité."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-data.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Importing data from another application."
|
||
msgstr "Importer les données d'autres programmes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-data.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Importing data from another application"
|
||
msgstr "Importation des données d'autres programmes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-data.page:23(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Applications"
|
||
msgstr "Applications"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-single-files.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Importing single files."
|
||
msgstr "Importer des fichiers isolés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-single-files.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Importing single files"
|
||
msgstr "Importation de fichiers isolés"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-single-files.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid "To import single files (mail, calendar data or contacts):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour importer des fichiers isolés (courriel, données d'agenda ou contacts) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-single-files.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Choose the file."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le fichier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-single-files.page:30(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also import contacts that you have received as a vCard attachment of "
|
||
"an email from its attachment menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également importer des contacts que vous avez reçus comme pièce "
|
||
"jointe vCard d'un courriel à partir de son menu des pièces jointes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Supported file formats for importing data."
|
||
msgstr "Formats de fichier pris en charge pour l'importation de données."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Supported file formats"
|
||
msgstr "Formats de fichier pris en charge"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Evolution can import the following types of files:"
|
||
msgstr "Evolution est capable d'importer les types de fichiers suivants :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:28(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Mail"
|
||
msgstr "Messagerie"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox or no extension):"
|
||
msgstr "Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox ou sans extension) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The email format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (for local folders "
|
||
"until version 2.32), Eudora, and many other email clients."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le format de courriels utilisé par Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (pour les "
|
||
"dossiers locaux avant la version 2.32), Eudora et bien d'autres logiciels de "
|
||
"messagerie."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Maildir (no extension):"
|
||
msgstr "Maildir (sans extension) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The format used by Evolution (for local folders since version 3.0). There is "
|
||
"no need to import Maildir files as you can <link xref=\"mail-account-manage-"
|
||
"maildir-format-directories\">configure a Maildir account</link> in Evolution "
|
||
"and point to the folder where the Maildir files are stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le format utilisé par Evolution (pour les dossiers locaux depuis la version "
|
||
"3.0). Vous n'avez pas besoin d'importer des fichiers Maildir puisque vous "
|
||
"pouvez <link xref=\"mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories"
|
||
"\">configurer un compte Maildir</link> dans Evolution et pointer vers le "
|
||
"dossier où les fichiers Maildir sont enregistrés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 Personal Folders (.dbx):"
|
||
msgstr "Dossiers personnels Outlook Express 5/6 (.dbx) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. For newer "
|
||
"versions PST import is recommended."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le format de fichier de courriels utilisé par Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. "
|
||
"Pour les nouvelles versions, l'importation PST est recommandée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:46(section/title)
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:89(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Calendar"
|
||
msgstr "Agenda"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid "vCalendar (.vcs):"
|
||
msgstr "vCalendar (.vcs) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A format for storing calendar files, which is generally used by Evolution, "
|
||
"Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird, and Korganizer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un format de stockage de fichiers d'agenda, utilisé généralement par "
|
||
"Evolution, MS Outlook, Sunbird et Korganizer."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:52(item/p)
|
||
msgid "iCalendar or iCal (.ics):"
|
||
msgstr "iCalendar ou iCal (.ics) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:54(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Evolution, "
|
||
"Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS handhelds, and others."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un format de stockage de fichiers d'agenda. iCalendar est utilisé par "
|
||
"Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, portable Palm OS et d'autres."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:60(section/title)
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:135(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Contacts"
|
||
msgstr "Contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:62(item/p)
|
||
msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif):"
|
||
msgstr "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:64(item/p)
|
||
msgid "A standard data format for contact cards."
|
||
msgstr "Un format de données standard pour les cartes de contacts."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:66(item/p)
|
||
msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):"
|
||
msgstr "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:68(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact "
|
||
"management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from "
|
||
"any address book application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le format de carnet d'adresses utilisé par GNOME, KDE ainsi que beaucoup "
|
||
"d'autres programmes de gestion de contacts. Il est en principe possible "
|
||
"d'exporter au format vCard depuis n'importe quel programme de carnet "
|
||
"d'adresses."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:74(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous"
|
||
msgstr "Divers"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:76(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):"
|
||
msgstr "Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:78(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"CSV (Comma-separated values) or Tabulator files saved by using Evolution, "
|
||
"Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les fichiers Tabulator ou CSV (Comma-separated values : valeurs séparées par "
|
||
"des virgules) enregistrés par Evolution, MS Outlook et Mozilla."
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:80(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Outlook Personal Folders (.pst):"
|
||
msgstr "Dossiers personnels Outlook (.pst) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:82(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and "
|
||
"other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, "
|
||
"Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook. It is also called \"Personal "
|
||
"Storage Table\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un format de fichier utilisé pour stocker des copies locales des messages, "
|
||
"des événements de l'agenda et d'autres objets avec les logiciels Microsoft, "
|
||
"tels que le client Microsoft Exchange, Windows Messaging et Microsoft "
|
||
"Outlook. Il est aussi appelé « Personal Storage Table » (table "
|
||
"d'enregistrement personnel)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-application.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "An introduction to Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Une introduction à Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-application.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution is a stable and versatile personal information manager for the "
|
||
"GNOME project. Evolution allows you to keep your calendar, email, address "
|
||
"book and tasks in one place. Evolution has the ability to <link type=\"topic"
|
||
"\" xref=\"mail-spam\">filter Junk/Spam Mail</link>, add your favorite web "
|
||
"calenders, and <link type=\"topic\" xref=\"mail-encryption\">to keep your "
|
||
"information safe and secure</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution est un gestionnaire d'informations personnelles stable et "
|
||
"polyvalent pour le projet GNOME. Evolution vous permet de conserver vos "
|
||
"agendas, courriels, carnet d'adresses et tâches au même endroit. Evolution "
|
||
"est capable de <link type=\"topic\" xref=\"mail-spam\">filtrer les courriels "
|
||
"indésirables (pourriels)</link>, d'ajouter vos agendas Web favoris et <link "
|
||
"type=\"topic\" xref=\"mail-encryption\">de conserver vos informations de "
|
||
"manière sécurisée et sûre</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-application.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default Evolution opens the mail client view. This is were you can view "
|
||
"all your mail. You can change to other aspects of the application by going "
|
||
"to the bottom of the left pane in the window (the so-called \"switcher\") "
|
||
"and selecting the desired view. <link type=\"topic\" xref=\"intro-main-window"
|
||
"\">Click here</link> for more information on the elements of the window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, Evolution ouvre la vue des courriels. C'est ici que vous pouvez "
|
||
"consulter tous vos courriels. Vous pouvez basculer vers d'autres aspects de "
|
||
"l'application en allant en bas du panneau gauche de la fenêtre (appelé le "
|
||
"sélecteur) et en choisissant la vue désirée. <link type=\"topic\" xref="
|
||
"\"intro-main-window\">Cliquez ici</link> pour plus d'informations sur les "
|
||
"éléments de la fenêtre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:7(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Running Evolution for the very first time."
|
||
msgstr "Tout premier lancement d'Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:22(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Starting <app>Evolution</app> for the first time"
|
||
msgstr "Lancement d'<app>Evolution</app> pour la première fois"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first time you run Evolution, it opens the First-Run Assistant to help "
|
||
"you set up email accounts and <link xref=\"import-data\">import data from "
|
||
"other applications.</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Au premier lancement d'Evolution, celui-ci ouvre un assistant de premier "
|
||
"démarrage pour vous aider à configurer vos comptes de courriels et <link "
|
||
"xref=\"import-data\">importer des données provenant d'autres applications.</"
|
||
"link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:27(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:29(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:29(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:29(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:29(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:29(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:30(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:30(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:30(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:30(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:29(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:29(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:29(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:29(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Identity"
|
||
msgstr "Identité"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:28(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:31(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:31(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:31(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:31(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:31(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:31(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:31(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:31(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:31(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Here you define your name and your email address."
|
||
msgstr "Définissez ici votre nom et votre adresse électronique."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:29(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:33(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:33(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:33(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:33(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:32(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Optionally you can make this account your default account (e.g. when writing "
|
||
"emails), set a Reply-To email address (if you want replies to messages sent "
|
||
"to a different address), and set an organization (the company where you "
|
||
"work, or the organization you represent when you send email from this "
|
||
"account)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez en option faire de ce compte votre compte par défaut (par ex. "
|
||
"pour l'écriture des courriels), définir une adresse électronique Répondre à "
|
||
"(si vous voulez que les réponses à vos messages soient envoyées à une "
|
||
"adresse différente) et définir une organisation (la société où vous "
|
||
"travaillez ou l'organisation que vous représentez lorsque vous envoyez un "
|
||
"courriel à partir de ce compte)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Restore from backup"
|
||
msgstr "Restauration à partir d'une archive"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will be asked whether to restore from a backup of a previous version. If "
|
||
"you have such a backup, continue <link xref=\"backup-restore#restore\">here</"
|
||
"link>. Otherwise, go to the next page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il vous sera demandé si vous voulez restaurer une sauvegarde d'une version "
|
||
"précédente. Si vous possédez une telle sauvegarde, continuez <link xref="
|
||
"\"backup-restore#restore\">ici</link>. Sinon passez à la page suivante."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:38(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:26(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:26(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:26(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:27(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:30(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:26(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Receiving Email"
|
||
msgstr "Réception du courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:39(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, choose the server type from the <gui>Server Type</gui> drop-down list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Premièrement, choisissez le type de serveur dans la liste déroulante des "
|
||
"<gui>types de serveurs</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system "
|
||
"administrator or Internet Service Provider."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En cas de doute, adressez-vous à votre administrateur système ou à votre "
|
||
"fournisseur d'accès Internet."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:44(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:21(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Common server types"
|
||
msgstr "Types de serveur courant"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:45(section/p)
|
||
msgid "The most common available server types for normal users are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les types les plus courants de serveurs disponibles pour les utilisateurs "
|
||
"normaux sont :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid "None: If you do not plan to use Evolution for receiving email."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aucun : si vous n'avez pas l'intention d'utiliser Evolution pour recevoir du "
|
||
"courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Continue <link xref=\"#sending\">here</link> for configuration."
|
||
msgstr "Continuez <link xref=\"#sending\">ici</link> pour la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"IMAP: Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple "
|
||
"systems."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"IMAP : conserve les messages sur le serveur afin de pouvoir y accéder depuis "
|
||
"plusieurs endroits."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-imap\">here</link> for "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-imap\">ici</link> pour la "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"IMAP+: Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from "
|
||
"multiple systems."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"IMAP+ : conserve les messages sur le serveur afin de pouvoir y accéder "
|
||
"depuis plusieurs endroits."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-imap-plus\">here</link> for "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-imap-plus\">ici</link> pour la "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:51(item/p)
|
||
msgid "POP: Downloads your email to your hard disk."
|
||
msgstr "POP : télécharge vos courriels sur votre disque dur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:51(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-pop\">here</link> for "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-pop\">ici</link> pour la "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:52(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"USENET News: Connects to a news server and downloads a list of available "
|
||
"news digests."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"USENET News : se connecte à un serveur de nouvelles et télécharge une liste "
|
||
"des résumés disponibles."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:52(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-usenet-news\">here</link> for "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-usenet-news\">ici</link> pour "
|
||
"la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:57(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:24(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Corporate server types"
|
||
msgstr "Types de serveur appartenant à une société"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:58(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Available server types for corporate users are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les types de serveur disponibles pour les utilisateurs dans une société "
|
||
"sont :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:60(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Exchange EWS: For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange "
|
||
"server. Note that this is currently under development and will replace the "
|
||
"<gui>Exchange MAPI</gui> account type in the future. It might not be "
|
||
"available yet for your distribution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Exchange EWS : pour se connecter à un serveur Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 "
|
||
"ou OpenChange. Notez que ceci est actuellement en cours de développement et "
|
||
"remplacera le type de compte <gui>Exchange MAPI</gui> dans le futur. Il se "
|
||
"peut qu'il ne soit pas encore disponible dans votre distribution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:60(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews\">here</link> for "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews\">ici</link> pour "
|
||
"la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:62(note/p)
|
||
msgid "This requires having the <sys>evolution-ews</sys> package installed."
|
||
msgstr "Pour cela, le paquet <sys>evolution-ews</sys> doit être installé."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:71(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Exchange MAPI: For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or "
|
||
"OpenChange server."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Exchange MAPI : pour se connecter à un serveur Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 "
|
||
"ou OpenChange."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:71(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi\">here</link> for "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi\">ici</link> "
|
||
"pour la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:73(note/p)
|
||
msgid "This requires having the <sys>evolution-mapi</sys> package installed."
|
||
msgstr "Pour cela, le paquet <sys>evolution-mapi</sys> doit être installé."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:81(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Microsoft Exchange: For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2000 or 2003 "
|
||
"server."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Microsoft Exchange : pour se connecter à un serveur Microsoft Exchange 2000 "
|
||
"ou 2003."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:81(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange\">here</"
|
||
"link> for configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange\">ici</"
|
||
"link> pour la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:83(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This requires having the <sys>evolution-exchange</sys> package installed."
|
||
msgstr "Pour cela, le paquet <sys>evolution-exchange</sys> doit être installé."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:91(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Novell Groupwise: For connecting to a Novell GroupWise server."
|
||
msgstr "Novell Groupwise : pour se connecter à un serveur Novell Groupwise."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:91(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise\">here</link> "
|
||
"for configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise\">ici</link> "
|
||
"pour la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:96(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:27(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Local account server types"
|
||
msgstr "Types de serveur de compte local"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:97(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Available local account server types for advanced users are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les types de serveur local de compte disponibles pour les utilisateurs "
|
||
"avancés sont :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:99(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Local delivery: If you want to move email from the spool (the location where "
|
||
"mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to "
|
||
"provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you want to leave "
|
||
"email in your system's spool files, choose the <gui>Standard Unix Mbox "
|
||
"Spool</gui> option instead."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Distribution locale : choisissez cette option si vous voulez déplacez les "
|
||
"messages depuis le spool (l'endroit où les messages sont en attente de "
|
||
"livraison) pour les stocker dans votre dossier personnel. Vous devez "
|
||
"préciser le chemin vers le spool des messages à utiliser. Si vous souhaitez "
|
||
"laisser les courriels dans les fichiers du spool de votre système, "
|
||
"choisissez de préférence l'option <gui>Fichier Unix standard de spool mbox</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:99(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-local-delivery\">here</link> "
|
||
"for configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-local-delivery\">ici</link> "
|
||
"pour la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:101(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"MH-Format Mail Directories: For downloading email using MH or another MH-"
|
||
"style application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Répertoires de courriel au format MH : pour télécharger votre courriel avec "
|
||
"MH ou une autre application dans le style de MH."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:101(item/p) C/intro-first-run.page:103(item/p)
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:107(item/p)
|
||
msgid "You need to provide the path to the directory you want to use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous devez fournir le chemin vers le répertoire que vous voulez utiliser."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:101(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories\">here</"
|
||
"link> for configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories\">ici</"
|
||
"link> pour la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:103(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Maildir-Format Mail Directories: For downloading your email using Qmail or "
|
||
"another Maildir-style application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Répertoires de courriel au format Maildir : pour télécharger votre courriel "
|
||
"avec Qmail ou une autre application dans le style de Maildir."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:103(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories"
|
||
"\">here</link> for configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories"
|
||
"\">ici</link> pour la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:105(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Standard Unix mbox spool file: For reading and storing email in the mail "
|
||
"spool file on your local system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Fichier Unix standard de spool mbox : pour lire et enregistrer les courriels "
|
||
"dans le fichier de spool de courriel de votre système local."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:105(item/p)
|
||
msgid "You need to provide the path to the mail spool file you want to use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous devez fournir le chemin vers le fichier de spool de courriel que vous "
|
||
"voulez utiliser."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:105(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file\">here</"
|
||
"link> for configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file\">ici</"
|
||
"link> pour la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:107(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Standard Unix mbox spool directory: For reading and storing email in the "
|
||
"mail spool directory on your local system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Répertoire Unix standard de spool mbox : pour lire et enregistrer les "
|
||
"courriels dans le répertoire de spool de courriel de votre système local."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:107(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory"
|
||
"\">here</link> for configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory"
|
||
"\">ici</link> pour la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:110(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Later on, if you want to change an account, or if you want to create another "
|
||
"one, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>. Select the account you want to change, then click <gui style="
|
||
"\"button\">Edit</gui>. Alternately, add a new account by clicking <gui style="
|
||
"\"button\">Add</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Plus tard, si vous désirez modifier un compte ou en créer un nouveau, "
|
||
"cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de "
|
||
"messagerie</gui></guiseq>. Sélectionnez le compte à modifier, puis cliquez "
|
||
"sur <gui style=\"button\">Modifier</gui>. Vous pouvez également créer un "
|
||
"nouveau compte en cliquant sur <gui style=\"button\">Ajouter</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:116(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:32(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Sending mail"
|
||
msgstr "Envoi du courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:117(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Available server types are:"
|
||
msgstr "Les types de serveur disponibles sont :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:119(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"SMTP: Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common "
|
||
"choice for sending mail."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"SMTP : envoie le courriel en utilisant un serveur d'expédition de "
|
||
"messagerie. C'est le choix le plus courant pour envoyer du courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:119(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue <link xref=\"mail-sending-options-smtp\">here</link> for "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuez <link xref=\"mail-sending-options-smtp\">ici</link> pour la "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:120(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sendmail: Uses the <app>Sendmail</app> application to send mail from your "
|
||
"system. It is not easy to configure, so you should select this option only "
|
||
"if you know how to set up a Sendmail service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sendmail : utilise l'application <app>Sendmail</app> pour envoyer les "
|
||
"messages depuis votre système. Sendmail n'est pas facile à configurer. Cette "
|
||
"option ne devrait donc être choisie que si vous savez comment configurer un "
|
||
"service Sendmail."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:125(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Account Information"
|
||
msgstr "Informations sur le compte"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:126(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Give the account any name you prefer."
|
||
msgstr "Donnez au compte le nom que vous préférez."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:130(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Importing Mail (Optional)"
|
||
msgstr "Importation de courriels (facultatif)"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-first-run.page:131(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continue with <link xref=\"import-data\">Importing data from another "
|
||
"application</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Continuer avec <link xref=\"import-data\">Importation de données d'autres "
|
||
"programmes</link>."
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:37(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/window-overview-layers.png' "
|
||
"md5='3156497ff1c51756838f9ddfbce9baee'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/window-overview-layers.png' "
|
||
"md5='3156497ff1c51756838f9ddfbce9baee'"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:44(media) C/intro-main-window.page:93(media)
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:139(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-c4a000.png' "
|
||
"md5='9db17d2d5e9013501aeab2e165c6a6c9'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-c4a000.png' "
|
||
"md5='9db17d2d5e9013501aeab2e165c6a6c9'"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:47(media) C/intro-main-window.page:96(media)
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:142(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-ce5c00.png' "
|
||
"md5='19dae9650e3936312e09198973372a24'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-ce5c00.png' "
|
||
"md5='19dae9650e3936312e09198973372a24'"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:50(media) C/intro-main-window.page:99(media)
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:145(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-8f5902.png' "
|
||
"md5='ff5ccb859fe04a004cd67e1c22621dc6'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-8f5902.png' "
|
||
"md5='ff5ccb859fe04a004cd67e1c22621dc6'"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:51(media) C/intro-main-window.page:100(media)
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:146(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-4e9a06.png' "
|
||
"md5='b2c2e7b66fb470344c804db396b48b98'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-4e9a06.png' "
|
||
"md5='b2c2e7b66fb470344c804db396b48b98'"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:54(media) C/intro-main-window.page:103(media)
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:149(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-204a87.png' "
|
||
"md5='511497260cc4caab69d67814b1ee3b8b'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-204a87.png' "
|
||
"md5='511497260cc4caab69d67814b1ee3b8b'"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:57(media) C/intro-main-window.page:111(media)
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:152(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-a40000.png' "
|
||
"md5='19195da020e059dab33aa37788763a97'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-a40000.png' "
|
||
"md5='19195da020e059dab33aa37788763a97'"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:58(media) C/intro-main-window.page:153(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-5c3566.png' "
|
||
"md5='7c001a57237acc2ff61ee61e05ad3168'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-5c3566.png' "
|
||
"md5='7c001a57237acc2ff61ee61e05ad3168'"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#.
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:61(media) C/intro-main-window.page:114(media)
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:156(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-2e3436.png' "
|
||
"md5='3c796c7aed3044e59f131bea364e8598'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-2e3436.png' "
|
||
"md5='3c796c7aed3044e59f131bea364e8598'"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "An explanation of the areas shown in the Evolution window."
|
||
msgstr "Description des zones affichées dans la fenêtre d'Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:29(page/title)
|
||
msgid "The <app>Evolution</app> main window"
|
||
msgstr "La fenêtre principale d'<app>Evolution</app>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:32(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution provides functionality for E-Mail, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, and "
|
||
"Memos. You can switch to another functionality by using the \"Switcher\" "
|
||
"buttons in the lower left corner. Depending on the displayed functionality "
|
||
"also the displayed elements in the window differ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution fournit des fonctionnalités pour les courriels, agendas, contacts, "
|
||
"tâches et mémos. Vous pouvez basculer d'une fonctionnalité à une autre en "
|
||
"utilisant les boutons du « sélecteur » situés dans le coin inférieur gauche. "
|
||
"En fonction de la fonction choisie, les éléments affichés dans la fenêtre "
|
||
"sont également modifiés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:35(section/title)
|
||
msgid "E-Mail"
|
||
msgstr "Courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:38(media/p)
|
||
msgid "The Evolution mail main window"
|
||
msgstr "La fenêtre principale de courriel d'Evolution"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:41(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Corresponding elements in the mail main window:"
|
||
msgstr "Éléments correspondant dans la fenêtre principale du courriel :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:44(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-c4a000.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Menu bar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-c4a000.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Barre de menu"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:47(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-ce5c00.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Tool bar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-ce5c00.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Barre d'outils"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:50(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Folder list"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Liste des dossiers"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:51(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-4e9a06.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Search bar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-4e9a06.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Barre de recherche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:54(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Message list"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Liste des messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:57(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-a40000.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Switcher"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-a40000.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Sélecteur"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:58(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-5c3566.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Preview pane"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-5c3566.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Panneau de prévisualisation"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:61(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-2e3436.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Status bar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"./figures/color-2e3436.png\" "
|
||
"width=\"10\"/> Barre de statut"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:67(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Folder list"
|
||
msgstr "Liste des dossiers"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:68(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The folder list gives you a list of the available folders for each account. "
|
||
"To see the contents of a folder, click the folder name and its contents are "
|
||
"displayed in the message list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La liste des dossiers présente une liste des dossiers disponibles pour "
|
||
"chaque compte. Pour voir le contenu d'un dossier, cliquez sur le nom du "
|
||
"dossier et son contenu s'affichera dans la liste des messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:69(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information see <link xref=\"mail-folders\">Using Folders</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour plus d'informations, consultez <link xref=\"mail-folders\">Utilisation "
|
||
"des dossiers</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:72(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Message List"
|
||
msgstr "Liste des messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:73(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The message list displays all the read and unread messages that you have in "
|
||
"the chosen folder. To view an email in the preview pane, click the message "
|
||
"in the message list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La liste des messages affiche les courriels lus et non lus présents dans le "
|
||
"dossier sélectionné. Pour voir un courriel dans le panneau d'aperçu, cliquez "
|
||
"sur le courriel dans la liste des messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:76(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Switcher"
|
||
msgstr "Sélecteur"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:77(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The switcher at the bottom of the side bar lets you switch between the "
|
||
"Evolution tools: Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Memos and Tasks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le sélecteur au bas de la barre latérale permet de passer d'un composant "
|
||
"Evolution à un autre : courriel, contacts, agendas, mémos et tâches."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:77(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information see <link xref=\"change-switcher-appearance\">Changing "
|
||
"the Switcher appearance</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour plus d'informations, voyez <link linkend=\"change-switcher-appearance"
|
||
"\">Changement de l'apparence du sélecteur</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:78(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can disable the folder list and the switcher side bar by toggling "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Layout</gui><gui>Show Side Bar</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez désactiver la barre latérale contenant la liste des dossiers et "
|
||
"le sélecteur en basculant <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Agencement</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Afficher la barre latérale</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:81(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Preview Pane"
|
||
msgstr "Panneau d'aperçu"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:82(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The preview pane displays the message that is currently chosen in the "
|
||
"message list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le panneau d'aperçu affiche le contenu du courriel sélectionné dans la liste "
|
||
"des messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:83(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can disable the preview pane by toggling <guiseq><gui>View</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Show Message Preview</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez désactiver le panneau d'aperçu en basculant "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Aperçu</gui><gui>Afficher l'aperçu du "
|
||
"message</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:90(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Elements in the calendar main window:"
|
||
msgstr "Éléments de la fenêtre principale de l'agenda :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:93(td/p) C/intro-main-window.page:139(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-c4a000.png\" width=\"10\"/> Menu "
|
||
"bar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-c4a000.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Barre de menu"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:96(td/p) C/intro-main-window.page:142(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-ce5c00.png\" width=\"10\"/> Tool "
|
||
"bar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-ce5c00.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Barre d'outils"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:99(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Calendar list"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Liste des agendas"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:100(td/p) C/intro-main-window.page:146(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-4e9a06.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Search bar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-4e9a06.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Barre de recherche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:103(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Appointment list"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Liste de rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:104(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Task list"
|
||
msgstr "Liste des tâches"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:107(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Month pane"
|
||
msgstr "Panneau des mois"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:108(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Memo list"
|
||
msgstr "Liste des mémos"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:111(td/p) C/intro-main-window.page:152(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-a40000.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Switcher"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-a40000.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Sélecteur"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:114(td/p) C/intro-main-window.page:156(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-2e3436.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Status bar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-2e3436.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Barre de statut"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:119(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Appointment List"
|
||
msgstr "Liste des rendez-vous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:120(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments in the time "
|
||
"frame selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La liste des rendez-vous présente une liste de tous les rendez-vous "
|
||
"planifiés dans la période sélectionnée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:123(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Month Pane"
|
||
msgstr "Panneau des mois"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:124(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional "
|
||
"months, drag the column border to the right. You can also select a range of "
|
||
"days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment "
|
||
"list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le panneau des mois est une vue réduite d'un agenda mensuel. Pour afficher "
|
||
"des mois supplémentaires, faites glisser le bord de la colonne vers la "
|
||
"droite. Vous pouvez également sélectionner une série de jours dans le "
|
||
"panneau des mois pour afficher une sélection personnalisée de jours dans la "
|
||
"liste des rendez-vous."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:127(item/title)
|
||
msgid "Task list and Memo list"
|
||
msgstr "Liste des tâches et liste des mémos"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:128(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Tasks and memos are just displayed for your convience and are not associated "
|
||
"to any appointments. Use the <gui>switcher</gui> to go to their main windows."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les tâches et les mémos sont affichés à votre convenance et ne sont pas "
|
||
"associés à des rendez-vous. Utilisez le <gui>sélecteur</gui> pour aller dans "
|
||
"leur fenêtre principale."
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:136(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Elements in the contacts main window:"
|
||
msgstr "Éléments de la fenêtre principale des contacts :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:145(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Address book list"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-8f5902.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Liste des dossiers"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:149(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Contacts list"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-204a87.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Liste des contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:153(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-5c3566.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Contact preview"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/color-5c3566.png\" width=\"10\"/> "
|
||
"Prévisualisation des contacts"
|
||
|
||
#: C/intro-main-window.page:159(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can disable the contact preview by toggling <guiseq><gui>View</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Contact Preview</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez désactiver l'aperçu du contact en basculant "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Aperçu</gui><gui>Aperçu du contact</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to set up a Gmail IMAP Account."
|
||
msgstr "Comment configurer un compte IMAP Gmail."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Access a Gmail IMAP Account via Evolution"
|
||
msgstr "Accès à un compte IMAP Gmail via Evolution"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Please refer to the <link xref=\"mail-account-manage-imap\">IMAP mail "
|
||
"account settings</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Référez-vous aux <link xref=\"mail-account-manage-imap\">paramètres de "
|
||
"compte de messagerie IMAP</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:28(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access Gmail via IMAP you must turn on IMAP in your Google account. See "
|
||
"the <link href=\"https://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?"
|
||
"answer=77695\">Gmail Help</link> for more information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour accéder à Gmail via IMAP vous devez activer IMAP sur votre compte "
|
||
"Google. Consultez <link href=\"https://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?"
|
||
"answer=77695&hl=fr\">l'aide Gmail</link> pour plus d'informations."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to set up a Gmail POP Account."
|
||
msgstr "Comment configurer un compte POP Gmail."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Access a Gmail POP Account via Evolution"
|
||
msgstr "Accès à un compte POP Gmail via Evolution"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Follow these steps to set up your Gmail POP Account in Evolution:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Suivez ces étapes pour configurer votre compte POP Gmail dans Evolution :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Log in to your Gmail account."
|
||
msgstr "Connectez-vous à votre compte Gmail."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Forwarding and POP/IMAP</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>. Refer to the POP Download section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans <guiseq><gui>Paramètres</gui><gui>Transfert et POP/IMAP</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>. Référez-vous à la section Téléchargement POP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable the POP download feature by ticking the radio button that corresponds "
|
||
"to either of these options:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activez la fonctionnalité de téléchargement POP en cochant le bouton radio "
|
||
"qui correspond à l'une de ces options :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enable POP for all mail (even mail that's already been downloaded)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activer le protocole POP pour tous les messages (même les courriels qui ont "
|
||
"déjà été téléchargés)"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activer le protocole POP pour les messages reçus à partir de maintenant"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Specify the other required settings for this Gmail feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Spécifiez les autres paramètres nécessaires pour cette fonctionnalité de "
|
||
"Gmail."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To know the Gmail Account settings, click on <guiseq><gui>Configuration "
|
||
"instructions</gui><gui>Other</gui><gui>Standard Instructions</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour connaître la configuration de comptes Gmail, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Instructions de configuration</gui><gui>Autres</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Instructions standard</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your Evolution client, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui></guiseq>. Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur votre client Evolution, allez dans <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</gui></guiseq>. Cliquez "
|
||
"sur <gui style=\"button\">Ajouter</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Provide the required information. For the account settings, refer to Step 5"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Fournissez les informations nécessaires. Pour les paramètres du compte, "
|
||
"référez-vous à l'étape 5."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit an IMAP mail account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et modifier un compte de messagerie IMAP dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "IMAP mail account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de compte de messagerie IMAP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:24(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:23(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Account Editor"
|
||
msgstr "Éditeur de comptes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:24(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:24(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:24(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:24(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:24(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:24(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:24(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:24(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:24(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Mail accounts can be added by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Mail Account</gui></guiseq> or via <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>. The steps are mostly the same as for the <link xref=\"intro-"
|
||
"first-run\">First-Run Assistant</link>, except for not getting asked whether "
|
||
"to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les comptes de messagerie peuvent être ajoutés en choisissant "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Compte de messagerie</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> via <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de "
|
||
"messagerie</gui><gui style=\"button\">Ajouter</gui></guiseq>. Les étapes "
|
||
"sont presque les mêmes que celles du <link xref=\"intro-first-run"
|
||
"\">Lancement d'Evolution pour la première fois</link> sauf qu'il ne vous est "
|
||
"pas demandé d'importer les données d'une autre application ou de faire une "
|
||
"restauration à partir d'un fichier de sauvegarde."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:25(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Mail accounts can be edited via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui></guiseq> or by "
|
||
"right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and "
|
||
"choosing <gui>Properties</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les comptes de messagerie peuvent être modifier via <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</gui><gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Modifier</gui></guiseq> ou en cliquant sur leurs nœuds de premier niveau "
|
||
"respectifs dans la liste des dossiers et en choisissant <gui>Propriétés</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:27(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:27(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:27(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:27(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:26(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:26(section/p)
|
||
msgid "The following settings are available when editing an existing account:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les paramètres suivants sont disponibles lors de la modification d'un compte "
|
||
"existant :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:36(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:36(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:36(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:36(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:36(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:37(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:37(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:37(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:37(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:36(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:36(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Réception des courriels et options de réception"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:40(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:40(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:40(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:40(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:40(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:40(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:40(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:40(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:40(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Sending Email"
|
||
msgstr "Envoi du courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:44(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:44(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:44(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:44(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:44(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:41(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:41(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:41(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:41(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:44(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:44(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:44(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:44(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Defaults"
|
||
msgstr "Valeurs par défaut"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:48(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:48(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:48(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:48(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:48(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:45(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:50(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:50(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:46(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:48(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:48(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:48(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:48(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Security"
|
||
msgstr "Sécurité"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:52(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:25(page/title)
|
||
msgid "IMAP Headers"
|
||
msgstr "En-têtes IMAP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:58(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:56(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:54(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Other settings"
|
||
msgstr "Autres paramétrages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap.page:59(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:57(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:55(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Other account related settings that are not located in the <gui>Account "
|
||
"Editor</gui>:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Autres paramétrages liés aux comptes qui ne sont pas situés dans "
|
||
"l'<gui>éditeur de comptes</gui> :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit an IMAP+ mail account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et modifier un compte de messagerie IMAP+ dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "IMAP+ mail account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de compte de messagerie IMAP+"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a Local Delivery account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et modifier un compte de distribution locale dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Local Delivery account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de compte de distribution locale"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Mail accounts can be edited via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les comptes de messagerie peuvent être ajoutés via <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</gui><gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Modifier</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a Maildir Format Mail Directories account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajouter et modifier un compte utilisant les répertoires de courriel au "
|
||
"format Maildir dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Maildir Format Mail Directories account settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Paramètres de compte utilisant les répertoires de courriel au format Maildir"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-management.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding, editing and managing mail accounts."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter, modifier et gérer les comptes de messagerie."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-management.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Account Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des comptes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-management.page:23(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Common Account Types"
|
||
msgstr "Types de compte courant"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-management.page:27(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Local Account Types"
|
||
msgstr "Types de compte local"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-management.page:31(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Corporate Account Types"
|
||
msgstr "Types de compte appartenant à une société"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a MH Format Mail Directories account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajouter et modifier un compte utilisant les répertoires de courriel au "
|
||
"format MH dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "MH Format Mail Directories account settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Paramètres de compte utilisant les répertoires de courriel au format MH"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2010 account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et modifier un compte Microsoft Exchange 2010 dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Exchange Web Services account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de compte Exchange Web Services"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2000/2003 account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajouter et modifier un compte Microsoft Exchange 2000/2003 dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:20(page/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Microsoft Exchange account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de compte Microsoft Exchange"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:45(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:45(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Exchange Settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres Exchange"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:46(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this section you can define your \"Out of Office\" status, change the "
|
||
"password for your Exchange account, and manage the delegation settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans cette section, vous pouvez définir votre statut « Absent du bureau », "
|
||
"modifier le mot de passe pour votre compte Exchange et gérer les paramétrage "
|
||
"de délégation."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-exchange.page:46(section/p)
|
||
msgid "You can also view the size of all Exchange folders."
|
||
msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi voir la taille de tous les dossiers Exchange."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2007 account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et modifier un compte Microsoft Exchange 2007 dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Exchange MAPI account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de compte Exchange MAPI"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:46(section/p)
|
||
msgid "In this section you can view the size of all Exchange folders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans cette section vous pouvez voir la taille de tous les dossiers Exchange."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et modifier un compte Microsoft Exchange dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:23(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Please first read <link xref=\"exchange-connectors-overview\">Choosing the "
|
||
"right connector</link> to find out about the right Exchange account type for "
|
||
"you."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lisez d'abord <link xref=\"exchange-connectors-overview\">Sélection du bon "
|
||
"connecteur</link> pour trouver le bon type de compte Exchange qui vous "
|
||
"convient."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a Novell Groupwise account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et modifier un compte Novell Groupwise dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Novell Groupwise account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de compte Novell Groupwise"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:50(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Proxy"
|
||
msgstr "Proxy"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-novell-groupwise.page:51(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Settings for having somebody else handle your account."
|
||
msgstr "Paramétrages afin que quelqu'un d'autre gère votre compte."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a POP mail account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et modifier un compte de messagerie POP dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "POP mail account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de compte de messagerie POP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajouter et modifier un compte utilisant le répertoire Unix standard de spool "
|
||
"mbox dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Paramètres de compte utilisant le répertoire Unix standard de spool mbox"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool File account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajouter et modifier un compte utilisant le fichier Unix standard de spool "
|
||
"mbox dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool File account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de compte utilisant le fichier Unix standard de spool mbox"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add and edit a Usenet news account in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et modifier un compte de nouvelles Usenet dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Usenet news account settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramétrage d'un compte de nouvelles Usenet"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Handling of file attachments for writing and reading mail"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les pièces jointes lors de l'écriture et la lecture de courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments.page:18(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Managing attachments"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des pièces jointes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Saving and opening files that are attached to received emails."
|
||
msgstr "Enregistrer et ouvrir les fichiers attachés aux courriels entrants."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Handling attachments in received mail"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des pièces jointes dans les courriels reçus"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you receive an email message with one or more file attachments, Evolution "
|
||
"displays the number of attachments and a <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui> or "
|
||
"<gui style=\"button\">Save All</gui> button between the email header and the "
|
||
"content of the email."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous recevez un message avec une ou plusieurs pièces jointes, Evolution "
|
||
"affiche le nombre de pièces jointes et un bouton <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Enregistrer sous</gui> ou <gui style=\"button\">Tout enregistrer</gui> "
|
||
"entre l'en-tête du courriel et son contenu."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:27(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution does not support saving all attachments of all messages in one "
|
||
"folder at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution ne prend pas en charge l'enregistrement de toutes les pièces-"
|
||
"jointes de tous les messages d'un dossier en une seule fois."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid "A list of attachments is also available at the bottom of the email."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La liste des pièces jointes est également disponible en bas du courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To save an attachment to disk, click the down-arrow next to the attachment "
|
||
"icon and click <gui>Save As</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour enregistrer une pièce jointe sur le disque, cliquez sur la flèche "
|
||
"pointant vers le bas à côté de l'icône de pièce jointe et cliquez sur "
|
||
"<gui>Enregistrer sous</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:31(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To open an attachment in another application, click the down-arrow next to "
|
||
"the attachment icon and choose one of the available applications."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ouvrir une pièce jointe dans une autre application, cliquez sur la "
|
||
"flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône de pièce jointe et choisissez une des "
|
||
"applications disponibles."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:33(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of "
|
||
"attachment and the applications that are installed on your system. For "
|
||
"example, image files can be opened in the <gui>Image Viewer</gui> "
|
||
"application or in the <gui>GIMP</gui> graphics editor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les options disponibles pour une pièce jointe dépendent du type de pièce "
|
||
"jointe et des applications installées. Par exemple, les fichiers images "
|
||
"peuvent être ouverts par l'application <gui>Image Viewer (Visionneur d'image)"
|
||
"</gui> ou par l'éditeur d'image <gui>GIMP</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Attaching files to emails you want to send."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter des fichiers aux courriels que vous voulez envoyer."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding attachments to an email"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout de pièces jointes à un courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:27(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Attaching files"
|
||
msgstr "Joindre des fichiers"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:28(section/p)
|
||
msgid "To attach a file to your email in the composer:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour joindre un fichier à un courriel :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <gui>Add Attachment...</gui>, or click <guiseq><gui>Insert</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Attachment</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</"
|
||
"key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui>Ajouter une pièce jointe</gui> ou cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Insertion</gui><gui>Pièce jointe</gui></guiseq> ou pressez "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the file you want to attach."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le fichier à joindre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid "You can also drag a file to the attachment bar of the composer window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi faire glisser un fichier sur la barre des pièces jointes "
|
||
"de la fenêtre de l'éditeur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:36(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be "
|
||
"aware that large attachments can take a long time to send and receive."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous envoyez le message, une copie du fichier joint est également "
|
||
"envoyée. Il faut être conscient que de gros fichiers joints peuvent prendre "
|
||
"beaucoup de temps à envoyer et à recevoir."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:40(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Attachment Reminder"
|
||
msgstr "Oubli des pièces jointes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:42(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution has an Attachment Reminder plugin you can use to remind yourself "
|
||
"to attach a file to an email. If it determines that you have not attached "
|
||
"the file, it displays a reminder window before the email is sent."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution possède un greffon « Oubli des pièces jointes » qui peut vous "
|
||
"rappeler d'ajouter un fichier à un courriel. S'il détermine que vous avez "
|
||
"oublié de joindre un fichier, une fenêtre de rappel s'affiche avant l'envoi "
|
||
"du message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:44(section/p)
|
||
msgid "To enable the Attachment Reminder:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour activer le greffon Oubli des pièces jointes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:46(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Greffons</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enable <gui>Attachment Reminder</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cochez <gui>Oubli des pièces jointes</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:48(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:33(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click the <gui>Configuration</gui> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Configuration</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>, then enter keywords in your language "
|
||
"such as \"Attach\" or \"enclosed\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ajouter</gui> puis saisissez les mots-clés "
|
||
"dans votre langue tels que « attaché » ou « jointe »..."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:51(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Based on the keywords you have added, Evolution searches the text of every "
|
||
"mail you are going to send. If it finds any of the keywords in your email "
|
||
"and there is no actual attached file, the reminder window is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En fonction des mots-clés que vous avez ajoutés, Evolution parcourt chaque "
|
||
"message que vous envoyez. S'il trouve un des mots-clés dans un message et "
|
||
"qu'aucune pièce jointe n'a été ajoutée, une fenêtre de rappel vous avertit "
|
||
"que des pièces jointes sont peut-être manquantes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Sending invitations for appointments to contacts via email."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Envoyer des invitations pour des rendez-vous à des contacts par courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sending invitations by email"
|
||
msgstr "Envoi d'invitations par courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send "
|
||
"invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The "
|
||
"invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous créez un événement dans le composant Agendas, vous pouvez envoyer "
|
||
"des invitations à la liste des participants par le composant Courriel "
|
||
"d'Evolution. La carte d'invitation est envoyée comme pièce jointe au format "
|
||
"iCal."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To send an invitation, right-click on the entry in the calendar and choose "
|
||
"<gui>Forward as iCalendar</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour envoyer une invitation, faites un clic-droit sur l'élément d'agenda et "
|
||
"choisissez <gui>Faire suivre comme iCalendar</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid "When you receive an invitation, you have several options:"
|
||
msgstr "Lorsque vous recevez une invitation, vous avez plusieurs options :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Accept:"
|
||
msgstr "Accepter :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the "
|
||
"meeting is entered into your calendar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Indique que vous allez participer à la réunion. Quand vous cliquez sur le "
|
||
"bouton Valider, le rendez-vous est ajouté à votre agenda."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Tentatively Accept:"
|
||
msgstr "Accepter provisoirement :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK "
|
||
"button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as "
|
||
"tentative."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Indique que vous allez probablement participer à la réunion. Quand vous "
|
||
"cliquez sur le bouton Valider, le rendez-vous est ajouté à votre agenda, "
|
||
"mais il reçoit l'attribut Provisoire."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Decline:"
|
||
msgstr "Refuser :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Indicates you are unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered "
|
||
"into your calendar when you click OK, although your response is sent to the "
|
||
"meeting host if you have selected the Send reply to sender option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Indique que vous n'êtes pas en mesure de participer à la réunion. Le rendez-"
|
||
"vous n'est pas ajouté à votre agenda lorsque vous cliquez sur Valider, bien "
|
||
"que votre réponse soit envoyée au créateur de la réunion si vous avez coché "
|
||
"l'option « Répondre à l'expéditeur »."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Send reply to sender:"
|
||
msgstr "Répondre à l'expéditeur :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cochez cette option si vous souhaitez que votre réponse soit envoyée aux "
|
||
"organisateurs de la réunion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "If you received or sent an email, but you cannot find it anywhere."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez reçu ou envoyé un courriel mais que vous ne le trouvez nulle "
|
||
"part."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "I cannot see some emails, where are they?"
|
||
msgstr "Je ne peux pas voir certains courriels, où sont-ils ?"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:24(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check whether you are using filters on incoming (or outgoing) messages. "
|
||
"These could be automatically moving your messages to another destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifier que vous n'utilisez pas des filtres sur les messages entrant (ou "
|
||
"sortant). Cela pourrait déplacer automatiquement vos messages vers un autre "
|
||
"endroit."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check your search view in the search bar right above the message list. "
|
||
"Perhaps the <gui>Show</gui> dropdown list is set to a filter like <gui>Read "
|
||
"Messages</gui>, or the text input filed contains some value. Click the broom "
|
||
"icon to clear the search field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Contrôlez votre champ de recherche dans la barre de recherche à droite au "
|
||
"dessus de la liste des messages. Peut-être que la liste déroulante "
|
||
"<gui>Afficher</gui> est paramétrée sur <gui>Messages lus</gui> ou le champ "
|
||
"de saisie de texte contient quelque chose. Cliquez sur l'icône de balai pour "
|
||
"effacer le champ de recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you cannot see any emails at all in a folder, check that you have not "
|
||
"maximized the message preview (so the message list pane is hidden). To do "
|
||
"this, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Show Message "
|
||
"Preview</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous ne voyez aucun message dans un dossier, vérifiez que vous n'avez pas "
|
||
"maximisé le panneau d'aperçu des messages (de sorte que le panneau de la "
|
||
"liste des messages est masqué). Pour cela, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Aperçu</gui><gui>Afficher l'aperçu du "
|
||
"message</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Look in the <gui>Junk</gui> folder. Messages that are marked as Junk "
|
||
"disappear from the original folder and are moved to the Junk folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Regardez dans le dossier <gui>Pourriels</gui>. Les messages marqués comme "
|
||
"pourriels disparaissent du dossier d'origine et sont déplacés dans le "
|
||
"dossier Pourriels."
|
||
|
||
# BRuno : pas de menu de ce type ?
|
||
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq> to "
|
||
"make sure all messages are visible."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Afficher les messages "
|
||
"supprimés</gui></guiseq> pour être sûr que tous les messages sont visibles."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:41(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check your default folder under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Email Accounts</gui><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>. "
|
||
"Perhaps it is set to some other folder than the folder you thought of."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifier votre dossier par défaut sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</gui><gui>Modifier</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Valeurs par défaut</gui></guiseq>. Peut-être avez-vous configuré "
|
||
"d'autres dossiers que ceux que vous croyez."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Editing the columns displayed in the list of messages."
|
||
msgstr "Modifier les colonnes affichées dans la liste des messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Changing the message list columns"
|
||
msgstr "Modification des colonnes de la liste des messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to change the columns in the mail message list, right-click on "
|
||
"the column headers and choose either <gui>Add a Column...</gui> or "
|
||
"<gui>Remove This Column</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez modifier les colonnes dans la liste des messages, faites un "
|
||
"clic-droit sur les en-têtes de colonne et choisissez <gui>Ajouter une "
|
||
"colonne</gui> ou <gui>Supprimer cette colonne</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:23(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have a small display, you can replace the <gui>Subject</gui> column "
|
||
"by the <gui>Subject - Trimmed</gui> which will remove prefixes such as \"Re:"
|
||
"\", or you can replace the <gui>From</gui> column which displays the "
|
||
"sender's name and email address by the <gui>Sender</gui> column which will "
|
||
"only display the sender's name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez un petit écran, vous pouvez remplacer la colonne <gui>Sujet</"
|
||
"gui> par la colonne <gui>Sujet - Tronqué</gui> qui retire les préfixes comme "
|
||
"« Re : » ou vous pouvez remplacer la colonne <gui>De</gui> qui affiche le "
|
||
"nom et l'adresse électronique de l'expéditeur par la colonne "
|
||
"<gui>Expéditeur</gui> qui n'affiche que le nom de l'expéditeur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:25(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you would like to have the same column layout in all mail folders except "
|
||
"for the <gui>Sent</gui> folder, you can enable <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>General</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Apply the same view settings to all folders</gui></guiseq>. Note "
|
||
"that this setting also influences <link xref=\"mail-sorting-message-"
|
||
"list#email-threads\"><gui>Group by Threads</gui></link> and the <gui>Message "
|
||
"Preview</gui> visibility in all folders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez avoir le même agencement de colonne dans tous les dossiers de "
|
||
"courriel sauf dans le dossier <gui>Envoyés</gui>, vous pouvez activer "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences du "
|
||
"courriel</gui><gui>Général</gui><gui>Appliquer les mêmes paramètres "
|
||
"d'affichage à tous les dossiers</gui></guiseq>. Notez que ce paramètre "
|
||
"influe également sur la visibilité des options <link xref=\"mail-sorting-"
|
||
"message-list#email-threads\"><gui>Grouper par fils de discussion</gui></"
|
||
"link> et <gui>Aperçu du message</gui> dans les dossiers."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Changing the date and time format in the message list."
|
||
msgstr "Modifier le format de date et heure dans la liste des messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:19(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Format of dates and time"
|
||
msgstr "Format de date et heure"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:20(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the format of the <gui>Date</gui> column by setting your "
|
||
"preferred format under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Headers</gui><gui>Date/Time format</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez modifier le format de la colonne <gui>Date</gui> en configurant "
|
||
"votre format préféré sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences du courriel</gui><gui>En-têtes</gui><gui>Format de date "
|
||
"et d'heure</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:7(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is not possible to change the quotation introduction added when answering "
|
||
"mail."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Impossible de modifier la citation introductive lors d'une réponse à un "
|
||
"courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Changing the \"On date, person wrote:\" string when replying"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Modification de la chaîne « Le <date>, <personne> a écrit » lors d'une "
|
||
"réponse"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Advanced users can change this string."
|
||
msgstr "Les utilisateurs avancés peuvent modifier cette chaîne."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Open the <app>dconf-editor</app> application."
|
||
msgstr "Ouvrez l'application <app>dconf-editor</app>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Navigate to <code>org.gnome.evolution.mail</code>."
|
||
msgstr "Déplacez-vous vers <code>org.gnome.evolution.mail</code>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enter the prefered quotation string as the value for the key <gui>composer-"
|
||
"message-attribution</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez votre chaîne de citation favorite comme valeur de la clé "
|
||
"<gui>composer-message-attribution</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:35(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You might need to install the <sys>dconf-editor</sys> package to perform "
|
||
"these steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il se peut que vous ayez à installer le paquet <sys>dconf-editor</sys> pour "
|
||
"suivre ces instructions."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:38(when/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:dconf-editor\" href=\"http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/"
|
||
"sources/dconf-editor/\" style=\"button\">Install dconf-editor</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:dconf-editor\" href=\"http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/"
|
||
"sources/dconf-editor/\" style=\"button\">Installer dconf-editor</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using custom fields in the header of composed messages"
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser des champs personnalisés dans l'en-tête de messages composés"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Custom Header Lines"
|
||
msgstr "En-têtes personnalisés"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid "You can add arbitrary header lines to outgoing emails."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter les lignes d'en-têtes que vous voulez aux messages "
|
||
"sortants."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:28(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Enabling and managing custom headers"
|
||
msgstr "Activation et gestion d'en-têtes personnalisés"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:29(section/p)
|
||
msgid "To set up the Custom Header plugin:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour activer le greffon En-tête personnalisé :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enable <gui>Custom Header</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cochez <gui>En-têtes personnalisés</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add, edit, or remove the header fields. For every header field you "
|
||
"add, you can specify the keys and values. The key is used as the title of "
|
||
"the Custom Header. You can enter multiple values for the keys. You must use "
|
||
"a semicolon to separate every value you enter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter, modifier ou supprimer des champs d'en-têtes. Pour "
|
||
"chaque champ d'en-tête que vous ajoutez, vous pouvez spécifier les clés et "
|
||
"les valeurs. La clé est utilisée comme titre de l'en-tête personnalisé. Vous "
|
||
"pouvez saisir plusieurs valeurs pour les clés. Vous devez utiliser un point-"
|
||
"virgule pour séparer chaque valeur saisie."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:39(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Inserting custom headers in a message"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'en-têtes personnalisés dans un message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:41(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Message</gui></guiseq> or press "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq> to open the "
|
||
"message composer window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Message</gui></guiseq> ou pressez "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq> pour ouvrir la "
|
||
"fenêtre de l'éditeur de messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Custom Header</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Insertion</gui><gui>En-tête personnalisé</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:43(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the <gui>Email Custom Header</gui> window, you can view all the defined "
|
||
"header fields and values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la fenêtre <gui>En-tête de courriel personnalisé</gui>, vous pouvez "
|
||
"voir tous les champs et valeurs d'en-têtes définis."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:44(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Set the values for the header fields by using the dropdown list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Définissez les valeurs des champs d'en-tête en utilisant la liste déroulante."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to forward a message with its attachments."
|
||
msgstr "Comment faire suivre un message avec ses pièces jointes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Forwarding a message with its attachments"
|
||
msgstr "Faire suivre un message avec ses pièces jointes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Forward as...</gui></guiseq> and choose "
|
||
"<gui>Attachment</gui>, so the forwarded email and also its attachments get "
|
||
"attached to the email you want to send."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Faire suivre comme...</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> et choisissez <gui>Pièce jointe</gui> afin que le courriel transmis "
|
||
"et ses pièces jointes soient attachés au courriel que vous envoyez."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:26(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to have this setting by default, set <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Forward Style</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> to <gui>Attachment</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez que ce paramétrage soit celui par défaut, paramétrez "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences de "
|
||
"l'éditeur</gui><gui>Style de transfert</gui></guiseq> à <gui>Pièces jointes</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Enable HTML format in the mail composer."
|
||
msgstr "Activer le format HTML dans l'éditeur de courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Enabling HTML format"
|
||
msgstr "Activation du format HTML"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the format of an email message from plain text to HTML in the "
|
||
"email composer by choosing <guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>HTML</gui></guiseq> "
|
||
"from the menu bar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez modifier le format d'un courriel et passer du format texte "
|
||
"simple au HTML dans l'éditeur de courriel en choisissant "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>HTML</gui></guiseq> dans la barre de menus."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternately, you also can change the first dropdown list below the "
|
||
"<gui>Subject</gui> line from <gui>Plain Text</gui> to <gui>HTML</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Alternativement, vous pouvez aussi, dans la première liste déroulante sous "
|
||
"la ligne <gui>Sujet</gui>, remplacer <gui>Texte simple </gui> par <gui>HTML</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you choose HTML format, a second tool bar will be displayed below the "
|
||
"<gui>Subject</gui> line with HTML-only options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous choisissez le format HTML, une seconde barre d'outils s'affiche sous "
|
||
"la ligne <gui>Sujet</gui> avec les options propres à l'HTML."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To send all your mail as HTML by default, enable <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Default "
|
||
"Behavior</gui><gui>Format messages in HTML</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour envoyer tous vos messages en HTML par défaut, cochez "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences de "
|
||
"l'éditeur</gui><gui>Comportement par défaut</gui><gui>Formater les messages "
|
||
"en HTML</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Forwarding a received email to somebody."
|
||
msgstr "Faire suivre un message reçu à quelqu'un."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Forwarding a message"
|
||
msgstr "Faire suivre un message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you receive an email, you can forward it to other individuals or groups "
|
||
"that might be interested."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous recevez un courriel, vous pouvez le faire suivre à d'autres "
|
||
"personnes ou groupes qui pourraient être intéressés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the "
|
||
"default setting, see <link xref=\"#default-settings\">Default settings</"
|
||
"link>), inline (in your message without the > character before each "
|
||
"line), or quoted (with > character before each line)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez faire suivre un message comme une pièce jointe à un nouveau "
|
||
"message (c'est le comportement par défaut, consultez <link xref=\"#default-"
|
||
"settings\">Paramètres par défaut</link>, dans le corps (dans votre message "
|
||
"sans le caractère > devant chaque ligne) ou en citation (avec le "
|
||
"caractère > devant chaque ligne)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered "
|
||
"message to someone else. Inline or Quoted forwarding is best if you want to "
|
||
"send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on "
|
||
"different sections of the message you are forwarding."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Faire suivre en pièce jointe est mieux si vous voulez envoyer le message "
|
||
"complet et non modifié à quelqu'un d'autre. Dans le corps ou cité est mieux "
|
||
"si vous voulez envoyez une partie du message ou si vous avez beaucoup de "
|
||
"commentaires à faire sur différentes parties du message que vous faites "
|
||
"suivre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid "To forward a message that you are reading:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour faire suivre un message que vous êtes en train de lire :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Forward</gui></guiseq>, the "
|
||
"<gui>Forward</gui> button in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>F</key></keyseq> to use the default forwarding method. In case you "
|
||
"want to use a different forward method, click <guiseq><gui>Message</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Forward as</gui></guiseq> or the small dropdown arrow next to the "
|
||
"<gui>Forward</gui> button in the toolbar to choose the method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Faire suivre</gui></guiseq>, sur "
|
||
"le bouton <gui>Faire suivre</gui> dans la barre d'outils ou pressez "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> pour utiliser la méthode par "
|
||
"défaut. Au cas où vous souhaitiez utiliser une autre méthode pour faire "
|
||
"suivre, cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Faire suivre comme</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> ou sur la petite flèche du menu déroulant à côté du bouton "
|
||
"<gui>Faire suivre</gui> dans la barre d'outils pour sélectionner la méthode."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select a recipient for the message. The subject is already entered, although "
|
||
"you can alter it if you want."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez un destinataire pour le message. Le sujet est déjà saisi, mais "
|
||
"vous pouvez le modifier si nécessaire."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Add your comments on the message in the text field."
|
||
msgstr "Ajoutez vos commentaires sur le message dans la zone d'édition."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Send</gui> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>Return</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">Envoyer</gui> ou pressez "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Entrée</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:37(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Attachments to a message you are forwarding are forwarded only when you send "
|
||
"the original message as an attachment. Inline messages do not forward any "
|
||
"attachments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les pièces jointes d'un message ne sont retransmises que si vous envoyez le "
|
||
"message original en tant que pièce jointe. Pour les messages intégrés, les "
|
||
"pièces jointes ne sont pas retransmises."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:40(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:53(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Default settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres par défaut"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:41(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Replies and Forwards</gui><gui>Forward style</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les réglages par défaut pour répondre et faire suivre peuvent être modifiés "
|
||
"sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences de "
|
||
"l'éditeur</gui><gui>Général</gui><gui>Réponses et transferts</gui><gui>Style "
|
||
"de transfert</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:30(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/html-composer-insert-image.png' "
|
||
"md5='45e231e87c10b3fc61a1bbb0ad50c3f3'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/html-composer-insert-image.png' "
|
||
"md5='45e231e87c10b3fc61a1bbb0ad50c3f3'"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Embed a picture in the mail composer."
|
||
msgstr "Incorporer une image dans l'éditeur de messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Inserting an Image in HTML"
|
||
msgstr "Insertion d'une image en HTML"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert an image into the email (at the current position of the "
|
||
"cursor):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez insérer une image dans le courriel (à la position actuelle du "
|
||
"curseur) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Image...</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Insertion</gui><gui>Image...</gui></guiseq> dans la "
|
||
"barre de menu."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Browse to and select the file."
|
||
msgstr "Recherchez et sélectionnez une image."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui>Open</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Ouvrir</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternately, you can also use the <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/html-"
|
||
"composer-insert-image.png\"/> icon in the second bar below the <gui>Subject</"
|
||
"gui> line, or drag an image into the text area of the message composer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Autrement, vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'icône <media type=\"image\" src=\"./"
|
||
"figures/html-composer-insert-image.png\"/> dans la seconde barre d'outils "
|
||
"sous la ligne <gui>Sujet</gui>, ou glisser une image dans la zone de texte "
|
||
"de l'éditeur de messages."
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:32(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/html-composer-insert-link.png' "
|
||
"md5='f143b5dabdc8af72dd68fe7557928893'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/html-composer-insert-link.png' "
|
||
"md5='f143b5dabdc8af72dd68fe7557928893'"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Insert a link to a website in the mail composer."
|
||
msgstr "Insérer un lien vers un site Web dans l'éditeur de messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Link in HTML"
|
||
msgstr "Insertion d'un lien en HTML"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid "You can insert links into the email:"
|
||
msgstr "Vous pouvez insérer un lien dans le courriel :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to turn into a link."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le texte que vous voulez transformer en lien."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Either click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Link...</gui></guiseq> in the "
|
||
"menubar, or right-click on the selected text and click <gui>Insert Link</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Soit vous cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Insertion</gui><gui>Lien...</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> dans la barre de menu, soit vous faites un clic-droit sur le texte "
|
||
"sélectionné et cliquez sur <gui>Insérer un lien</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the address in the <gui>URL</gui> field."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez l'adresse dans le champ <gui>URL</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:29(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:28(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Fermer</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:32(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternately, you can also use the <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/html-"
|
||
"composer-insert-link.png\"/> icon in the second bar below the <gui>Subject</"
|
||
"gui> line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'icône <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/"
|
||
"html-composer-insert-link.png\"/> dans la seconde barre d'outils sous la "
|
||
"ligne <gui>Sujet</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:34(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you do not want a special link text you can just enter the address of the "
|
||
"link directly. It will be automatically recognized as a link."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous ne souhaitez pas choisir un texte particulier pour le texte du lien, "
|
||
"vous pouvez simplement saisir l'adresse telle quelle et Evolution "
|
||
"reconnaîtra qu'il s'agit d'un lien."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Changing fonts, using colors, and inserting images, tables and links."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Changer de police, utiliser les couleurs et insérer des images, des tableaux "
|
||
"et des liens."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Formatting emails (in Plain Text and HTML)"
|
||
msgstr "Formater les messages (en texte simple et en HTML)"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Text formatting tools for basic alignment and paragraph formatting are "
|
||
"located in the tool bar below the <gui>Subject</gui> line. They also appear "
|
||
"in the <gui>Insert</gui> and <gui>Format</gui> menus."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les outils de formatage pour le formatage et l'alignement de base sont "
|
||
"situés dans la barre d'outils en dessous de la ligne <gui>Sujet</gui>. Ils "
|
||
"figurent aussi dans les menus <gui>Insertion</gui> et <gui>Format</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:26(page/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:24(page/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you "
|
||
"hold your mouse pointer over the buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les icônes de la barre d'outils sont expliquées par des infobulles qui "
|
||
"apparaissent lorsque vous laissez immobile le pointeur de la souris au-"
|
||
"dessus des boutons. "
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Normally, you cannot set text color or size or embed pictures in messages. "
|
||
"However, most newer email applications can do this by using HTML format, "
|
||
"which is the format that also web pages use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En principe, il n'est pas possible de définir des styles de texte ou la "
|
||
"taille, ou d'insérer des images dans les messages. Cependant, la plupart des "
|
||
"logiciels de messagerie récents savent le faire à l'aide du format HTML à "
|
||
"la manière des pages Web."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive "
|
||
"HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of "
|
||
"this, <app>Evolution</app> sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for "
|
||
"HTML."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Certaines personnes n'ont pas de logiciel de messagerie capable d'afficher "
|
||
"le HTML, ou ils préfèrent ne pas recevoir des messages en HTML car c'est "
|
||
"plus lent à télécharger et à afficher. C'est pour cette raison "
|
||
"qu'<app>Evolution</app>envoie les messages en texte simple, sauf si vous lui "
|
||
"demandez explicitement d'utiliser le HTML."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Plain Text Formatting Options"
|
||
msgstr "Options du formatage texte simple"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:37(section/title)
|
||
msgid "HTML-only Formatting Options"
|
||
msgstr "Options du formatage HTML"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:31(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/html-composer-insert-rule.png' "
|
||
"md5='d3cda5fa4cf0fc2c911fd1aa14908ff3'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/html-composer-insert-rule.png' "
|
||
"md5='d3cda5fa4cf0fc2c911fd1aa14908ff3'"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Insert a horizontal line in the mail composer."
|
||
msgstr "Insérer une ligne horizontale dans l'éditeur de messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Rule in HTML"
|
||
msgstr "Insertion d'un filet en HTML"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert a horizontal line into the email (at the current position of "
|
||
"the cursor) to help divide two sections:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez insérer une ligne horizontale dans le courriel (à la position "
|
||
"actuelle du curseur) pour aider à séparer deux sections :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Rule...</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Insertion</gui><gui>Filet...</gui></guiseq> dans la "
|
||
"barre de menu."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select width, size, and alignment."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez la largeur, la taille et l'alignement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select <gui>Shaded</gui> if wanted."
|
||
msgstr "Cochez <gui>Ombré</gui> si vous voulez."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:31(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternately, you can also use the <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/html-"
|
||
"composer-insert-rule.png\"/> icon in the second bar below the <gui>Subject</"
|
||
"gui> line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi recourir à l'icône <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/"
|
||
"html-composer-insert-rule.png\"/> dans la seconde barre d'outils sous la "
|
||
"ligne <gui>Sujet</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:32(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/html-composer-insert-table.png' "
|
||
"md5='d5b54d183ad37488041005964062e7f6'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/html-composer-insert-table.png' "
|
||
"md5='d5b54d183ad37488041005964062e7f6'"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Insert a table in the mail composer."
|
||
msgstr "Insérer un tableau dans l'éditeur de messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Table in HTML"
|
||
msgstr "Insertion d'un tableau en HTML"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert a table into the email (at the current position of the "
|
||
"cursor):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez insérer un tableau dans un courriel (à la position du curseur) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Table...</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Insertion</gui><gui>Tableau...</gui></guiseq> dans "
|
||
"la barre de menu."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez le nombre de lignes et de colonnes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Define the type of layout for the table."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez le type de disposition du tableau."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Optionally: Select a background color or image for the table."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En option : choisissez une couleur ou une image d'arrière-plan pour le "
|
||
"tableau."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:32(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternately, you can also use the <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/html-"
|
||
"composer-insert-table.png\"/> icon in the second bar below the <gui>Subject</"
|
||
"gui> line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi recourir à l'icône <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/"
|
||
"html-composer-insert-table.png\"/> dans la seconde barre d'outils sous la "
|
||
"ligne <gui>Sujet</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:40(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-000000.png' "
|
||
"md5='2d416af8bfaec805470e5d2980d90a68'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/color-000000.png' "
|
||
"md5='2d416af8bfaec805470e5d2980d90a68'"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Change font sizes, styles and colors in the mail composer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Changer les tailles de polices, les styles et les couleurs dans l'éditeur de "
|
||
"courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Formatting Text in HTML"
|
||
msgstr "Formater les messages en HTML"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Text formatting tools that are available in HTML format only are located in "
|
||
"the second tool bar below the <gui>Subject</gui> line after enabling HTML "
|
||
"format. They also appear in the <gui>Insert</gui> and <gui>Format</gui> "
|
||
"menus."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les outils de formatage HTML sont situés dans la seconde barre d'outils en "
|
||
"dessous de la ligne <gui>Sujet</gui> après avoir activé le format HTML. Ils "
|
||
"figurent également dans les menus <gui>Insérer</gui> et <gui>Format</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:27(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Text Styles:"
|
||
msgstr "Styles de texte :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:28(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use these buttons in the lower tool bar to determine the way your email "
|
||
"looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If "
|
||
"you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utilisez ces boutons dans la barre d'outils inférieure pour définir "
|
||
"l'apparence de vos courriels. Si du texte est sélectionné, le style "
|
||
"s'applique à ce texte. Dans le cas contraire, le style s'applique à tout le "
|
||
"texte que vous allez saisir."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:32(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Button"
|
||
msgstr "Bouton"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:33(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Description"
|
||
msgstr "Description"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:36(td/p)
|
||
msgid "+0"
|
||
msgstr "+0"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:37(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Font size."
|
||
msgstr "Taille de police."
|
||
|
||
# Bruno : c'est le menu que j'ai dans ma version
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:41(td/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Color chooser for text. The box displays the current text color. To choose a "
|
||
"new color, click the arrow button to the right. If you have text selected, "
|
||
"the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, "
|
||
"the color applies to whatever you type next. You can select a background "
|
||
"color or image by right-clicking the message background, then selecting "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Style</gui><gui>Page Style</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélecteur de couleur pour le texte. La boîte affiche la couleur de texte "
|
||
"actuelle. Pour choisir une nouvelle couleur, cliquez sur le bouton flèche "
|
||
"sur la droite. Si du texte est sélectionné, la couleur s'applique à ce "
|
||
"texte. Dans le cas contraire, la couleur s'applique à tout le texte que vous "
|
||
"allez saisir ensuite. Vous pouvez choisir une couleur ou une image d'arrière-"
|
||
"plan en cliquant avec le bouton droit sur l'arrière-plan du message, puis en "
|
||
"choisissant <guiseq><gui>Style</gui><gui>Style de page</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:44(td/p)
|
||
msgid "TT"
|
||
msgstr "TT"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:45(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Typewriter text, which is similar to a monospace font."
|
||
msgstr "Texte de machine à écrire, qui correspond à une police à largeur fixe."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:48(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Bold A"
|
||
msgstr "A gras"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:49(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Bolds the text."
|
||
msgstr "Met le texte en gras."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:52(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Italic A"
|
||
msgstr "A italique"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:53(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Italicizes the text."
|
||
msgstr "Met le texte en italique."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:56(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Underlined A"
|
||
msgstr "A souligné"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:57(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Underlines the text."
|
||
msgstr "Souligne le texte."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:60(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Strike through A"
|
||
msgstr "A barré"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:61(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Marks a line through the text."
|
||
msgstr "Trace une ligne par-dessus le texte."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:65(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The other buttons are explained under <link xref=\"mail-composer-"
|
||
"html#formatting-options-html\"/>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les autres boutons sont expliqués dans <link xref=\"mail-composer-"
|
||
"html#formatting-options-html\"/>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Add, change, edit or delete email signatures."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter, changer, modifier ou supprimer les signatures de courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Managing signatures"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des signatures"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add, edit and delete all your signatures under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer preferences</gui><gui>Signatures</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter, modifier ou supprimer toutes vos signatures sous "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences de "
|
||
"l'éditeur</gui><gui>Signatures</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning a default signature to an email account has to be done in the "
|
||
"<link xref=\"mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account\">account settings</"
|
||
"link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'attribution d'une signature par défaut à un compte de messagerie doit être "
|
||
"faite dans les <link xref=\"mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account"
|
||
"\">paramètres de compte</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using email signatures at the bottom of a message you send."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser de signatures de courriel en bas des messages que vous envoyez."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Working with email signatures"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation des signatures de courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A signature consists of one or more lines of text (or even a picture) that "
|
||
"will be added at the end of an email that you send. It can contain contact "
|
||
"information or other things. A signature always begins with two dashes and a "
|
||
"space (<code>-- </code>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une signature consiste en une ou plusieurs lignes de texte (ou même une "
|
||
"image) qui seront ajoutées en bas d'un courriel que vous envoyez. Elle peut "
|
||
"contenir des informations pour vous contacter ou d'autres choses. Une "
|
||
"signature commence toujours par deux tirets et une espace (<code>-- </code>)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:24(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The term \"signature\" is also differently used in terms of <link xref="
|
||
"\"mail-encryption\">encryption</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le terme « signature » possèdent également un autre sens pour ce qui "
|
||
"concerne le <link xref=\"mail-encryption\">chiffrement</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Setting a default signature for an email account."
|
||
msgstr "Définir une signature par défaut pour un compte de messagerie."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:32(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Default account signature"
|
||
msgstr "Signature par défaut du compte"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:34(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define a default <link xref=\"mail-composer-mail-signatures"
|
||
"\">signature</link> for each of your mail accounts. This can be edited under "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui "
|
||
"style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Identity</gui><gui>Optional Information</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez définir une <link xref=\"mail-composer-mail-signatures"
|
||
"\">signature</link> par défaut pour chaque compte de messagerie. Cela peut "
|
||
"être modifié sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</gui><gui style=\"button\">Modifier</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Identité</gui><gui>Informations optionnelles</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:36(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have a signature for your account defined but exceptionally do not "
|
||
"want to use it for one message, or want to use a different signature, you "
|
||
"can change it via the dropdown menu in the right upper corner in the email "
|
||
"composer window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez une signature définie pour votre compte mais que vous ne voulez "
|
||
"pas l'utiliser exceptionnellement pour un message ou que vous voulez en "
|
||
"utiliser une autre, vous pouvez la modifier grâce au menu déroulant dans le "
|
||
"coin supérieur droit de la fenêtre de l'éditeur de messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Message templates to reuse in the composer."
|
||
msgstr "Réutiliser un modèle de messages dans l'éditeur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:23(page/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:28(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Message Templates"
|
||
msgstr "Modèle de messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A message template is a standard message that you can use at any time to "
|
||
"send mail with the same pattern."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un modèle de message est un message standard qui vous permet d'envoyer en "
|
||
"tout temps des messages ayant la même structure."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable the Message Template Plugin, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq> and enable <gui>Templates</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour activer le greffon modèles de message, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Greffons</gui></guiseq> et cochez "
|
||
"<gui>Modèles</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Use one of your templates for replying to a message"
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser l'un de vos modèles pour répondre à un message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using a Template as a Reply"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation d'un modèle de message comme réponse"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Right-click the message you are replying to, then click <gui>Templates</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Faites un clic-droit sur le message auquel vous souhaitez répondre, puis "
|
||
"choisissez <gui>Modèles</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This option lists all the message templates in the <gui>Templates</gui> "
|
||
"folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cette option liste tous les modèles de message du dossier <gui>Modèles</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the message template of your choice. Make changes if required in the "
|
||
"email composer window that will open."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le modèle de message de votre choix et modifiez-le si "
|
||
"nécessaire."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui>Send</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Envoyer</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you select a message template for replying, the subject of the reply is "
|
||
"preserved."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous choisissez un modèle de message comme réponse, le sujet "
|
||
"original de la réponse est conservé."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Store an existing or new message as a template"
|
||
msgstr "Enregistrement d'un message nouveau ou existant comme modèle"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Saving Messages as Templates"
|
||
msgstr "Enregistrement de messages comme modèles"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:26(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Saving an Existing Message as a Template"
|
||
msgstr "Enregistrement d'un message existant comme modèle"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the message."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Right-click the message and choose <gui>Move to folder</gui> or <gui>Copy to "
|
||
"folder</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Faites un clic-droit sur le message et choisissez <gui>Déplacer vers le "
|
||
"dossier</gui> ou <gui>Copier vers le dossier</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the <gui>Templates</gui> folder under <gui>On This Computer</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le dossier <gui>Modèles</gui> sous <gui>Sur cet ordinateur</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:32(section/p)
|
||
msgid "You can also edit an existing message and save it as a template:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi modifier un message existant et l'enregistrer comme "
|
||
"modèle :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Open the message and click <gui>Reply</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Ouvrez le message et cliquez sur <gui>Répondre</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Edit the message body or the addresses according to your requirements."
|
||
msgstr "Modifiez le corps ou les adresses du message selon vos besoins."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:36(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save as Template</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Enregistrer comme modèle</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:41(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Saving a New Message as a Template"
|
||
msgstr "Enregistrement d'un nouveau message comme modèle"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:44(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <gui>New</gui> and enter in the composer window what you need for the "
|
||
"template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui>Nouveau</gui> et saisissez dans la fenêtre de l'éditeur "
|
||
"tout ce dont vous avez besoin pour le modèle."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configure variables in templates and reuse items from the message you reply "
|
||
"to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configuration de variables dans les modèles et réutilisation d'éléments des "
|
||
"messages auxquels vous répondez"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Variables in Templates"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation de variables dans les modèles"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:26(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Configuring Variables for Message Templates"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration de variables dans les modèles de message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui>Templates</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Modèles</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add, edit or remove the key-value pairs. You can specify any number "
|
||
"of key-value pairs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter, modifier ou supprimer des paires mot-clé - valeur. Vous "
|
||
"pouvez définir autant de paires mot-clé - valeur que souhaitées."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:33(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In any template, the occurrence of every $key is replaced by the value it "
|
||
"has in the configuration. For example, if you set the key to Manager and the "
|
||
"value to Harry, any occurrence of $Manager is replaced by Harry in the "
|
||
"message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans tout modèle, chaque occurrence de « $clé » est remplacée par la valeur "
|
||
"indiquée dans la configuration. Par exemple, si vous définissez une clé à "
|
||
"« Directeur » et la valeur à « Jean », chaque occurrence de $Directeur est "
|
||
"remplacée par Jean dans le message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assume that you have 1000 message templates with your current manager's name "
|
||
"in them. When the current manager is replaced by a new one, it is not easy "
|
||
"for you to manually replace the manager's name in all the 1000 messages. If "
|
||
"the messages have a $Manager key value, you can reset the value in the "
|
||
"Configuration tab of this plugin."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Supposons que vous ayez 1000 modèles de message qui référencent le nom de "
|
||
"votre directeur actuel. Si votre directeur est remplacé, il est fastidieux "
|
||
"de devoir modifier manuellement le nom du directeur dans les 1000 messages. "
|
||
"Si les messages contiennent une clé $Directeur, vous pouvez facilement "
|
||
"modifier la valeur correspondante dans l'onglet Configuration de ce greffon."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:35(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the entire environment variables are used as a key-value pair. "
|
||
"An occurrence of $env_variable is replaced by the value it carries. For "
|
||
"example, an occurrence of $PATH in your template is replaced by its value "
|
||
"when the template is used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, toutes les variables d'environnement existantes sont utilisées "
|
||
"comme paires clé-valeur. Chaque apparition de $VARIABLE_D'ENVIRONNEMENT est "
|
||
"remplacée par sa valeur. Par exemple, si un de vos modèles contient "
|
||
"« $PATH », c'est la valeur de cette variable qui apparaîtra dans le modèle "
|
||
"lorsqu'il sera utilisé."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:36(section/p)
|
||
msgid "The replacement process uses the following order of precedence:"
|
||
msgstr "L'algorithme de substitution utilise l'ordre de priorités suivant :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"$key is replaced by the value set for it in the Configuration tab of the "
|
||
"Templates plugin."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"$clé est remplacée par la valeur correspondante dans l'onglet Configuration "
|
||
"du greffon Modèles."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the key is not found, it is then replaced with the value of its "
|
||
"environment variable."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la clé n'est pas trouvée, elle est alors remplacée par la valeur "
|
||
"correspondant à la variable d'environnement éponyme."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:45(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If key is neither a configuration option nor an environment variable, no "
|
||
"changes are made."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la clé n'est ni une option de configuration, ni une variable "
|
||
"d'environnement, aucune substitution n'est effectuée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:52(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Elements From a Message in a Template When Replying"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation d'éléments de message dans un modèle lors d'une réponse"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:53(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Templates can contain more than just the predefined set of <link xref="
|
||
"\"#configure\">key-value pairs</link>. You can also get any message header "
|
||
"values from the email that you are applying the template on, plus the "
|
||
"complete message body."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les modèles peuvent contenir plus que seulement l'ensemble prédéfini des "
|
||
"<link xref=\"#configure\">paires clé-valeur</link>. Vous pouvez aussi "
|
||
"obtenir n'importe quelles valeurs d'en-tête de message à partir du courriel "
|
||
"auquel vous appliquez le modèle, en plus du corps complet du message."
|
||
|
||
#. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate $ORIG[subject] and $ORIG[body] in this
|
||
#. sentence!
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:56(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to do this, use the format <code>$ORIG[header_name]</code> and "
|
||
"replace the variable <code>header_name</code> by the actual header. For "
|
||
"example, if you would like to insert the subject line of the message that "
|
||
"you reply to, use <code>$ORIG[subject]</code>. To insert the complete body, "
|
||
"use <code>$ORIG[body]</code>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour faire cela, utilisez le format <code>$ORIG[nom_entête]</code> et "
|
||
"remplacez la variable <code>nom_entête</code> par l'en-tête correct. Par "
|
||
"exemple, si vous voulez insérer la ligne de sujet du message auquel vous "
|
||
"répondez, utilisez <code>$ORIG[subject]</code>. Pour insérer le corps "
|
||
"complet, utilisez <code>$ORIG[body]</code>."
|
||
|
||
#. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate $ORIG[body] and $ORIG[reply-to] in
|
||
#. this sentence!
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:59(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If no replacement for a variable is found, the variable is not removed "
|
||
"(except for <code>$ORIG[body]</code>) but left in place so that you see that "
|
||
"something went wrong. This could happen when trying to use headers that are "
|
||
"not necessarily always available in the original message (for example <code>"
|
||
"$ORIG[reply-to]</code>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si aucune substitution n'est trouvée pour une variable, la variable n'est "
|
||
"pas supprimée (sauf pour <code>$ORIG[body]</code>) mais laissée en place "
|
||
"afin que vous voyez que quelque chose n'est pas correct. Cela peut arriver "
|
||
"lorsque vous utilisez des en-têtes qui ne sont pas toujours nécessairement "
|
||
"disponibles dans le message d'origine (par exemple <code>$ORIG[reply-to]</"
|
||
"code>)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Change font alignment and paragraph formatting in the mail composer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Modifier l'alignement de la police et le formatage de paragraphe dans "
|
||
"l'éditeur de courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Formatting Text in Plain Text Format"
|
||
msgstr "Formatage de texte dans le format texte simple"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Text formatting tools are located in the tool bar below the <gui>Subject</"
|
||
"gui> line. They also appear in the <gui>Insert</gui> and <gui>Format</gui> "
|
||
"menus."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les outils de formatage sont situés dans la seconde barre d'outils en "
|
||
"dessous de la ligne <gui>Sujet</gui>. Ils figurent également dans les menus "
|
||
"<gui>Insertion</gui> et <gui>Format</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:27(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Headers and Lists:"
|
||
msgstr "En-têtes et listes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:28(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the left of the upper tool bar, you can choose <gui>Normal</gui> for a "
|
||
"default text style or <gui>Header 1</gui> through <gui>Header 6</gui> for "
|
||
"varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include "
|
||
"<gui>Preformat</gui>, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, "
|
||
"and three types of bullet points for lists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À l'extrémité gauche de la barre d'outils, vous pouvez choisir le style de "
|
||
"texte par défaut <gui>Normal</gui> ou de <gui>En-tête 1</gui> à <gui>En-tête "
|
||
"6</gui>, ce qui correspond à des tailles d'en-têtes des plus grandes (1) aux "
|
||
"plus petites (6). Il existe aussi le style <gui>Préformaté</gui> qui "
|
||
"correspond à la balise HTML utilisée pour les blocs de texte préformatés, et "
|
||
"trois types de listes à puces."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:29(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can "
|
||
"use the <gui>Bulleted List</gui> style from the style dropdown list. "
|
||
"Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and multiple "
|
||
"levels of indentation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, au lieu d'utiliser des astérisques pour représenter une liste à "
|
||
"puces, vous pouvez utiliser le style <gui>Liste à puces</gui> dans le menu "
|
||
"déroulant des styles. Evolution propose différents styles de puces et gère "
|
||
"les retours de ligne et plusieurs niveaux d'indentation."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Alignment:"
|
||
msgstr "Alignement :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Located next to the Headers and Lists dropdown, the three paragraph icons "
|
||
"should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The left-most "
|
||
"button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the "
|
||
"right button aligns the text to the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Situés à côté de la liste déroulante des En-têtes et des Listes, les trois "
|
||
"icônes de paragraphe devraient être familières aux utilisateurs de la "
|
||
"plupart des traitements de texte. Le bouton le plus à gauche aligne le texte "
|
||
"sur la marge gauche, le bouton du milieu centre le texte et le bouton de "
|
||
"droite aligne le texte sur la marge droite."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:38(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Indentation Rules:"
|
||
msgstr "Règles d'indentation :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:39(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, "
|
||
"and the right arrow increases its indentation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le bouton comportant une flèche gauche diminue l'indentation d'un "
|
||
"paragraphe, et celui comportant une flèche droite augmente l'indentation."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Setting a priority for messages to be sent."
|
||
msgstr "Définir une priorité pour les messages à envoyer."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Prioritizing outgoing messages"
|
||
msgstr "Priorité des messages sortants"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can prioritize a message to be sent, so that the recipient sees its "
|
||
"relative importance. To prioritize a message, click <guiseq><gui>Options</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Prioritize Message</gui></guiseq> in the composer window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez définir la priorité d'un message que vous envoyez, afin que le "
|
||
"destinataire perçoive son importance relative. Pour indiquer la priorité "
|
||
"d'un message, choisissez <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Prioriser le "
|
||
"message</gui></guiseq> dans la fenêtre de l'éditeur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:27(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution will ignore the message priority of incoming messages because the "
|
||
"recipient should decide whether the message is important or not. You can set "
|
||
"the \"Important\" flag for any messages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution ignore la priorité d'un message entrant, parce qu'il estime que "
|
||
"c'est au destinataire de décider si le message est important ou non. Vous "
|
||
"pouvez mettre le marqueur « Important » pour tous les messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Answering a received email."
|
||
msgstr "Répondre à un courriel reçu."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Replying to a message"
|
||
msgstr "Répondre à un message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:26(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Replying to Email Messages"
|
||
msgstr "Réponses aux courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:27(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To reply to a message, select the message to reply to in the message list "
|
||
"and click the <gui>Reply</gui> button in the toolbar, or right-click within "
|
||
"the message and select <gui>Reply to Sender</gui>. This opens the message "
|
||
"composer. The <gui>To:</gui> and <gui>Subject:</gui> fields are already "
|
||
"filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full "
|
||
"text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey "
|
||
"with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the > character "
|
||
"before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it is part of the "
|
||
"previous message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour répondre à un message, choisissez le message concerné dans la liste des "
|
||
"messages et cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Répondre</gui> dans la barre "
|
||
"d'outils, ou faites un clic-droit dans le message et choisissez "
|
||
"<gui>Répondre à l'expéditeur</gui>. L'éditeur de messages apparaît. Les "
|
||
"champs <gui>À :</gui> et <gui>Sujet :</gui> sont déjà remplis, mais vous "
|
||
"pouvez les modifier si nécessaire. De plus, le texte complet de l'ancien "
|
||
"message est inséré dans le nouveau, soit en gris avec une ligne bleue sur le "
|
||
"côté (en cas d'affichage HTML), soit avec le caractère « > » devant "
|
||
"chaque ligne (en mode texte brut), pour indiquer que cela fait partie du "
|
||
"message précédent."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:28(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are reading a message with several recipients, you can use <gui>Reply "
|
||
"to All</gui> instead of <gui>Reply</gui>. If there are large numbers of "
|
||
"people in the <gui>Cc:</gui> or <gui>To:</gui> fields, this can save "
|
||
"substantial amounts of time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous lisez un message ayant plusieurs destinataires, vous pouvez utiliser "
|
||
"la fonction <gui>Répondre à tous</gui> au lieu de <gui>Répondre</gui>. Si "
|
||
"les champs <gui>À :</gui> et <gui>Cc :</gui> comportent un grand nombre de "
|
||
"personnes, cela peut vous faire gagner un temps non négligeable."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:32(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Using the Reply To All Feature"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation de la fonctionnalité Répondre à tous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:33(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal "
|
||
"company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all "
|
||
"of them to read, he uses <gui>Reply to All</gui>, but if he just wants to "
|
||
"tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses <gui>Reply</gui>. His reply does "
|
||
"not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not "
|
||
"shared with anyone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Susanne envoie un courriel à un client et met en copie Tim ainsi qu'une "
|
||
"liste de diffusion de collaborateurs internes. Si Tim souhaite faire un "
|
||
"commentaire destiné à tous, il utilisera <gui>Répondre à tous</gui>, mais "
|
||
"s'il souhaite uniquement dire à Susanne qu'il est d'accord avec elle, il "
|
||
"utilisera <gui>Répondre</gui>. Dans tous les cas, sa réponse ne parviendra à "
|
||
"aucune personne mentionnée dans le champ Cci : du message de Susanne, car le "
|
||
"contenu de ce champ n'est partagé avec personne."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the "
|
||
"list rather than to the sender, select <gui>Reply to List</gui> instead of "
|
||
"<gui>Reply</gui> or <gui>Reply to All</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous êtes abonné à une liste de diffusion et que vous ne voulez répondre "
|
||
"qu'à la liste, plutôt qu'à l'expéditeur, cliquez sur <gui>Répondre à la "
|
||
"liste</gui> au lieu de <gui>Répondre</gui> ou <gui>Répondre à tous</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:38(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
|
||
msgstr "Raccourcis clavier"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Action"
|
||
msgstr "Action"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Shortcut keys"
|
||
msgstr "Raccourcis clavier"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Reply to Sender"
|
||
msgstr "Répondre à l'expéditeur"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43(td/p)
|
||
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
|
||
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Reply to Mailing List"
|
||
msgstr "Répondre à la liste"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45(td/p)
|
||
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
|
||
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47(td/p)
|
||
msgid "Reply to All"
|
||
msgstr "Répondre à tous"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47(td/p)
|
||
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
|
||
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:54(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Replies and Forwards</gui><gui>Reply style</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les réglages par défaut pour répondre et faire suivre peuvent être modifiés "
|
||
"sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences de "
|
||
"l'éditeur</gui><gui>Général</gui><gui>Réponses et transferts</gui><gui>Style "
|
||
"de réponse</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Searching for text in the mail composer."
|
||
msgstr "Rechercher un texte dans l'éditeur de courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching in the mail composer"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche dans l'éditeur de courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the <gui>Edit</gui> menu in the message composer there are several "
|
||
"text searching features available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'éditeur de messages met à votre disposition plusieurs fonctions de "
|
||
"recherche de texte dans le menu <gui>Édition</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<gui>Find</gui>:"
|
||
msgstr "<gui>Rechercher</gui> :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez un mot ou une phrase et Evolution le recherche dans votre message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<gui>Find Again</gui>:"
|
||
msgstr "<gui>Rechercher de nouveau</gui> :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select this item to repeat the last search you performed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez cet élément pour répéter la recherche que vous venez de faire."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<gui>Replace</gui>:"
|
||
msgstr "<gui>Remplacer</gui> :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Recherche un mot ou une phrase et le remplace par quelque chose d'autre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:39(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For all of these menu items you can choose whether to search backwards in "
|
||
"the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine "
|
||
"whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour tous ces éléments de menu, vous pouvez choisir d'effectuer une "
|
||
"recherche en arrière par rapport à la position de votre curseur. Vous pouvez "
|
||
"aussi déterminer si la recherche doit tenir compte de la casse dans la "
|
||
"recherche d'une correspondance."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:40(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have a technical background you can also select the option to use "
|
||
"<link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/"
|
||
"Regular_expression\">Regular expressions</link> for searching."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez suffisamment de connaissances techniques, vous pouvez aussi "
|
||
"choisir l'option permettant d'utiliser des <link href=\"https://secure."
|
||
"wikimedia.org/wikipedia/fr/wiki/Expression_rationnelle\">expressions "
|
||
"régulières</link> pour la recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Sending to more than one person and using CC or BCC."
|
||
msgstr "Envoyer à plus d'une personne et utiliser CC et Cci."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:26(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sending a message to several recipients"
|
||
msgstr "Envoi d'un message à plusieurs destinataires"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To send a message to more than one person, enter the addresses in the "
|
||
"composer by separating them with commas or semicolons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour envoyer un message à plus d'une personne, saisissez les adresses dans "
|
||
"l'éditeur en les séparant par des virgules ou points-virgules."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:30(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create "
|
||
"<link xref=\"contacts-using-contact-lists\">contact lists</link> to send "
|
||
"them mail as though they have a single address."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous envoyez souvent des courriels au même groupe de personnes, vous "
|
||
"pouvez créer des <link xref=\"contacts-using-contact-lists\">listes "
|
||
"d'adresses</link> pour leur envoyer des courriels comme s'il s'agissait "
|
||
"d'une adresse unique."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Recipient types"
|
||
msgstr "Types de destinataire"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Email messages can have three different types of recipients. The simplest "
|
||
"way is to put the email address or addresses in the <gui>To:</gui> text "
|
||
"field. The <gui>Cc:</gui> text field is used for recipients that are meant "
|
||
"to receive a copy of your message but are not the primary recipients."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les courriels peuvent avoir trois types différents de destinataires. La "
|
||
"manière la plus simple est de mettre les adresses électroniques dans le "
|
||
"champ texte <gui>À :</gui>. Le champ texte <gui>CC :</gui> est utilisé pour "
|
||
"les destinataires qui sont censés recevoir une copie de votre message mais "
|
||
"n'en sont pas les principaux destinataires."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:36(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Addresses in the <gui>Bcc:</gui> text field are hidden from the other "
|
||
"recipients of the message. It can be used to send mail to large groups of "
|
||
"people, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a "
|
||
"concern. If the <gui>Bcc:</gui> text field is not shown, click "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Bcc Field</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les adresses du champ <gui>Cci :</gui> sont invisibles pour les autres "
|
||
"destinataires du message. Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour envoyer des courriels "
|
||
"à un grand nombre de personnes, particulièrement dans le cas où ils ne se "
|
||
"connaissent pas ou si la confidentialité est importante. Si le champ "
|
||
"<gui>Cci :</gui> n'apparaît pas, choisissez <guiseq><gui>Affichage</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Champ Cci</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:40(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Autocompletion"
|
||
msgstr "Complétion automatique"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:41(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is recommended to use the <link xref=\"contacts-autocompletion"
|
||
"\">Autocompletion</link> feature of the Evolution address book for entering "
|
||
"addresses. By using this you avoid typos and save time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est recommandé d'utiliser la fonctionnalité de <link xref=\"contacts-"
|
||
"autocompletion\">complétion automatique</link> du carnet d'adresse "
|
||
"d'Evolution pour la saisie des adresses. En l'utilisant vous évitez les "
|
||
"erreurs typographiques et gagnez du temps."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:45(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Using the buttons"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisations des boutons"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:47(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Instead of typing the recipients' names you can also click the <gui style="
|
||
"\"button\">To:</gui>, <gui style=\"button\">Cc:</gui>, or <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Bcc:</gui> buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your address "
|
||
"books. Select the addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into "
|
||
"the appropriate address columns (To:, Cc:, Bcc:)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est également possible de cliquer sur les boutons <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">À :</gui>, <gui style=\"button\">Cc :</gui> ou <gui style=\"button\">Cci :"
|
||
"</gui> pour obtenir une liste des adresses électroniques des contacts de "
|
||
"votre carnet d'adresses. Sélectionnez les adresses et cliquez sur les "
|
||
"flèches pour les déplacer dans les cases d'adresses adéquates (À :, Cc :, "
|
||
"Cci :)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:7(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On spell checking your mail in the composer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À propos de la vérification orthographique de votre courriel dans l'éditeur "
|
||
"de messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:22(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Spell checking"
|
||
msgstr "Correction orthographique"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:27(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Prerequirements"
|
||
msgstr "Prérequis"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:28(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use spell checking for the emails that you write you first need to make "
|
||
"sure that the <sys>hunspell</sys> package for your specific language and the "
|
||
"<sys>enchant</sys> package are installed via the software management tool of "
|
||
"your distribution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser la vérification orthographique pour les courriels que vous "
|
||
"envoyez, vous devez d'abord vous assurer que le paquet <sys>hunspell</sys> "
|
||
"spécifique à votre langue et le paquet <sys>enchant</sys> sont installés en "
|
||
"utilisant l'outil de gestion de logiciels de votre distribution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:31(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You might need to install <sys>hunspell</sys> and/or <sys>enchant</sys> to "
|
||
"perform these steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il se peut que vous ayez à installer <sys>hunspell</sys> et/ou <sys>enchant</"
|
||
"sys> pour suivre ces instructions."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:34(when/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:hunspell\" href=\"http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/\" "
|
||
"style=\"button\">Install hunspell</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:hunspell\" href=\"http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/\" "
|
||
"style=\"button\">Installer hunspell</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:35(when/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:enchant\" href=\"http://www.abisource.com/projects/"
|
||
"enchant/\" style=\"button\">Install enchant</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:enchant\" href=\"http://www.abisource.com/projects/"
|
||
"enchant/\" style=\"button\">Installer enchant</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:42(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Global Preferences"
|
||
msgstr "Préférences globales"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:44(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer "
|
||
"Preferences</gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui><gui>Options</gui></guiseq> you "
|
||
"can define whether your spelling is checked while you type and which color "
|
||
"is used for underlining words that are misspelled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences de "
|
||
"l'éditeur</gui><gui>Correction orthographique</gui><gui>Options</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>, vous pouvez définir si la vérification est réalisée pendant la "
|
||
"frappe et quelle est la couleur utilisée pour souligner les mots incorrects."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:46(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also define which installed languages are used for spell checking in "
|
||
"the list available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui><gui>Languages</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi définir quelles langues installées sont utilisées pour la "
|
||
"vérification orthographique dans la liste disponible sous "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences de "
|
||
"l'éditeur</gui><gui>Correction orthographique</gui><gui>Langues</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:50(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Manual spell checking in the composer"
|
||
msgstr "Correction orthographique manuelle dans l'éditeur"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:51(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you do not have <gui>Checking spelling while I type</gui> enabled in the "
|
||
"<link xref=\"#global-preferences\">Composer Preferences</link> you can run a "
|
||
"spell check in the email composer by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui></guiseq> or by pressing <key>F7</key>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous n'avez pas activé <gui>Vérifier l'orthographe pendant la frappe</"
|
||
"gui> dans le <link xref=\"#global-preferences\">Préférences de l'éditeur</"
|
||
"link>, vous pouvez lancer le correcteur orthographique dans l'éditeur de "
|
||
"courriel en cliquant sur <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Vérifier "
|
||
"l'orthographe</gui></guiseq> ou en pressant sur la touche <key>F7</key>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Writing a new email to send to a recipient."
|
||
msgstr "Écrire un nouveau message à envoyer à un destinataire."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Composing a new message"
|
||
msgstr "Rédaction d'un nouveau message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can start writing a new email message by clicking <guiseq><gui>File</"
|
||
"gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Message</gui></guiseq>, by pressing "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>, or by clicking "
|
||
"<gui>New</gui> in the toolbar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez commencer à écrire un nouveau message en choisissant "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Message</gui></guiseq>, ou "
|
||
"en appuyant sur <keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> "
|
||
"ou en cliquant sur <gui>Nouveau</gui> dans la barre d'outils."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enter an email address in the <gui>To:</gui> field. If you want to enter "
|
||
"multiple addresses, separate them by commas. See <link xref=\"mail-composer-"
|
||
"several-recipients\"/> for more information on sending messages to more than "
|
||
"one person."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez une adresse électronique dans le champ <gui>À :</gui>. Si vous "
|
||
"voulez saisir plusieurs adresses, séparez-les par des virgules. Consultez "
|
||
"<link xref=\"mail-composer-several-recipients\"/> pour plus d'informations "
|
||
"sur l'envoi de messages à plus d'une personne."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have written your message, click <gui>Send</gui> or press "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Return</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir écrit votre message, cliquez sur <gui>Envoyer</gui> ou pressez "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Entrée</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Make somebody always receive copies of your sent mail."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Faire en sorte qu'une personne reçoive toujours une copie de vos courriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:32(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Default CC and BCC"
|
||
msgstr "CC et Cci par défaut"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:34(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set email addresses that should always receive copies of your sent "
|
||
"mail (either as CC visible for all recipients, or BCC not visible for other "
|
||
"recipients) in the <gui>Defaults</gui> section of the mail account editor "
|
||
"(<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui "
|
||
"style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez définir des adresses électroniques qui doivent toujours recevoir "
|
||
"des copies des courriels que vous envoyez (soit de manière visible : CC ou "
|
||
"non visible pour les autres destinataires : Cci) dans la section <gui>Par "
|
||
"défaut</gui> de l'éditeur de comptes de messagerie (<guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</gui><gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Modifier</gui><gui>Valeurs par défaut</gui></guiseq>)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Changing the location of the Draft folder and Sent folder."
|
||
msgstr "Modifier l'emplacement des dossiers Brouillons et Envoyés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:32(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Mail folder locations"
|
||
msgstr "Emplacements des dossiers de courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:34(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set a different place where to store messages in your Draft folder "
|
||
"and Sent folder in the <gui>Defaults</gui> section of the mail account "
|
||
"editor (<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
|
||
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez définir un emplacement différent pour enregistrer les messages "
|
||
"de vos dossiers Brouillons et Envoyés dans la section <gui>Par défaut</gui> "
|
||
"de l'éditeur de comptes de messagerie (<guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</gui><gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Modifier</gui><gui>Valeurs par défaut</gui></guiseq>)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:35(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For remote account types (accounts such as IMAP) you can also set a Trash "
|
||
"folder and Junk folder on the mail server so Evolution's local virtual "
|
||
"folders will not be used for it, but folders on the mail server."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les types de comptes à distant (comptes de type IMAP), vous pouvez "
|
||
"également définir un dossier Brouillons et Pourriels sur le serveur de "
|
||
"messagerie afin que les dossiers virtuels locaux d'Evolution ne soient pas "
|
||
"utilisés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Deleting, expunging, and undeleting mail."
|
||
msgstr "Supprimer, nettoyer et récupérer les courriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:25(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Deleting and undeleting messages"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression et récupération de messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:28(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Deleting Messages"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression de messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:30(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To delete a message, select it and press the <key>Delete</key> key, or click "
|
||
"the <gui style=\"button\">Delete</gui> button in the toolbar, or press "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>, or right-click the message and "
|
||
"click <gui>Delete</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour supprimer un message, sélectionnez-le et appuyez sur la touche "
|
||
"<key>Suppr</key> ou cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">Supprimer</"
|
||
"gui> de la barre d'outils ou pressez <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></"
|
||
"keyseq> ou faites un clic-droit sur le message et choisissez <gui>Supprimer</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:32(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you press Delete or click the Trash folder, your mail is not actually "
|
||
"deleted, but is marked for deletion. You can see all message marked for "
|
||
"deletion in the Trash folder. To show deleted messages, click "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq>. You can "
|
||
"view the messages striken off for later deletion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous pressez la touche <key>Suppr</key> ou cliquez sur l'icône de la "
|
||
"Corbeille, votre message n'est pas détruit, mais marqué pour suppression. "
|
||
"Vous pouvez voir tous les messages marqués pour suppression dans le dossier "
|
||
"Corbeille. Pour afficher les messages marqués pour suppression, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Afficher les messages supprimés</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>. Ces messages apparaissent barrés avant d'être supprimés plus tard."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Expunge</gui></guiseq> or press "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour effacer définitivement tous les messages supprimés d'un dossier, "
|
||
"cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Dossier</gui><gui>Nettoyer</gui></guiseq> ou "
|
||
"appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:38(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Undeleting Messages"
|
||
msgstr "Récupération de messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged yet. To "
|
||
"undelete a message, select the message, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Undelete message</gui></guiseq>. Note that <guiseq><gui>View</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq> must be enabled for this."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez récupérer un message qui a été supprimé, mais pas nettoyé. Pour "
|
||
"récupérer un message, sélectionnez le message et choisissez "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Récupérer le message</gui></guiseq>. Notez "
|
||
"que <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Afficher les messages supprimés</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> doit être activé pour que cela fonctionne."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:42(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the "
|
||
"message is not shown anymore in the Trash folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez marqué un message pour la suppression, sa récupération retire "
|
||
"cette marque et le message n'apparaît plus dans le dossier Corbeille."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "When letters in an email are not shown correctly or missing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque des lettres dans un courriel ne s'affichent pas correctement ou sont "
|
||
"absentes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Character Encodings"
|
||
msgstr "Codages des caractères"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:24(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Received mail"
|
||
msgstr "Courriel reçu"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:26(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the email application of the sender is broken or misconfigured, plain "
|
||
"text emails might not include information about the character encoding used. "
|
||
"If you receive such messages, choose <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Character "
|
||
"Encoding</gui></guiseq> from the main menu and change the currently chosen "
|
||
"character encoding to an appropriate one that might be the encoding used by "
|
||
"the sender. You have to make this change every time you view the message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si l'application de messagerie de l'expéditeur ne fonctionne pas bien ou est "
|
||
"mal configurée, il se peut que les courriels de texte n'incluent pas "
|
||
"d'informations sur le codage de caractères utilisé. Si vous recevez de tels "
|
||
"messages, choisissez <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Codage des caractères</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> dans le menu principal et changez le codage de caractères "
|
||
"actuellement sélectionné pour un plus approprié qui pourrait être celui "
|
||
"utilisé par l'expéditeur. Vous devez faire cette modification à chaque fois "
|
||
"que vous lisez le message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:27(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make this the default setting, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>General</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Message Display</gui><gui>Default character encoding</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour que cela devienne le paramétrage par défaut, allez dans "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences du "
|
||
"courriel</gui><gui>Général</gui><gui>Codage des caractères par défaut</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the unlikely event that you would like to change the default character "
|
||
"encoding for messages that you send, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Default "
|
||
"Behavior</gui><gui>Character encoding</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le cas peu probable où vous voudriez modifier le codage des caractères "
|
||
"par défaut pour les messages envoyés, allez dans <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences de l'éditeur</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Comportement par défaut</gui><gui>Jeu de caractères</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:35(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This setting only refers to Plain Text messages as <link xref=\"mail-"
|
||
"composer-html\">HTML messages</link> always use UTF-8 encoding."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ce paramètre ne s'applique qu'aux messages texte car les <link xref=\"mail-"
|
||
"composer-html\">messages HTML</link> sont toujours codés en UTF-8."
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:27(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/plus-icon.png' md5='57bf83c4ab8585c30897a6cf89c5949c'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/plus-icon.png' md5='57bf83c4ab8585c30897a6cf89c5949c'"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:29(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/minus-icon.png' "
|
||
"md5='7cef9df0f691c8d6ce67cad29ebceac9'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/minus-icon.png' "
|
||
"md5='7cef9df0f691c8d6ce67cad29ebceac9'"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Display less email recipients of a specific message."
|
||
msgstr "Afficher moins de destinataires du courriel pour un message donné."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Collapsible Message Headers"
|
||
msgstr "En-têtes de message réductibles"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution compresses the To, Cc and Bcc headers of received mail and shows "
|
||
"only five addresses in the message preview."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution réduit les en-têtes À, Cc et Cci des messages reçus et n'affiche "
|
||
"que cinq adresses dans l'aperçu du message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see all recipients, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/plus-"
|
||
"icon.png\"/> icon next to the <gui>To:</gui> or <gui>Cc:</gui> line, or "
|
||
"click the ellipsis (...) at the end of the five displayed addresses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour voir tous les destinataires, cliquez sur l'icône <media type=\"image\" "
|
||
"src=\"./figures/plus-icon.png\"/> à côté de la ligne <gui>À :</gui> ou "
|
||
"<gui>Cc :</gui>, ou cliquez sur les points de suspension (...) à la fin des "
|
||
"cinq adresses affichées."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To collapse all of the message headers and just display the subject and "
|
||
"sender in one line, click the icon <media type=\"image\" src=\"./figures/"
|
||
"minus-icon.png\"/> next to the <gui>From:</gui> line. This is helpful on "
|
||
"small screens."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour réduire tous les en-têtes de message et n'afficher que le sujet et "
|
||
"l'expéditeur sur une ligne, cliquez sur l'icône <media type=\"image\" src="
|
||
"\"./figures/minus-icon.png\"/> à côté de la ligne <gui>De :</gui>. C'est "
|
||
"très utile pour les petits écrans."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On embedded pictures in received HTML messages."
|
||
msgstr "À propos des images incorporées dans les messages reçus en HTML."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:28(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Images in HTML messages"
|
||
msgstr "Images dans les courriels HTML"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the "
|
||
"message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays "
|
||
"the image inside the message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque quelqu'un vous envoie un courriel HTML qui contient une image dans "
|
||
"le corps du message (par exemple, le message de bienvenue dans votre boîte "
|
||
"de réception), Evolution affiche l'image dans le message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Loading images"
|
||
msgstr "Chargement des images"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. "
|
||
"Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so "
|
||
"unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to "
|
||
"load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the "
|
||
"email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Certaines images sont des liens dans un message, au lieu de faire partie "
|
||
"intégrante du message. Evolution peut télécharger ces images depuis "
|
||
"Internet, mais ne le fait qu'à votre demande. La raison est que les images "
|
||
"distantes peuvent prendre du temps à charger et à s'afficher, et peuvent "
|
||
"même être utilisées par des expéditeurs de messages indésirables pour savoir "
|
||
"qui lit les messages. Le chargement manuel des images favorise la protection "
|
||
"de votre vie privée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:36(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To load the images for one message, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Load "
|
||
"Images</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>I</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour charger les images d'un message, cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Charger les images</gui></guiseq> ou pressez <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>I</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:38(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set the default action for loading images, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>HTML Messages</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Loading Images</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour définir l'action par défaut pour le chargement des images, allez dans "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences du "
|
||
"courriel</gui><gui>Messages HTML</gui><gui>Chargement des images</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:42(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Automatically download images in emails from people you know"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Téléchargement automatique des images des courriels venant des personnes que "
|
||
"vous connaissez."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:44(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can download images from emails sent by your contacts. To do this, go to "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>HTML Messages</gui><gui>Loading Images</gui></guiseq>. Enable the "
|
||
"<gui>Load images only in messages from contacts</gui> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez télécharger les images dans les courriels envoyés par vos "
|
||
"contacts. Pour cela, allez dans <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences du courriel</gui><gui>Messages HTML</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Chargement des images</gui></guiseq>. Activer l'option "
|
||
"<gui>Afficher les images seulement dans les messages des contacts</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:46(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Contacts</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Autocompletion</gui></guiseq>. Enable autocompletion by ticking the "
|
||
"<gui>Always show address of the autocompleted contact</gui> checkbox."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, allez dans <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Contacts</gui><gui>Complétion automatique</gui></guiseq>. Cochez la "
|
||
"case <gui>Toujours afficher l'adresse du contact auto-complétée</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:50(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Saving images"
|
||
msgstr "Enregistrement des images"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:51(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To save an image that is embedded in an HTML email, right-click on the image "
|
||
"and click <gui>Save Image...</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour enregistrer une image qui est intégrée dans un courriel HTML, faites un "
|
||
"clic-droit sur l'image et cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer l'image...</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Rendering an email and handling its attachments."
|
||
msgstr "Présenter un courriel et gérer les pièces-jointes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Display of a message"
|
||
msgstr "Affichage d'un message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:23(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||
msgstr "Avancée"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "When a received message looks weird or is hard to read."
|
||
msgstr "Lorsqu'un message reçu semble étrange et est difficile à lire."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "HTML emails are not correctly displayed"
|
||
msgstr "Le format de texte HTML n'est pas correctement affiché"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If an HTML message is not correctly displayed in Evolution it might be that "
|
||
"the formatting of the message is specified as <link href=\"http://en."
|
||
"wikipedia.org/wiki/Cascading_Style_Sheets\">CSS</link>. CSS is currently not "
|
||
"supported by gtkhtml (the part that is used to display HTML)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si un message HTML ne s'affiche pas correctement dans Evolution, il est "
|
||
"possible que le formatage du message soit spécifié comme étant du <link href="
|
||
"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cascading_Style_Sheets\">CSS</link>. Le CSS "
|
||
"n'est pas encore pris en charge par gtkhtml (l'élément qui est utilisé pour "
|
||
"afficher le HTML)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid "This will likely be fixed in version 3.6."
|
||
msgstr "Ceci devrait être résolu dans la version 3.6."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For developers only: In future versions, Evolution will use WebKit instead "
|
||
"of gtkhtml for displaying HTML. There is a branch named \"<link href="
|
||
"\"http://git.gnome.org/browse/evolution?h=webkit\">webkit</link>\" in "
|
||
"Evolution's code repository to test."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les développeurs uniquement : dans les versions futures, Evolution "
|
||
"utilisera WebKit au lieu de gtkhtml pour l'affichage du HTML. Il existe une "
|
||
"branche nommée « <link href=\"http://git.gnome.org/browse/evolution?h=webkit"
|
||
"\">webkit</link> » dans le dépôt du code d'Evolution pour faire des tests."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-no-css.page:27(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For missing characters in emails, see <link xref=\"mail-displaying-character-"
|
||
"encodings\">Character Encodings and Sets</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les caractères manquants dans les courriels, consultez <link xref="
|
||
"\"mail-displaying-character-encodings\">Codages et définitions de "
|
||
"caractères</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Display a picture of the sender in the message header area."
|
||
msgstr "Afficher un photo de l'expéditeur dans la zone d'en-tête du message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Photograph Message Headers"
|
||
msgstr "En-tête du message avec photographie"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The photograph of the sender of an email can be shown at the right side of "
|
||
"the message preview if the sender is in one of your address books and has a "
|
||
"photograph."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La photo de l'expéditeur d'une courriel peut être affichée à droite de "
|
||
"l'aperçu du message si l'expéditeur est dans l'un des carnets d'adresses et "
|
||
"possède une photographie."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable this functionality, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Headers</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Show the photograph of sender in the message preview</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, choisissez <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences du courriel</gui><gui>En-têtes</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Afficher la photo de l'expéditeur dans l'aperçu du courriel</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:31(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default only local address books are used for searching the photograph as "
|
||
"accessing remote address books can cause delays. You can disable this by "
|
||
"deselecting the option <gui>Search for sender photograph only in local "
|
||
"address books</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, seuls les carnets d'adresses locaux sont utilisés pour "
|
||
"rechercher la photographie car l'accès à des carnets d'adresses distants "
|
||
"peut provoquer des retards. Vous pouvez désactiver cela en désélectionnant "
|
||
"l'option <gui>Rechercher la photo de l'expéditeur uniquement dans les "
|
||
"carnets d'adresses locaux</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:33(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If there are multiple matches for a contact, the first one is always used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"S'il y a plusieurs résultats pour un contact, le premier sera toujours "
|
||
"utilisé."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Displaying the raw source of a message or all header lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Affichage de la source brute d'un message ou de toutes les lignes d'en-tête."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Message Source"
|
||
msgstr "Source du message :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the message data, click on <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Message "
|
||
"Source</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>U</key></keyseq>. "
|
||
"This will display the message data in a new window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher les données du message, cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>View</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Source du message</gui></guiseq> ou appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>U</key></keyseq>. Les données du message seront ainsi affichées "
|
||
"dans une nouvelle fenêtre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To only view the complete headers for a message, click <guiseq><gui>View</"
|
||
"gui><gui>All Message Headers</gui></guiseq>. This will display the complete "
|
||
"header data on the viewing pane."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ne visualiser que l'ensemble des en-têtes d'un message, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Tous les en-têtes du message</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>. L'ensemble des en-têtes s'affichera dans le panneau d'affichage."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to handle duplicated email messages"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les messages en double."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Duplicate emails get downloaded"
|
||
msgstr "Téléchargement de courriels en double"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:27(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Removing duplicate emails"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression des messages en double"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:28(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To remove duplicate emails in a folder, select multiple messages (or select "
|
||
"all messages in a folder by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Select All</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> or pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>) and "
|
||
"click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Remove Duplicate Messages</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour supprimer les messages en double d'un dossier, sélectionnez les "
|
||
"messages multiples (ou sélectionnez tous les messages d'un dossier en "
|
||
"cliquant sur <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Tout sélectionner</gui></guiseq> "
|
||
"ou en pressant <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>) et cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Supprimer les messages en double</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Reasons"
|
||
msgstr "Explications"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Downloading duplicate emails may be due to one of the following reasons:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le téléchargement de courriels en double peut être dû à l'une des raisons "
|
||
"suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid "There are several copies of the same message in the mailbox"
|
||
msgstr "Il y a plusieurs copies du même message dans la boîte aux lettres."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Evolution is having a problem with the UIDL extension."
|
||
msgstr "Evolution a un problème avec l'extension UIDL."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The cache files located at <file>$HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/pop/</"
|
||
"file> are not writable."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les fichiers en cache situés dans <file>$HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/"
|
||
"pop/</file> ne sont pas modifiables."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via GPG/OpenPGP that you send."
|
||
msgstr "Signer et chiffrer les messages envoyés via GPG/OpenPGP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Creating a GPG key"
|
||
msgstr "Création d'une clé GPG"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:25(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"These steps are very technical. For average users we recommend using the "
|
||
"<link href=\"help:seahorse#index\"><app>Seahorse</app> application</link> "
|
||
"for managing GPG/OpenPGP keys."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ces étapes sont très techniques. Pour les utilisateurs moyens, nous "
|
||
"recommandons d'utiliser l'application <link href=\"help:seahorse#index"
|
||
"\"><app>Seahorse</app> pour gérer les clés GPG/OpenPGP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before you can get or send GPG encrypted mail, you need to generate your "
|
||
"public and private keys with GPG."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avant de recevoir ou d'envoyer des courriels chiffrés GPG, vous avez besoin "
|
||
"de générer vos clés publique et privée avec GPG."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Open a terminal window and enter <cmd>gpg --gen-key</cmd>."
|
||
msgstr "Ouvrez une fenêtre de terminal et saisissez <cmd>gpg --gen-key</cmd>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select an algorithm, then press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez un algorithme, puis appuyez sur Entrée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select a key length, then press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez une longueur de clé, puis appuyez sur Entrée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter how long your key should be valid for."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez la durée de validité de votre clé."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Type your real name, then press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez votre nom réel, puis appuyez sur Entrée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Type your email address, then press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez votre adresse électronique, puis appuyez sur Entrée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid "(Optional) Type a comment, then press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez un commentaire (facultatif), puis appuyez sur Entrée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Review your selected user ID. If it is correct, press O."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Relisez l'identifiant utilisateur sélectionné. S'il est correct, appuyez sur "
|
||
"O."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Type a passphrase, then press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez une phrase de passe, puis appuyez sur Entrée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Move your mouse randomly to generate the keys."
|
||
msgstr "Déplacez votre souris au hasard pour générer les clés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:42(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the keys are generated, you can view your key information by entering "
|
||
"<cmd>gpg --list-keys</cmd>. You should see something similar to this: "
|
||
"<code> /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg ---------------------------- pub "
|
||
"1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you <you@example.com> sub 1024g/289sklj3 "
|
||
"2011-06-20 [expires: 2012-11-14]</code>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque les clés ont été générées, vous pouvez consulter vos informations de "
|
||
"clé en saisissant <cmd>gpg --list-keys</cmd>. Vous devriez voir apparaître "
|
||
"quelque chose comme ceci : <code> /home/vous/.gnupg/pubring.gpg "
|
||
"---------------------------- pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 vous <"
|
||
"vous@exemple.com> sub 1024g/289sklj3 2011-06-20 [expires: 2012-11-14]</"
|
||
"code>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:43(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"GPG creates one list, or keyring, for your public keys and one for your "
|
||
"private keys. All the public keys you know are stored in the file <file>~/."
|
||
"gnupg/pubring.gpg</file>. If you want to give other people your key, send "
|
||
"them that file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"GPG crée une liste (ou trousseau de clés) pour vos clés publiques et une "
|
||
"autre pour vos clés privées. Toutes les clés publiques que vous connaissez "
|
||
"sont stockées dans le fichier <file>~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg</file>. Si vous "
|
||
"voulez donnez vos clés à d'autres personnes, envoyez-leur ce fichier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:44(page/p)
|
||
msgid "If you want, you can upload your keys to a key server:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous le souhaitez, vous pouvez placer vos clés sur un serveur de clés :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:46(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check your public key ID with <code>gpg --list-keys</code>. It is the string "
|
||
"after <code>1024D</code> on the line beginning with <code>pub</code>. In the "
|
||
"example above, it is <code>32j38dk2</code>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifiez votre identifiant de clé publique avec <code>gpg --list-keys</"
|
||
"code>. C'est la chaîne de caractères après <code>1024D</code> dans la ligne "
|
||
"qui commence par <code>pub</code>. Dans l'exemple ci-dessus, c'est "
|
||
"<code>32j38dk2</code>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enter the command <cmd>gpg --send-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</"
|
||
"cmd>. Substitute your key ID for <code>32j38dk2</code>. You need your "
|
||
"password to do this."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez la commande <cmd>gpg --send-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net "
|
||
"32j38dk2</cmd>. Remplacez <code>32j38dk2</code> par votre identifiant de "
|
||
"clé. Vous avez besoin de votre mot de passe pour effectuer cela."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:50(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Key servers store your public keys for you so that your friends can decrypt "
|
||
"your messages. If you choose not to use a key server, you can manually send "
|
||
"your public key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your own "
|
||
"Web page. However, it is easier to publish a key once, and then let people "
|
||
"download it from a central place when they want."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les serveurs de clés stockent vos clés publiques pour vous afin que vos "
|
||
"connaissances puissent déchiffrer vos messages. Si vous préférez ne pas "
|
||
"utiliser de serveur de clés, vous pouvez envoyer manuellement votre clé "
|
||
"publique en l'incluant dans votre fichier de signature ou en la plaçant sur "
|
||
"votre propre page Web. Cependant, il est plus simple de publier une clé une "
|
||
"fois pour toutes, ce qui permet aux autres de la télécharger d'un endroit "
|
||
"centralisé lorsqu'ils en ont besoin."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:51(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't have a key to unlock or encrypt a message, you can set your "
|
||
"encryption tool to look it up automatically. If it cannot find the key, an "
|
||
"error message appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous ne possédez pas la clé pour déverrouiller ou chiffrer un message, "
|
||
"vous pouvez configurer votre outil de déchiffrement afin qu'il la recherche "
|
||
"automatiquement. S'il ne peut trouver la clé, un message d'erreur apparaîtra."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Decrypting and checking the signature of received GPG messages."
|
||
msgstr "Déchiffrer et vérifier la signature de messages GPG reçus."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Receiving messages encrypted or signed via GPG"
|
||
msgstr "Réception de messages chiffrés ou signés via GPG"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:26(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Decrypting a received message"
|
||
msgstr "Déchiffrement d'un message reçu"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:27(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you can "
|
||
"read it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous recevez un message chiffré, vous devez le déchiffrer avant de "
|
||
"pouvoir le lire."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:28(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP password. "
|
||
"Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous affichez le message, Evolution vous demande votre mot de passe "
|
||
"PGP. Saisissez-le et le message déchiffré apparaîtra."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:29(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Senders must have your GPG public key before they can send you an encrypted "
|
||
"message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les expéditeurs doivent disposer de votre clé publique GPG avant de pouvoir "
|
||
"vous envoyer un message chiffré."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Checking the signature of a received message"
|
||
msgstr "Vérification de la signature d'un message reçu"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check the sender's signature of a received message, scroll down to the "
|
||
"bottom of the message and click the logo. Evolution will display "
|
||
"<gui>Security Information</gui> for the message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour vérifier la signature de l'expéditeur d'un message reçu, allez en bas "
|
||
"du message et cliquez sur le logo. Evolution affiche alors les "
|
||
"<gui>Informations de sécurité</gui> du message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Getting and Using GPG Public Keys."
|
||
msgstr "Obtenir et utiliser des clés publiques GPG."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Getting and using GPG public keys"
|
||
msgstr "Obtention et utilisation de clés publiques GPG"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in "
|
||
"combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you "
|
||
"need to get the public key and add it to your keyring."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour envoyer un message chiffré, vous devez utiliser la clé publique du "
|
||
"destinataire en combinaison avec votre clé privée. Evolution s'occupe du "
|
||
"chiffrement, mais vous devez obtenir la clé publique et l'ajouter à votre "
|
||
"trousseau de clés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get public keys from a public key server, enter the command <cmd>gpg --"
|
||
"recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid</cmd>, substituting <code>keyid</"
|
||
"code> by your recipient's ID. You need to enter your password, and the ID is "
|
||
"automatically added to your keyring."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour obtenir des clés publiques d'un serveur de clés, saisissez la commande "
|
||
"<cmd>gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net id_clé</cmd>, en remplaçant "
|
||
"<code>id_clé</code> par l'identifiant de votre destinataire. Vous devez "
|
||
"saisir votre mot de passe, puis l'identifiant est automatiquement ajouté à "
|
||
"votre trousseau."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If someone sends you a public key directly, save it as a plain text file and "
|
||
"enter the command <cmd>gpg --import</cmd> to add it to your keyring."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si quelqu'un vous envoie directement une clé publique, enregistrez-la dans "
|
||
"un fichier texte et saisissez la commande <cmd>gpg --import</cmd> pour "
|
||
"l'ajouter à votre trousseau."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Setting up GPG for your mail account to sign and/or encrypt and decrypt "
|
||
"messages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configurer le chiffrement GPG pour votre compte de messagerie pour signer et/"
|
||
"ou chiffrer et déchiffrer les messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Setting up GPG for your mail account"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration du chiffrement GPG pour votre compte de messagerie"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:26(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need a GPG key to do this. If you do not have one yet, please refer to "
|
||
"<link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-create-key\">Creating a GPG key</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous avez besoin d'une clé GPG pour faire ce qui suit. Si vous n'en avez pas "
|
||
"encore une, référez-vous à la section <link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-"
|
||
"create-key\">Création d'une clé GPG</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:29(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:30(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:28(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de "
|
||
"messagerie</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the account you want to use securely, then click <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Edit</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le compte que vous voulez utiliser de manière sécurisée, puis "
|
||
"cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Modifier</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:33(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click the <gui>Security</gui> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Sécurité</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Specify your key ID in the <gui>PGP/GPG Key ID</gui> field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Indiquez votre identifiant de clé dans le champ <gui>ID de la clé PGP/GPG</"
|
||
"gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:33(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below the field you can choose whether to always sign outgoing messages when "
|
||
"using this account, and other options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En dessous de ce champ, vous pouvez choisir de toujours signer les messages "
|
||
"sortants lors de l'utilisation de ce compte, et d'autres options."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:36(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Fermer</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:38(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you do not remember it, you "
|
||
"can find it by typing <cmd>gpg --list-keys</cmd> in a terminal window. Your "
|
||
"key ID is an eight-character string with random numbers and letters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution exige que vous connaissiez votre identifiant de clé. Si vous ne "
|
||
"vous en souvenez plus, vous pouvez le retrouver en tapant <cmd>gpg --list-"
|
||
"keys</cmd> dans une fenêtre de terminal. Votre identifiant de clé est une "
|
||
"chaîne de huit caractères composée de nombres et de lettres aléatoires."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via GPG that you send."
|
||
msgstr "Signer et chiffrer les messages envoyés via GPG."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:23(page/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages"
|
||
msgstr "Signature et chiffrement des messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have <link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-set-up\">set up your GPG "
|
||
"key</link>, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>PGP Sign</gui></guiseq> or <gui>PGP Encrypt</"
|
||
"gui> from the message composer menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir <link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-set-up\">configuré votre clé "
|
||
"GPG</link>, vous pouvez signer ou chiffrer un message en choisissant "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Signer avec GPG</gui></guiseq> ou "
|
||
"<gui>Chiffrer avec GPG</gui> dans le menu de l'éditeur de messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:26(note/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:36(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used "
|
||
"for sensitive information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La ligne de sujet du message n'est pas chiffrée et ne doit pas contenir "
|
||
"d'information sensible."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:28(page/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid "To have every message signed or encrypted:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour que tous les messages soient signés ou chiffrés :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le compte de messagerie pour lequel vous souhaitez chiffrer les "
|
||
"messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:30(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:60(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Édition</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select <gui>Always sign outgoing messages when using this account</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez <gui>Toujours signer les messages sortants lors de "
|
||
"l'utilisation de ce compte</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Sending and receiving encrypted mail."
|
||
msgstr "Envoi et réception de courriels chiffrés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption.page:34(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Mail encryption and certificates"
|
||
msgstr "Certificats et chiffrement de courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption.page:36(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution offers GPG Encryption and S/MIME Encryption for signing and "
|
||
"encrypting email messages. S/MIME is used most often in corporate "
|
||
"environments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution propose le chiffrement GPG et le chiffrement S/MIME pour signer et "
|
||
"chiffrer les messages de courriel. S/MIME est plus souvent utilisé dans les "
|
||
"environnements de société."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption.page:39(section/title)
|
||
msgid "GPG"
|
||
msgstr "GPG"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption.page:43(section/title)
|
||
msgid "S/MIME"
|
||
msgstr "S/MIME"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding, editing, viewing and deleting S/MIME certificates."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter, modifier, afficher et supprimer des certificats S/MIME."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Managing S/MIME certificates"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des certificats S/MIME"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Certificates allow you to communicate with others securely over an encrypted "
|
||
"connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. These "
|
||
"settings only apply to S/MIME encryption."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les certificats vous permettent de communiquer avec d'autres personnes en "
|
||
"toute sécurité sous couvert d'une connexion chiffrée ou de signer un message "
|
||
"pour confirmer votre identité auprès d'un contact. Ces paramètres "
|
||
"s'appliquent uniquement au chiffrement S/MIME."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can import, view, edit (except for your own certificates), and delete "
|
||
"your certificates under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Certificates</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez importer, afficher, modifier (sauf vos propres certificats) et "
|
||
"supprimer vos certificats sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Certificats</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:28(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you get the error \"Peer's certificate issuer has been marked as not "
|
||
"trusted by the user. (-8172) - Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute\" after "
|
||
"adding your mail certificate, go to <gui>Authorities</gui> and enable "
|
||
"<gui>Trust this CA to identify email users</gui> for the certificate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous obtenez l'erreur « L'émetteur de certificat pair .... » après "
|
||
"l'ajout de votre certificat de courriel, allez dans <gui>Autorités</gui> et "
|
||
"activez <gui>Faire confiance à ce CA pour identifier les utilisateurs de "
|
||
"courriel</gui> pour ce certificat."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<gui>Your Certificates</gui> displays a list of certificates that you own. "
|
||
"To add a signing certificate, click <gui style=\"button\">Import</gui>, "
|
||
"select the file to import, then click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui> and "
|
||
"enter a password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<gui>Vos certificats</gui> affiche la liste des certificats que vous "
|
||
"possédez. Pour ajouter un certificat de signature, cliquez sur <gui style="
|
||
"\"button\">Importer</gui>, sélectionnez le fichier à importer puis cliquez "
|
||
"sur <gui style=\"button\">Ouvrir</gui> et saisissez un mot de passe."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:31(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<gui>Contact Certificates</gui> displays a list of certificates that you "
|
||
"have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well "
|
||
"verify signed messages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<gui>Certificats des contacts</gui> affiche la liste des certificats dont "
|
||
"vous disposez pour les contacts. Ces certificats vous permettent de "
|
||
"déchiffrer les messages et de vérifier les messages signés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:32(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<gui>Authorities</gui> displays a list of trusted certificate authorities "
|
||
"that verify that your own certificate is valid."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<gui>Autorités</gui> affiche la liste des autorités de certification "
|
||
"approuvées qui vérifient si votre propre certificat est valide."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via S/MIME that you send."
|
||
msgstr "Signer et chiffrer les messages que vous envoyez via S/MIME."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have <link xref=\"mail-encryption-s-mime-manage\">added your "
|
||
"certificate</link>, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>S/MIME Sign</gui></guiseq> or <gui>S/MIME "
|
||
"Encrypt</gui> from the message composer menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir <link xref=\"mail-encryption-s-mime-manage\">ajouté votre "
|
||
"certificat</link>, vous pouvez signer ou chiffrer un message en choisissant "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Signer avec S/MIME</gui></guiseq> ou "
|
||
"<gui>Chiffrer avec S/MIME</gui> dans le menu de l'éditeur de messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the <gui>Secure MIME (S/MIME)</gui> section, click <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Select</gui> next to <gui>Signing Certificate</gui> and specify the path "
|
||
"to your signing certificate, or click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> "
|
||
"next to <gui>Encryption Certificate</gui> and specify the path to your "
|
||
"encryption certificate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la section <gui>Secure MIME (S/MIME)</gui>, cliquez sur <gui style="
|
||
"\"button\">Sélectionner</gui> à côté du <gui>Certificat de signature</gui> "
|
||
"et spécifiez le chemin de votre certificat de signature ou cliquez sur le "
|
||
"bouton <gui style=\"button\">Sélectionner</gui> à côté du <gui>Certificat de "
|
||
"chiffrement</gui> et spécifiez le chemin de votre certificat de chiffrement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the appropriate options."
|
||
msgstr "Cochez les options adéquates."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "What to do when this error is shown."
|
||
msgstr "Que faire quand cette erreur s'affiche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Error message \"Failed to append to...\" after sending message"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Message d'erreur « Impossible d'ajouter à... » après l'envoi d'un message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the error message \"Your message was sent, but an error occurred during "
|
||
"post-processing. The reported error was \"Failed to append to mbox:///home/"
|
||
"user/.local/share/evolution/mail/local#Sent: Cannot get folder 'Sent': "
|
||
"folder does not exist. Appending to local 'Sent' folder instead.\".\" is "
|
||
"shown, you can fix the problem by editing your default folder settings under "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui "
|
||
"style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui><gui>Folder for sent messages</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le message d'erreur \" Votre message a été envoyé, mais une erreur est "
|
||
"survenue pendant le post-traitement. L'erreur signalée était « L'ajout à "
|
||
"mbox:///home/user/.local/share/evolution/mail/local#Sent a échoué : "
|
||
"Impossible d'obtenir le dossier « Envoyés » :le dossier n'existe pas. Ajouté "
|
||
"au dossier local « Envoyés » à la place. ». \" s'affiche, vous pouvez "
|
||
"résoudre le problème en éditant les paramètres du dossier par défaut sous "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</"
|
||
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Édition</gui><gui>Valeurs par défaut</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Dossier des messages envoyés</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-failed-to-append-to-sent-folder.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This bug is fixed in Evolution versions higher than 3.0.2 (stable series) "
|
||
"and 3.1.3 (unstable development series). If this is not the case, please add "
|
||
"a comment to the corresponding <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/"
|
||
"show_bug.cgi?id=638307\">bug report</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ce bogue est corrigé à partir de la version 3.0.2 (série stable) et 3.1.3 "
|
||
"(séries de développement instable) d'Evolution. Si ce n'est pas le cas, "
|
||
"ajoutez un commentaire au <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug."
|
||
"cgi?id=638307\">rapport de bogue</link> correspondant."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Error message \"No provider available for protocol email\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Message d'erreur « Aucun fournisseur disponible pour le protocole courriel »"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid "This error message may be displayed for a number of reasons:"
|
||
msgstr "Ce message d'erreur peut s'afficher pour différentes raisons :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "The filters used do not match the account they are associated with."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les filtres utilisés ne correspondent pas au compte auxquels ils sont "
|
||
"associés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This happens when the <file>filters.xml</file> file is copied and used on a "
|
||
"fresh install of Evolution on a new machine."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cela se produit quand le fichier <file>filters.xml</file> est copié et "
|
||
"utilisé sur une installation fraîche d'Evolution sur une nouvelle machine."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Accounts have unique ID numbers, and filters refer to these accounts "
|
||
"directly. Simply copying the <file>filters.xml</file> file will cause a "
|
||
"version mismatch with Evolution, affecting the filter rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les comptes possèdent des numéros d'identification uniques et les filtres se "
|
||
"réfèrent à ces comptes directement. Une simple copie du fichier "
|
||
"<file>filters.xml</file> provoque un problème de correspondance de version "
|
||
"avec Evolution, ce qui affecte les règles de filtre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "The account settings may not have been copied properly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il se peut que les paramètres du compte n'aient été copiés correctement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "The account settings were modified."
|
||
msgstr "Les paramètres du compte ont été modifiés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:35(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To fix this problem, edit the email filters and re-select the folder for "
|
||
"each Copy/Move filter. To do this:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour résoudre ce problème, éditez les filtres de courriel et sélectionnez à "
|
||
"nouveau le dossier pour chaque copie/déplacement de filtre. Pour faire cela :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Filtres de message</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the Copy/Move filter and click <gui>Edit</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le filtre Copier/Déplacer et cliquez sur <gui>Édition</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Refer to the list of folders associated with that particular filter. Click "
|
||
"on the button that allows you to modify the folders assigned for that "
|
||
"filter. Set the folders again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Référez-vous à la liste des dossiers associés à ce filtre particulier. "
|
||
"Cliquez sur le bouton qui vous permet de modifier les dossiers désignés pour "
|
||
"ce filtre. Définissez les dossiers à nouveau."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-error-no-provider-available.page:43(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Advanced users may also be interested in this write up: <link href=\"https://"
|
||
"thomas.apestaart.org/thomas/trac/wiki/Evolution\">How to keep the Evolution "
|
||
"filters in sync on multiple machines by Thomas Vander Stichele</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les utilisateurs avancés pourraient être intéressés par ce document : <link "
|
||
"href=\"https://thomas.apestaart.org/thomas/trac/wiki/Evolution\">Comment "
|
||
"conserver les filtres d'Evolution lors d'une synchronisation de plusieurs "
|
||
"machines par Thomas Vander Stichele</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Available actions for setting up filtering."
|
||
msgstr "Actions disponibles pour le paramétrage du filtrage."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Available Filter actions"
|
||
msgstr "Actions de filtre disponibles"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Move to Folder:"
|
||
msgstr "Déplacer vers le dossier :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Moves the message into a folder you specify."
|
||
msgstr "Déplace le message dans un dossier de votre choix."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Copy to Folder:"
|
||
msgstr "Copier vers le dossier :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify."
|
||
msgstr "Place une copie du message dans un dossier de votre choix."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Delete:"
|
||
msgstr "Supprimer :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you "
|
||
"expunge or empty the trash."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Marque le message pour suppression. Le message peut être récupéré tant que "
|
||
"vous ne nettoyez pas les dossiers ou que vous ne videz pas la corbeille."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Stop Processing:"
|
||
msgstr "Arrêter le traitement :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select this if you want to all other filters ignore this message. Note that "
|
||
"only filters listed after this particular rule will be ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez ceci si vous souhaitez que tous les autres filtres ignorent ce "
|
||
"message. Notez que seuls les filtres apparaissant dans la liste après cette "
|
||
"règle seront ignorés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Set Label:"
|
||
msgstr "Mettre l'étiquette :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Adds a label to a message."
|
||
msgstr "Ajoute une étiquette à un message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:41(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Assign Color:"
|
||
msgstr "Attribuer la couleur :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Marks the message with a color of your choice."
|
||
msgstr "Marque le message avec une couleur de votre choix."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:44(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Assign Score:"
|
||
msgstr "Attribuer le score :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:45(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Assigns the message a numeric score."
|
||
msgstr "Attribue un score numérique au message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Adjust Score:"
|
||
msgstr "Ajuster le score :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Changes the numeric score by the amount you set."
|
||
msgstr "Modifie le score numérique selon la quantité indiquée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Set Status:"
|
||
msgstr "Définir l'état :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:51(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, "
|
||
"Important, Read, or Junk."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Définit l'état du message. L'état peut être Répondu à, Supprimé, Brouillon, "
|
||
"Important, Lu ou Pourriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:53(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Unset Status:"
|
||
msgstr "Retirer l'état :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:54(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, "
|
||
"it does nothing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le message possède une valeur d'état, celle-ci est supprimée. S'il n'en "
|
||
"avait pas, l'action est neutre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:56(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Beep:"
|
||
msgstr "Bip :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:57(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Makes the system beep."
|
||
msgstr "Émettre un bip système."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:59(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Play Sound:"
|
||
msgstr "Jouer le son :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:60(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select a sound file for Evolution to play."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionne un fichier son joué par Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:62(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Run Program:"
|
||
msgstr "Lancer le programme :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:63(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Evolution runs an application."
|
||
msgstr "Evolution lance une application."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:65(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:90(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Pipe to Program:"
|
||
msgstr "Transfert vers le programme :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:66(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sends the message to an application of your choice. No return value is "
|
||
"expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from "
|
||
"email messages or to perform additional message post processing not "
|
||
"supported by Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Envoie le message à une application de votre choix. Aucune valeur de retour "
|
||
"n'est attendue. Cette fonctionnalité peut être utilisée pour créer des "
|
||
"soumissions automatiques de pages Web à partir de courriels ou pour "
|
||
"effectuer des traitements supplémentaires de message non pris en charge par "
|
||
"Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:68(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Forward to:"
|
||
msgstr "Faire suivre à :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:69(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Forwards the message to another email address."
|
||
msgstr "Fait suivre le message vers une adresse électronique différente."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Available conditions for setting up filtering."
|
||
msgstr "Conditions disponibles pour le paramétrage du filtrage."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Available Filter conditions"
|
||
msgstr "Conditions de filtre disponibles"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:26(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Sender:"
|
||
msgstr "Expéditeur :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:27(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "The sender's email address or the name of the sender."
|
||
msgstr "L'adresse électronique de l'expéditeur ou son nom."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:29(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Recipients:"
|
||
msgstr "Destinataires :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:30(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "The recipients of the message."
|
||
msgstr "Les destinataires du message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "CC:"
|
||
msgstr "CC :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:33(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Only the CC recipients of the message."
|
||
msgstr "Seulement les destinataires CC du message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:35(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "BCC:"
|
||
msgstr "Cci :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:36(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Only the BCC recipients of the message. Obviously this can only be applied "
|
||
"to outgoing filters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Seulement les destinataires Cci du message. Cela ne peut évidemment "
|
||
"s'appliquer qu'à des filtres sortants."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:38(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Sender or Recipients:"
|
||
msgstr "Expéditeur ou destinataires :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:39(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The sender's email address or the name of the sender or the recipients of "
|
||
"the message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'adresse électronique de l'expéditeur ou son nom ou les destinataires du "
|
||
"message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:41(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:41(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Subject:"
|
||
msgstr "Sujet :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:42(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid "The subject line of the message."
|
||
msgstr "La ligne sujet du message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:44(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:44(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Specific Header:"
|
||
msgstr "En-tête spécifique :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:45(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:45(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Any header including <link xref=\"mail-composer-custom-header-lines\">custom "
|
||
"ones</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"N'importe quel en-tête y compris <link xref=\"mail-composer-custom-header-"
|
||
"lines\">ceux qui sont personnalisés</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:46(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:46(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution pays attention only to "
|
||
"the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the "
|
||
"second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as "
|
||
"\"engineering@example.com\" and then restates it as \"marketing@example.com"
|
||
"\", Evolution filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To "
|
||
"filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si un message utilise un en-tête plus d'une fois, Evolution ne prend en "
|
||
"compte que la première occurrence, même si le message définit l'en-tête "
|
||
"différemment la deuxième fois. Par exemple, si un message définit l'en-tête "
|
||
"Resent-From: comme « engineering@exemple.com », puis qu'il le redéfinit "
|
||
"comme « marketing@example.com », Evolution applique les filtres comme si la "
|
||
"deuxième déclaration n'existait pas. Pour filtrer sur les messages qui "
|
||
"utilisent des en-têtes plusieurs fois, utilisez une expression régulière."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:48(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Message Body:"
|
||
msgstr "Corps du message :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:49(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Searches in the actual text of the message."
|
||
msgstr "Recherche dans le texte effectif du message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:51(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:51(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Expression:"
|
||
msgstr "Expression :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:52(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:52(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"(For programmers only) Match a message according to an expression you write "
|
||
"in the Scheme language used to define <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filters</"
|
||
"link> in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"(uniquement pour les programmeurs) Recherche les messages selon une "
|
||
"expression écrite en langage Scheme, utilisé pour définir les <link xref="
|
||
"\"mail-filters\">filtres</link> dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:54(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:54(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Date sent:"
|
||
msgstr "Date d'envoi :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:55(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:55(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, "
|
||
"choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given "
|
||
"time or after a given time. Then choose the time. The filter compares the "
|
||
"message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a "
|
||
"specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look "
|
||
"for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to "
|
||
"four days ago."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Filtre les messages selon la date de leur expédition. Choisissez en premier "
|
||
"les conditions que le message doit remplir, comme avant ou après une "
|
||
"certaine date. Puis, choisissez la date. Le filtre compare l'horodatage du "
|
||
"message à l'horloge du système au moment où le filtre est appliqué, ou à une "
|
||
"date et heure spécifique choisie dans un agenda. Vous pouvez aussi lui "
|
||
"demander de vérifier qu'un message soit dans un intervalle de temps relatif "
|
||
"au filtre, comme par exemple entre deux et quatre jours."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:57(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:57(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Date received:"
|
||
msgstr "Date de réception :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:58(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:58(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the "
|
||
"time you received the message with the dates you specify."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cela fonctionne de la même manière qu'avec l'option Date d'envoi, sauf que "
|
||
"la date où vous avez reçu le message est comparée aux dates que vous "
|
||
"indiquez."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:60(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:60(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Label:"
|
||
msgstr "Étiquette :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:61(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:61(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Messages can have <link xref=\"mail-labels\">labels</link> of Important, "
|
||
"Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. You can set labels with other filters or "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les messages peuvent avoir les <link xref=\"mail-labels\">étiquettes</link> "
|
||
"Important, Bureau, Personnel, À faire ou Plus tard. Vous pouvez placer ces "
|
||
"étiquettes avec d'autres filtres ou à la main."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:63(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:63(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Score:"
|
||
msgstr "Score :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:64(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:64(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one "
|
||
"filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move "
|
||
"the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in "
|
||
"particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other "
|
||
"filters can process them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Définit le score du message à n'importe quel nombre entier plus grand que 0. "
|
||
"Vous pouvez configurer un filtre qui définit ou qui modifie le score d'un "
|
||
"message, et un autre qui déplace le message que vous avez ainsi évalué. Le "
|
||
"score d'un message n'est basé sur rien de particulier, c'est simplement un "
|
||
"nombre que vous pouvez attribuer aux messages afin que d'autres filtres "
|
||
"puissent les traiter."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:66(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:66(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Size (kB):"
|
||
msgstr "Taille (Ko) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:67(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:67(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes."
|
||
msgstr "Trie selon la taille du message en kilooctets."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:69(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:69(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Status:"
|
||
msgstr "État :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:70(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:70(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, "
|
||
"Draft, Important, Read, or Junk."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Filtre selon l'état d'un message. L'état peut être Répondre à, Brouillon, "
|
||
"Important, Lu ou Pourriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:72(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:72(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Follow Up:"
|
||
msgstr "Donner suite :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:73(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:73(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Checks whether the message is <link xref=\"mail-follow-up-flag\">flagged for "
|
||
"follow-up</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifie si le message est <link xref=\"mail-follow-up-flag\">marqué pour "
|
||
"donner suite</link>."
|
||
|
||
# « Terminé le » pourrait poser un pb si « hier » était ajouté par exemple (Stéphane)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:75(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:75(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Completed On:"
|
||
msgstr "Terminé :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:78(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:78(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Attachments:"
|
||
msgstr "Pièces jointes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:79(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:79(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Checks whether there is an attachment for the email."
|
||
msgstr "Vérifie s'il y a une pièce jointe au courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:81(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:81(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Mailing List"
|
||
msgstr "Liste de diffusion"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:82(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:82(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might "
|
||
"miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere "
|
||
"header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of "
|
||
"mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be "
|
||
"caught by these filters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Filtre selon la liste de diffusion de provenance du message. Ce filtre peut "
|
||
"manquer des messages de certains serveurs de listes, car il vérifie l'en-"
|
||
"tête X-BeenThere qui est utilisé pour identifier les listes de diffusion ou "
|
||
"d'autres redistributeurs de courriels. Les messages provenant de serveurs de "
|
||
"listes qui ne définissent pas correctement X-BeenThere ne seront pas "
|
||
"interceptés par ces filtres."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:84(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:84(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Regex Match:"
|
||
msgstr "Correspondance Regex :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:85(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:85(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"(For programmers only) If you know your way around a <link href=\"https://"
|
||
"secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/Regular_expression\">regex</link>, or "
|
||
"regular expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of "
|
||
"letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with a and "
|
||
"end with m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages "
|
||
"that declare a particular header twice. For information about how to use "
|
||
"regular expressions, check the man page for the <cmd>grep</cmd> command."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"(uniquement pour les programmeurs) Si vous maîtrisez les <link href="
|
||
"\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/Regular_expression\">regex</"
|
||
"link> ou expression régulière, cette option vous permet de rechercher des "
|
||
"motifs complexes de caractères afin de pouvoir trouver, par exemple, tous "
|
||
"les mots commençant par « a » et qui finissent par « m », et qui contiennent "
|
||
"entre 6 et quinze caractères, ou tous les messages qui déclarent deux fois "
|
||
"un en-tête particulier. Pour des informations sur l'utilisation des "
|
||
"expressions régulières, consultez la page de manuel de la commande "
|
||
"<cmd>grep</cmd>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:87(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Source Account:"
|
||
msgstr "Compte source :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:88(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful "
|
||
"if you use multiple POP mail accounts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Filtre les messages selon le serveur de provenance. Ce critère est utile si "
|
||
"vous disposez de plusieurs comptes POP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:91(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it "
|
||
"based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. "
|
||
"This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution peut utiliser une commande externe pour traiter un message, puis "
|
||
"le traiter à nouveau selon la valeur de retour. Les commandes utilisées à "
|
||
"cet effet doivent retourner un nombre entier. L'usage le plus courant "
|
||
"consiste à ajouter un filtre de pourriels externe."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:93(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Junk Test:"
|
||
msgstr "Test pourriel :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:94(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filters based on the results of the <link xref=\"mail-spam\">junk mail</"
|
||
"link> test."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Filtre selon les résultats du <link xref=\"mail-spam\">test de pourriel</"
|
||
"link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:96(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:90(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Match All:"
|
||
msgstr "Vérifie tout :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fix problems with mail filters that do not sort and organize mail as "
|
||
"expected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Résoudre les problèmes de filtre de courriel qui ne trie pas et n'organise "
|
||
"pas le courriel comme attendu."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:25(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Mail filters are not working"
|
||
msgstr "Les filtres de courriel ne fonctionnent pas"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:28(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Order of Filters"
|
||
msgstr "Ordre des filtres"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:29(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The order of filters is very important. They are applied to the original "
|
||
"message in sequence, like a recipe."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'ordre des filtres est très important. Ils sont appliqués au message "
|
||
"d'origine dans l'ordre, comme une recette."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:30(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your first filter has a <gui>Stop Processing</gui> rule, then all "
|
||
"messages that match this filter will ignore all succeeding filters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si votre premier filtre possède la règle <gui>Arrêter le traitement</gui>, "
|
||
"alors tous les messages qui correspondent à ce filtre ignoreront tous les "
|
||
"filtres suivants."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:31(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:46(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you move a message to another folder, \"moving\" actually means "
|
||
"appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the "
|
||
"original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be "
|
||
"applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore "
|
||
"moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous déplacez un message vers un autre dossier, le « déplacement » "
|
||
"signifie en réalité, l'ajout d'une copie du message dans le dossier de "
|
||
"destination et le marquage du message d'origine pour suppression. Ainsi "
|
||
"toutes les règles de filtre ultérieures s'appliqueront au message d'origine "
|
||
"qui est maintenant marqué pour suppression. Par conséquent, le déplacement "
|
||
"d'un message devrait apparaître en dernier dans une séquence de règles de "
|
||
"filtre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:32(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check the rules and their order of an existing filter, review its actions "
|
||
"in the <gui>Then</gui> section by <link xref=\"mail-filters#editing"
|
||
"\">editing the filter</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour vérifier les règles d'un filtre existant et leur ordre, passez en revue "
|
||
"ses actions dans la section <gui>Alors</gui> en <link xref=\"mail-"
|
||
"filters#editing\">éditant le filtre</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:36(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Several Mail Clients"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation de plusieurs clients de messagerie"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:37(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another thing you have to keep in mind is that filters depend on the \"new\" "
|
||
"flag that is set on the server when a particular email message is initially "
|
||
"fetched from the server. If you use another email client aside from "
|
||
"Evolution, your filters may not work automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une autre chose à garder à l'esprit est que les filtres dépendent du "
|
||
"marqueur « nouveau » qui est défini sur le serveur lorsqu'un message de "
|
||
"courriel particulier est récupéré à l'origine à partir du serveur. Si vous "
|
||
"utilisez un autre client de messagerie en plus d'Evolution, il se peut que "
|
||
"vos filtres ne fonctionnent pas automatiquement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:42(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Logging Filter Actions"
|
||
msgstr "Actions de filtres d'identification"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:45(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Close Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "Fermer Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-"
|
||
"actions true</cmd>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lancez la commande <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-"
|
||
"actions true</cmd>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-file "
|
||
"\"~/my-filter-log\"</cmd>. This will create a text file named <file>my-"
|
||
"filter-log</file> in your home directory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Exécutez la commande <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-"
|
||
"file \"~/mon-filtre-log\"</cmd>. Ceci créera un fichier texte nommé "
|
||
"<file>mon-filtre-log</file> dans votre répertoire personnel (/home)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Fetch mail to apply filters."
|
||
msgstr "Télécharger un courriel pour appliquer des filtres."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:51(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the file <file>my-filter-log</file> with a text editor to see which "
|
||
"filter actions have been applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez le fichier <file>mon-filtre-log</file> avec un éditeur de texte pour "
|
||
"voir quelles actions ont été appliquées."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:54(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that you can disable filter logging again by using the command "
|
||
"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions false</cmd>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que vous pouvez désactiver l'action du filtre d'identification à "
|
||
"nouveau en utilisant la commande <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail "
|
||
"filters-log-actions false</cmd>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:41(page/section)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<_:title-1/> If it is still unclear why filters do not work as expected, you "
|
||
"can enable logging filter actions. <_:list-2/> <_:p-3/> <_:p-4/>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<_:title-1/> Si la cause pour laquelle les filtres ne fonctionnent pas comme "
|
||
"prévu reste peu claire, vous pouvez activer les actions du filtre "
|
||
"d'identification. <_:list-2/> <_:p-3/> <_:p-4/>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Use filter rules to sort your mail automatically into folders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser des règles de filtres pour trier vos courriels automatiquement dans "
|
||
"des dossiers."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Filters"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation des filtres"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Message filters apply actions on messages based on conditions that you have "
|
||
"defined. You can define filters for both incoming and outgoing emails."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les filtres de message appliquent des actions sur les messages basées sur "
|
||
"des conditions que vous avez définies. Vous pouvez définir des filtres pour "
|
||
"les courriels entrants et sortants."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filters will be automatically applied to incoming messages for local "
|
||
"accounts (such as POP). Mail servers for remote accounts (such as IMAP) "
|
||
"often already filter mail directly on the server as this is faster. If you "
|
||
"want to apply your Evolution filters to remote accounts, you can enable this "
|
||
"under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
|
||
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Options</gui><gui>Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this "
|
||
"server</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les filtres s'appliquent automatiquement aux messages entrants pour les "
|
||
"comptes locaux (tels que POP). Les serveurs de courriels pour les comptes à "
|
||
"distance (tel que IMAP) filtrent souvent les courriels directement sur le "
|
||
"serveur car c'est plus rapide. Si vous voulez appliquer vos filtres "
|
||
"Evolution aux comptes à distance, vous pouvez activer sous "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Compte de messagerie</"
|
||
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Modifier</gui><gui>Options de réception</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Options</gui><gui>Appliquer les filtres aux nouveaux messages dans "
|
||
"la boîte de réception sur ce serveur</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually apply filters on messages in a folder, select the messages and "
|
||
"click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Apply Filters</gui></guiseq> or press "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour appliquer manuellement les filtres sur les messages d'un dossier, "
|
||
"sélectionnez les messages et cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Message</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Appliquer les filtres</gui></guiseq> ou pressez <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>Y</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Creating a Filter"
|
||
msgstr "Création d'un filtre"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters</gui></guiseq>, or click "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Create Rule</gui></guiseq> and select the "
|
||
"criterion the filter will be based on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Filtres de message</gui></guiseq> "
|
||
"ou cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Créer une règle</gui></guiseq> "
|
||
"et sélectionnez le critère sur lequel se base le filtre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:37(item/p) C/mail-search-folders-add.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ajouter</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:38(item/p) C/mail-search-folders-add.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter a name in the <gui>Rule name</gui> field."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez un nom dans le champ <gui>Nom de la règle</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:39(item/p) C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select "
|
||
"which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Définissez les conditions de la règle. Pour chaque condition, sélectionnez "
|
||
"d'abord la partie du message qui sera contrôlée puis définissez la règle de "
|
||
"comparaison."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on the available conditions see <link xref=\"mail-"
|
||
"filters-conditions\">Available Filter conditions</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour plus d'informations sur les conditions disponibles, consultez <link "
|
||
"xref=\"mail-filters-actions\">Conditions de filtre disponibles</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:40(item/p) C/mail-search-folders-add.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to define multiple conditions, define under <gui>Find items</"
|
||
"gui> if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Add Condition</gui> and repeat the previous step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez définir plusieurs conditions, définissez sous <gui>Trouver "
|
||
"les éléments</gui> si toutes ou une seule condition doit être remplie et "
|
||
"cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ajouter une condition</gui> et répétez les "
|
||
"étapes précédentes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the Actions for the Filter in the <gui>Then</gui> section."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez les actions du filtre dans la section <gui>Alors</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on the available actions see <link xref=\"mail-filters-"
|
||
"actions\">Available Filter actions</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour plus d'informations sur les actions disponibles, consultez <link xref="
|
||
"\"mail-filters-actions\">Actions de filtre disponibles</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:44(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The order of filters is important. Filters are applied to the original "
|
||
"message in sequence, like a recipe."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'ordre des filtres est important. Ils sont appliqués au message d'origine "
|
||
"dans l'ordre, comme une recette."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:45(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your first filter has a <gui>Stop Processing</gui> rule, then all the "
|
||
"email messages that match this filter will ignore all the succeeding filters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si votre premier filtre possède la règle <gui>Arrêter le traitement</gui> "
|
||
"alors tous les messages qui correspondent à ce filtre ignoreront tous les "
|
||
"filtres suivants."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to define multiple actions, click <gui style=\"button\">Add "
|
||
"Action</gui> and repeat the previous step. For example, if you want no other "
|
||
"existing filters to be applied choose <gui>Stop Processing</gui> as the "
|
||
"second action in the list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez définir plusieurs actions, cliquez sur <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Ajouter une action</gui> et répétez l'étape précédente. Par exemple, si "
|
||
"vous voulez qu'aucun autre filtre existant ne s'applique, choisissez "
|
||
"<gui>Arrêter le traitement</gui> comme deuxième action dans la liste."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:56(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Editing Filters"
|
||
msgstr "Édition des filtres"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:58(item/p) C/mail-filters.page:68(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Filtres de message</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:59(item/p) C/mail-filters.page:69(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the filter."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le filtre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:61(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make the desired corrections, then click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> "
|
||
"twice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Effectuez les corrections souhaitées, puis cliquez deux fois sur <gui style="
|
||
"\"button\">Valider</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:66(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Deleting Filters"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression de filtres"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-filters.page:70(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Enlever</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Use folders to organize your mail."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser des dossiers pour organiser vos courriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:28(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Folders"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation des dossiers"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution, like most mail systems, uses folders to store email messages. You "
|
||
"start out with a few mail folders such as the Inbox, Outbox, and Drafts. You "
|
||
"can, however, create more folders if required."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution, comme la plupart des autres logiciels de messagerie, stocke les "
|
||
"courriels dans des dossiers. Au départ, vous disposez de quelques dossiers, "
|
||
"tels que Boîte de réception, Boîte d'envoi et Brouillons, mais vous pouvez "
|
||
"en créer autant que vous le souhaitez."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Creating A Folder"
|
||
msgstr "Création d'un dossier"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid "To create a folder:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour créer un dossier :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on <gui>Folder</gui> and select <gui>New</gui>. You can also right-"
|
||
"click anywhere on the folder list and select the <gui>New Folder</gui> "
|
||
"option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui>Dossier</gui> et sélectionnez <gui>Nouveau</gui>. Vous "
|
||
"pouvez aussi faire un clic-droit sur la liste des dossiers et en "
|
||
"sélectionner l'option <gui>Nouveau dossier</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Specify the name and the location of the folder."
|
||
msgstr "Spécifiez le nom et l'emplacement du dossier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click on the <gui>Create</gui> button."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Créer</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The new folder will be shown in the folder view. You can then move messages "
|
||
"into the folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le nouveau dossier s'affiche dans la vue des dossiers. Vous pouvez alors "
|
||
"déplacer des messages dans ce dossier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:43(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Inbox folders on most IMAP servers cannot contain both messages and "
|
||
"subfolders. When creating additional folders on your IMAP mail server, "
|
||
"branch the folders from the root of the IMAP account and not from the Inbox. "
|
||
"Creating subfolders in your Inbox may prevent you from reading messages that "
|
||
"exist in the Inbox. If this happens, move the folders to the IMAP account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La boîte de réception sur la plupart des serveurs IMAP ne peut contenir à la "
|
||
"fois des sous-dossiers et des messages. Lorsque vous créez des dossiers "
|
||
"supplémentaires sur votre serveur de messagerie IMAP, placez-les dans une "
|
||
"arborescence à partir de la racine du compte IMAP, et non pas depuis la "
|
||
"boîte de réception. Si vous créez des sous-dossiers dans votre boîte de "
|
||
"réception, vous risquez de perdre la possibilité de lire les messages qui se "
|
||
"trouvent dans la boîte de réception. Si cela arrive, déplacez les dossiers "
|
||
"vers le compte IMAP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:49(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Moving Messages to New Folders"
|
||
msgstr "Déplacement de messages vers les nouveaux dossiers"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:50(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can move messages into folders by using one of the following methods:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez déplacer les messages dans les dossiers à l'aide des méthodes "
|
||
"suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:52(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Drag and drop the messages into the folder."
|
||
msgstr "Glissez-déposez les messages dans le dossier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:53(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Right-click on the message and select the <gui>Move to Folder</gui> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Faites un clic-droit sur le message et sélectionnez l'option <gui>Déplacer "
|
||
"vers le dossier</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:54(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select a message and press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</"
|
||
"key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez un message et appuyez sur<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>V</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:55(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select a message and click on <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Move to Folder</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez un message et cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Message</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Déplacer vers le dossier</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:58(section/p)
|
||
msgid "The steps for copying are similar."
|
||
msgstr "Les étapes pour la copie sont les mêmes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-folders.page:60(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Moving files can be done automatically by setting up <link xref=\"mail-"
|
||
"filters\">filters</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le déplacement de fichiers peut être automatisé en configurant des <link "
|
||
"xref=\"mail-filters\">filtres</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using flags to remind you of actions."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser des marqueurs pour se souvenir des choses à faire."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Follow up flags for emails"
|
||
msgstr "Étiquette « Donner suite » pour les courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make sure you do not forget about a message, you can use the follow-up "
|
||
"feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour être certain de ne pas oublier de traiter un message, vous pouvez "
|
||
"utiliser la fonctionnalité de suivi."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select one or more messages."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez un ou plusieurs messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Right-click one of the messages."
|
||
msgstr "Faites un clic-droit sur l'un des messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui>Mark for Follow Up...</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez <gui>Marquer pour donner suite...</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:31(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also do this by selecting the message(s) and clicking "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Mark as</gui><gui>Follow Up...</gui></guiseq> "
|
||
"or by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également faire cela en sélectionnant les messages et en "
|
||
"cliquant sur <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Marquer comme</gui><gui>Donner "
|
||
"suite</gui></guiseq> ou en pressant <keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</"
|
||
"key><key>G</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:33(page/p)
|
||
msgid "A window opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fenêtre s'ouvre, vous permettant de saisir le type de marqueur, ainsi "
|
||
"que la date d'échéance."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:35(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about, such as "
|
||
"Call, Forward and Reply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le marqueur lui-même est l'action dont vous souhaitez vous rappeler, tel que "
|
||
"Appel, Faire suivre ou Répondre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:37(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it "
|
||
"entirely by right-clicking the message and clicking either <gui>Flag "
|
||
"Completed</gui> or <gui>Clear Flag</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir ajouté un marqueur, vous pouvez le signaler terminé ou l'enlever "
|
||
"entièrement en faisant un clic-droit sur le message et en choisissant "
|
||
"<gui>Marqué comme achevé</gui> ou <gui>Effacer le marqueur</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:39(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, "
|
||
"before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you \"Overdue: "
|
||
"Call by April 07, 2012, 5:00 PM.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous lisez un message marqué, l'état du marqueur est affiché au "
|
||
"sommet du message, avant les en-têtes. Une marque de suivi en retard vous "
|
||
"est signalé avec un message du style « Retard : Appel le 7 avril 2003, "
|
||
"17:00 »."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:41(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you "
|
||
"might <link xref=\"mail-change-columns-in-message-list\">add a Flag Status "
|
||
"column</link> to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could "
|
||
"create a <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">search folder</link> that "
|
||
"displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, "
|
||
"so the search folder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les marqueurs vous aident à organiser votre travail de plusieurs manières. "
|
||
"Par exemple, vous pouvez ajouter une <link xref=\"mail-change-columns-in-"
|
||
"message-list\">colonne État des marqueurs</link> à votre liste de messages "
|
||
"et trier d'après celle-ci. Il est également envisageable de créer un <link "
|
||
"xref=\"mail-search-folders\">dossier de recherche</link> affichant tous les "
|
||
"messages marqués. En effaçant les marqueurs lorsque les tâches "
|
||
"correspondantes sont achevées, votre dossier de recherche ne contiendra plus "
|
||
"que les messages qui possèdent encore une échéance."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:43(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark "
|
||
"them as important by right-clicking the message, then click <gui>Mark as "
|
||
"Important</gui>, or by selecting <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Mark as</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Important</gui></guiseq> from the menubar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous préférez utiliser une méthode plus simple de vous rappeler de "
|
||
"certains messages, vous pouvez les marquer comme importants en faisant un "
|
||
"clic-droit sur le message, puis en choisissant <gui>Marquer comme important</"
|
||
"gui> ou en choisissant le menu <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Marquer comme</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Important</gui></guiseq> dans la barre de menus."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Define which mail headers to download when using IMAP."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Définir quels en-têtes de courriel télécharger lors de l'utilisation d'IMAP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:27(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The <gui>IMAP Headers</gui> tab is only displayed in the <gui>Account "
|
||
"Editor</gui> if <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>IMAP Features</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> is enabled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'onglet <gui>En-têtes IMAP</gui> ne s'affiche dans l'<gui>éditeur de "
|
||
"compte</gui> que si la case <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Greffons</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Fonctionnalités IMAP</gui></guiseq> est cochée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution allows you for IMAP accounts to choose the headers that you want "
|
||
"to download so that you can reduce the download time and filter or move your "
|
||
"mail around the way you like it. The IMAP Mail header options are as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les comptes IMAP, Evolution permet de choisir les en-têtes que vous "
|
||
"souhaitez télécharger, afin de réduire la durée de téléchargement et de "
|
||
"filtrer ou déplacer vos messages à votre convenance. Les options d'en-têtes "
|
||
"IMAP sont les suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Fetch All Headers:"
|
||
msgstr "Télécharger tous les en-têtes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All available IMAP mail headers for all the messages will be downloaded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tous les en-têtes IMAP disponibles pour l'ensemble des messages seront "
|
||
"téléchargés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Basic Headers (Fastest):"
|
||
msgstr "En-têtes de base (le plus rapide) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This will include Date, From, To, CC, Subject, Preferences, In-Reply-To, "
|
||
"Message-ID, Mime-Version, and Content-Type. If you want to just fetch and "
|
||
"see messages without having to categorically filter messages based on your "
|
||
"mailing lists, choose this option. This will make Evolution work faster and "
|
||
"is generally recommended for common users."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cela comprend les en-têtes Date, De (From), À (To), CC, Sujet (Subject), "
|
||
"Préférences (Preferences), En réponse de (In-Reply-To), Message-ID, Version "
|
||
"Mime (Mime-Version) et Type de contenu (Content-type). Si vous voulez "
|
||
"simplement récupérer et consulter les messages sans avoir besoin de filtrer "
|
||
"les messages sur la base des listes de diffusion, choisissez cette option. "
|
||
"Cela permet d'accélérer Evolution. C'est l'option généralement recommandée "
|
||
"pour la plupart des utilisateurs."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Basic and Mailing List Headers (Default):"
|
||
msgstr "En-têtes de base et de listes de diffusion (défaut) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable this option to have filters based on mailing list headers (like list "
|
||
"ID) so that in addition to the basic headers, the headers that correspond to "
|
||
"mailing-lists are also fetched. Mailing list headers will have information "
|
||
"such as the mailinglist-ID, owner of the mailing list, and so on with which "
|
||
"you can create mailing list filters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activez cette option pour profiter des filtres basés sur les en-têtes de "
|
||
"listes de diffusion (comme par ex. list-Id) afin qu'en plus des en-têtes de "
|
||
"base, les en-têtes correspondants aux listes de diffusion soient aussi "
|
||
"récupérés. Ces en-têtes contiennent des informations telles que "
|
||
"l'identifiant de la liste de diffusion (mailinglist-ID), le propriétaire de "
|
||
"la liste, etc. ce qui vous permet de créer des filtres en rapport avec les "
|
||
"listes de diffusion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is the default Header preference that comes with Evolution. When this "
|
||
"option is chosen, Evolution will download a basic set of headers (as "
|
||
"described above) along with a set of headers that are needed for client-side "
|
||
"filters based on mailing lists. If you do not have any filters on Evolution, "
|
||
"it is recommended to switch to the <gui>Basic Headers</gui> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"C'est la valeur par défaut d'en-têtes choisis par Evolution. Avec cette "
|
||
"option, Evolution télécharge un ensemble d'en-têtes de base (comme décrit ci-"
|
||
"dessus) ainsi qu'un ensemble d'en-têtes utiles pour des filtres locaux "
|
||
"relatifs aux listes de diffusion. Si vous n'utilisez pas les filtres dans "
|
||
"Evolution, il est recommandé de choisir l'option <gui>En-têtes de base</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:36(page/p)
|
||
msgid "To set the IMAP Mail headers:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour définir les en-têtes de messages IMAP :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the IMAP account."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le compte IMAP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui>Edit</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Modifier</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:41(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click the <gui>IMAP Headers</gui> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>En-têtes IMAP</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Optionally: If you want to define extra headers to download you can add "
|
||
"these in the <gui>Custom Headers</gui> section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En option : si vous voulez définir des en-têtes supplémentaires à "
|
||
"télécharger, vous pouvez les ajouter dans la partie <gui>En-têtes "
|
||
"personnalisés</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-headers.page:45(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The option to define IMAP Headers is currently only available for IMAP "
|
||
"accounts, but not for IMAP+ accounts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L''option permettant de définir des en-têtes IMAP n'est actuellement "
|
||
"disponible que pour les comptes IMAP et non pour les comptes IMAP+."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "IMAP folder subscriptions."
|
||
msgstr "Abonnements à des dossiers IMAP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:26(page/title)
|
||
msgid "IMAP Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr "Abonnements IMAP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As opening many IMAP folders on the server takes time you can define which "
|
||
"IMAP folders to check and display in Evolution, and which ones to ignore for "
|
||
"the time being, via the <gui>IMAP Subscriptions Manager</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puisque l'ouverture de nombreux dossiers IMAP sur le serveur prend beaucoup "
|
||
"de temps, vous pouvez définir les dossiers IMAP à vérifier et à afficher "
|
||
"dans Evolution et ceux qu'il faut ignorer, via le <gui>gestionnaire "
|
||
"d'abonnements IMAP</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Subscriptions</gui></guiseq>, or right-"
|
||
"click on the top level node of an email account in the folder list and click "
|
||
"<gui>Manage subscriptions</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Dossier</gui><gui>Abonnements</gui></guiseq> ou "
|
||
"faites un clic-droit sur le nœud supérieur d'un compte de messagerie dans la "
|
||
"liste des dossiers et cliquez sur <gui>Gérer les abonnements</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want "
|
||
"to manage your subscriptions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous possédez des comptes sur plusieurs serveurs, sélectionnez le serveur "
|
||
"dont vous voulez gérer les abonnements."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution displays a list of files and folders available on the IMAP server."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution affiche une liste des fichiers et dossiers disponibles sur le "
|
||
"serveur IMAP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select a file or folder by clicking it."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez un fichier ou un dossier en cliquant dessus."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the way your "
|
||
"IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might include non-"
|
||
"mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous devriez au moins sélectionner la boîte de réception. Selon la "
|
||
"configuration de votre serveur IMAP, la liste des fichiers disponibles peut "
|
||
"contenir des dossiers sans messages. Si c'est le cas, vous pouvez les "
|
||
"ignorer."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click a folder's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cochez la case d'un dossier pour ajouter un dossier à la liste des "
|
||
"abonnements."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-labels.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Use labels to categorize your mail while keeping it in their folders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser des étiquettes pour classer vos courriels tout en les conservant "
|
||
"dans leur dossier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-labels.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Labels"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation des étiquettes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-labels.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add colored labels to emails in order to categorize them. This is "
|
||
"similar to <link xref=\"using-categories\">Categories</link> in the other "
|
||
"Evolution windows."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter des étiquettes colorées à vos courriels afin de les "
|
||
"classer. C'est un concept similaire à celui des <link xref=\"using-categories"
|
||
"\">catégories</link> dans les autres fenêtres d'Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-labels.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can search for messages with specific labels by using the <link xref="
|
||
"\"mail-searching\">quick search dropdown</link>. Also, <link xref=\"mail-"
|
||
"search-folders\">search folders</link> can be created based on labels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez rechercher des messages possédant des étiquettes spécifiques en "
|
||
"utilisant la <link xref=\"mail-searching\">liste déroulante de recherche "
|
||
"rapide</link>. Des <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">dossiers de recherche</"
|
||
"link> peuvent également être créés en se basant sur les étiquettes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-labels.page:29(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding a label to a message"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'une étiquette à un message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-labels.page:30(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To assign a label to a message, right-click the message, click <gui>Label</"
|
||
"gui>, and choose the label to apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour attribuer une étiquette à un message, faites un clic-droit sur le "
|
||
"message, cliquez sur <gui>Étiquette</gui> et choisissez l'étiquette à "
|
||
"appliquer."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-labels.page:31(section/p)
|
||
msgid "You can also quickly add a new label by choosing <gui>New Label</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également attribuer rapidement une nouvelle étiquette en "
|
||
"choisissant <gui>Nouvelle étiquette</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-labels.page:35(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Managing labels"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des étiquettes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-labels.page:36(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add, edit and delete all labels under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Labels</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>. Note that you cannot remove the default labels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter, modifier et supprimer toutes les étiquettes sous "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Préférences du "
|
||
"courriel</gui><gui>Étiquettes</gui></guiseq>. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas "
|
||
"supprimer les étiquettes par défaut."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Changing the display of the mail window (message list columns and "
|
||
"widescreen)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Modifier l'apparence de la fenêtre des messages (colonnes de la liste des "
|
||
"messages et écran large)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Changing the mail window layout"
|
||
msgstr "Modification de l'apparence de la fenêtre des messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Avoid long subject lines due to translated \"Re:\" prefixes."
|
||
msgstr "Éviter les longues lignes sujet dues aux préfixes « Re : » traduits."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Handling localized \"Re:\" in subjects"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des « Re : » traduits dans les sujets"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Traditionally a \"Re:\" prefix is added to a subject line when replying to "
|
||
"an email. Some email applications use localized terms for this (like \"SV:\" "
|
||
"in Danish or \"AW: in German). <app>Evolution</app> can recognize these "
|
||
"terms to avoid subject lines getting longer as the conversation continues."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un préfixe « Re : » est habituellement ajouté à la ligne sujet lors de la "
|
||
"réponse à un courriel. Certains programmes de courriel utilisent des termes "
|
||
"traduits (comme « SV: » en danois ou « AW: » en allemand). <app>Evolution</"
|
||
"app> peut reconnaître ces termes pour éviter que les lignes sujets ne "
|
||
"deviennent trop longues au fur et à mesure que la conversation se poursuit."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail.composer-"
|
||
"localized-re 'AW:,SV:'</cmd> (in case that you want \"AW:\" and \"SV:\" to "
|
||
"be recognized)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utilisez la commande <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail.composer-"
|
||
"localized-re 'AW:,SV:'</cmd> (au cas où vous désirez que « AW » et « SW » "
|
||
"soient reconnus)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Moving emails from one folder to another."
|
||
msgstr "Déplacer des courriels d'un dossier vers un autre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Moved emails are still shown in the original folder"
|
||
msgstr "Les courriels déplacés figurent toujours dans le dossier d'origine"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"IMAP has no \"move\" feature. Evolution \"moves\" messages by copying and "
|
||
"deleting emails. Deleting means \"marking messages for deletion\" so all the "
|
||
"original messages are retained until you expunge the emails marked for "
|
||
"deletion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"IMAP ne possède pas de fonctionnalité « déplacement ». Evolution « déplace » "
|
||
"les messages en copiant et en supprimant les courriels. La suppression "
|
||
"signifie « marquer les messages pour suppression » donc tous les messages "
|
||
"d'origine restent en place jusqu'à ce que vous nettoyiez les courriels "
|
||
"marqués pour suppression."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"See the topic on <link xref=\"mail-delete-and-undelete\">deleting emails</"
|
||
"link> for instructions on how to expunge email messages. Note that this "
|
||
"applies to other types of accounts as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Consultez la rubrique sur la <link xref=\"mail-delete-and-undelete"
|
||
"\">suppression des courriels</link> pour apprendre comment nettoyer les "
|
||
"messages. Notez que cela s'applique également aux autres types de comptes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Possible reasons why emails are not sent."
|
||
msgstr "Raisons possibles de non envoi des courriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Mail is not sent"
|
||
msgstr "Le courriel n'est pas envoyé"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid "There can be several reasons why emails are not sent:"
|
||
msgstr "Ils existent plusieurs raisons de non envoi de courriels :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Invalid email address. Check if all the addresses listed as mail recipients "
|
||
"are correct. If the message contains a wrong or invalid email address, the "
|
||
"message will not be sent."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Adresse de courriel non valide. Vérifiez que toutes les adresses des "
|
||
"destinataires sont correctes. Si le message contient une adresse "
|
||
"électronique erronée ou non valide, le message n'est pas envoyé."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Incorrect SMTP settings. Verify if the settings used for outgoing messages "
|
||
"is correct. Using the incorrect server address or authentication method may "
|
||
"prevent emails from being sent"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Réglages SMTP non corrects. Vérifiez que les paramètres utilisés pour les "
|
||
"messages sortants sont corrects. L'utilisation d'une adresse de serveur ou "
|
||
"d'une méthode d'authentification incorrectes peut empêcher l'envoi de "
|
||
"courriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Offline status. Evolution may be offline. Check on the <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Send and Receive</gui> button; if it is greyed out, then you are offline. "
|
||
"To go online, go to <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Work online</gui></guiseq>. "
|
||
"You should now be able to use the <gui style=\"button\">Send and Receive</"
|
||
"gui> button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Statut hors ligne. Il se peut qu'Evolution soit hors ligne. Vérifiez le "
|
||
"bouton <gui style=\"button\">Envoyer et recevoir</gui>, s'il est grisé alors "
|
||
"vous êtes hors ligne. Pour passer en ligne, aller dans <guiseq><gui>Fichier</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Travailler en ligne</gui></guiseq>. Vous devriez maintenant être "
|
||
"capable d'utiliser le bouton <gui style=\"button\">Envoyer et recevoir</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-organizing.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On folders, sorting, searching, filters, search folders, and labels."
|
||
msgstr "Dossiers, tri, filtres, dossiers de recherche et étiquettes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-organizing.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sorting and organizing mail"
|
||
msgstr "Tri et organisation du courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-organizing.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution provides several options to organize your mail according to your "
|
||
"needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution propose plusieurs options pour organiser votre courriel selon vos "
|
||
"besoins."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-organizing.page:26(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Advanced Options"
|
||
msgstr "Options avancées"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts that can save you some time when reading mail."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser des raccourcis clavier pour gagner du temps lors de la lecture des "
|
||
"courriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using shortcut keys to read mail"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation de raccourcis clavier pour lire les courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Viewing an email"
|
||
msgstr "Affichage d'un courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Mail window you read a message by selecting it in the message list. "
|
||
"If you would like to see the message in its own window, either double-click "
|
||
"it, press <key>Enter</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></"
|
||
"keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la fenêtre des courriels, vous pouvez lire un message en le "
|
||
"sélectionnant dans la liste des messages. Si vous préférez le voir dans une "
|
||
"fenêtre indépendante, double-cliquez sur le message ou appuyez sur la touche "
|
||
"<key>Entrée</key> ou sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Navigating in a message"
|
||
msgstr "Navigation dans un message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:33(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To read mail with the keyboard, you can press the <key>Spacebar</key> to "
|
||
"page down and press <key>Backspace</key> to page up while reading an email. "
|
||
"Ensure that you use the keys when the message list is focused."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour lire le courriel à l'aide du clavier, vous pouvez appuyer sur la "
|
||
"<key>barre espace</key> pour faire défiler vers le bas, et sur la touche "
|
||
"<key>Retour arrière</key> pour faire défiler vers le haut. Prenez bien soin "
|
||
"d'utiliser ces touches lorsque la liste des messages est active."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Navigating in a folder in the message list"
|
||
msgstr "Navigation dans un dossier dans la liste des courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Navigate in the message list by using the arrow keys on the keyboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Naviguez dans la liste des messages à l'aide des touches flèches du clavier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Navigating in a folder's unread mail in the message list"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Navigation parmi les courriels non lus d'un dossier dans la liste des "
|
||
"courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To go to the next or previous unread messages, press the period (<key>.</"
|
||
"key>) or comma (<key>,</key>) keys. On some keyboards, these keys are also "
|
||
"marked with the <key>></key> and <key><</key> symbols, which is a "
|
||
"convenient way to remember that they move you forward and backward in your "
|
||
"message list. You can also use the right square bracket (<key>]</key>) for "
|
||
"the next unread message, and the left square bracket (<key>[</key>) for the "
|
||
"previous unread message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher le prochain ou le précédent message non lu, appuyez sur les "
|
||
"touches point (<key>.</key>) ou virgule (<key>,</key>). Sur certains "
|
||
"claviers, ces touches comportent aussi les symboles <key>></key> et "
|
||
"<key><</key>, ce qui permet de se rappeler facilement qu'elles font "
|
||
"avancer ou reculer dans la liste des messages. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le "
|
||
"crochet droit (<key>]</key>) pour le prochain message non lu et le crochet "
|
||
"gauche (<key>[</key>) pour le message non lu précédent."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Navigating in unread mail across folders"
|
||
msgstr "Navigation parmi les courriels non lus à travers les dossiers"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily read the unread messages in all the mail folders by using the "
|
||
"<key>Spacebar</key>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez facilement lire les messages non lus dans tous les dossiers de "
|
||
"courriel en utilisant la <key>barre d'espace</key>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you are in the Mail window, the Spacebar has the following behavior:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous vous trouvez dans la fenêtre des courriels, la barre d'espace "
|
||
"présente le comportement suivant :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you press the Spacebar for the first time, it takes you to the next "
|
||
"unread message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En appuyant sur la barre d'espace pour la première fois, vous arrivez sur le "
|
||
"prochain message non lu."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the message is more than one screen long, the Spacebar works as <key>Page "
|
||
"Down</key>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le texte du message dépasse la hauteur d'un écran, la <key>barre "
|
||
"d'espace</key> fonctionne comme la touche <key>Page suivante</key>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you press the Spacebar after you reach the bottom of the page, it takes "
|
||
"you to the next unread message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous appuyez sur la barre d'espace alors que vous vous trouvez en fin de "
|
||
"message, vous arrivez sur le prochain message non lu."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If there are no more unread messages in the mailbox, pressing the Spacebar "
|
||
"takes you to the next unread message in the next folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"S'il n'y a plus de message non lu dans le dossier de messagerie actuel, un "
|
||
"appui sur la barre d'espace vous amène au prochain message non lu du dossier "
|
||
"suivant."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If new messages arrive in a number of folders, the Spacebar toggles between "
|
||
"those folders. This feature allows you to switch to the next unread message "
|
||
"in a different folder without clicking the folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez reçu des nouveaux messages dans plusieurs dossiers, la barre "
|
||
"d'espace passe d'un dossier à l'autre. Cette fonctionnalité permet de passer "
|
||
"au prochain message non lu dans un autre dossier sans devoir cliquer sur ce "
|
||
"dossier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to enable requesting read receipts."
|
||
msgstr "Activer les demandes d'accusé de lecture."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:33(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Read receipts for emails"
|
||
msgstr "Accusé de lecture pour les courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:35(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Read receipts are a way for people to acknowledge that they have received "
|
||
"your email. The recipient can normally choose whether to acknowledge the "
|
||
"receipt or not, so they are not a completely reliable way of checking if "
|
||
"your emails have been received by someone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les accusés de lecture sont une façon pour les gens de faire savoir qu'ils "
|
||
"ont lu votre courriel. Le destinataire peut normalement choisir d'accuser "
|
||
"réception ou pas, ce n'est donc pas une manière tout à fait sûre de vérifier "
|
||
"que vos courriels ont bien été lus par quelqu'un."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:37(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can request read receipts by enabling this option in the email "
|
||
"composer's menu. To do so, go to <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Request Read "
|
||
"Receipt</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez demander des accusés de lecture en activant cette option dans le "
|
||
"menu de l'éditeur de courriel. Pour cela allez dans le menu "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Demander un accusé de lecture</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:39(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For read receipts that you receive you can define Evolution's behavior by "
|
||
"going to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
|
||
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui><gui>Message "
|
||
"Receipts</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les accusés de lecture que vous recevez, vous pouvez définir le "
|
||
"comportement d'Evolution en allant dans <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</gui><gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Modifier</gui><gui>Valeurs par défaut</gui><gui>Accusé de réception des "
|
||
"messages</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:24(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/new-mail-switcher.png' "
|
||
"md5='be4dbdb5f6e3dcbd5111b87169cae268'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/new-mail-switcher.png' "
|
||
"md5='be4dbdb5f6e3dcbd5111b87169cae268'"
|
||
|
||
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
|
||
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
|
||
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
|
||
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
|
||
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:29(media)
|
||
msgctxt "_"
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/new-mail-notification.png' "
|
||
"md5='25a4373da392793406910cd883f0c21c'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"external ref='./figures/new-mail-notification.png' "
|
||
"md5='25a4373da392793406910cd883f0c21c'"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Options on notifications of newly received mail."
|
||
msgstr "Options de notifications de l'arrivée d'un nouveau courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Getting notified of new mail"
|
||
msgstr "Être averti lors d'un lors d'un nouveau courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution always notifies you of new messages by adding a yellow star to the "
|
||
"mailer icon in the window <link xref=\"change-switcher-appearance"
|
||
"\">switcher</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution vous avertit toujours de l'arrivée d'un nouveau message en "
|
||
"ajoutant une étoile jaune à l'icône de Mail du <link xref=\"change-switcher-"
|
||
"appearance\">sélecteur</link> de fenêtre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:25(media/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:30(media/p)
|
||
msgid "Switcher layout when a new message has arrived"
|
||
msgstr "Apparence du sélecteur lors de l'arrivée d'un nouveau message"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to also be notified of new messages in the GNOME Notification area "
|
||
"at the bottom of the screen, make sure that <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Mail Notification</gui></guiseq> is enabled and "
|
||
"that you have set your preferred options in the <gui>Configuration</gui> tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Afin d'être également averti de l'arrivée de nouveaux messages dans la zone "
|
||
"de notification de GNOME en bas de l'écran, vérifiez que l'option "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Greffons</gui><gui>Notification de nouveau "
|
||
"courriel</gui></guiseq> est cochée et que vous avez défini vos options "
|
||
"préférées dans l'onglet <gui>Configuration</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for Evolution Exchange accounts."
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception des comptes Evolution Exchange."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Evolution Exchange receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception Evolution Exchange"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:28(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:28(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:28(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:29(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:32(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:28(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the <gui>Receiving Email</gui> page (accessible via <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Email</gui></guiseq>):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet <gui>Réception du courriel</gui> (accessible via "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Compte de messagerie</"
|
||
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Édition</gui><gui>Réception du courriel</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter your username for that server."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez votre nom d'utilisateur pour ce serveur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the OWA URL for that server."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez l'URL OWA pour ce serveur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select if the mailbox name is different from the username. If it is, enter "
|
||
"the mailbox name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez si le nom de boîte aux lettres est différent du nom "
|
||
"d'utilisateur. Dans ce cas, saisissez le nom de la boîte aux lettres."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:34(note/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:30(note/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:30(note/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:34(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your "
|
||
"system administrator for more information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous êtes dans un environnement d'organisation, contactez votre "
|
||
"administrateur système pour obtenir de plus amples informations."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:35(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:34(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:34(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:35(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:38(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click <gui "
|
||
"style=\"button\">Check for Supported Types</gui> to have Evolution check for "
|
||
"supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the "
|
||
"authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a "
|
||
"guarantee that available mechanisms actually work."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le type d'authentification dans la liste Authentification ou "
|
||
"cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Vérifier les types pris en charge</gui> "
|
||
"pour qu'Evolution vérifie les mécanismes d'authentification pris en charge. "
|
||
"Certains serveurs ne signalent pas les mécanismes d'authentification qu'ils "
|
||
"prennent en charge, ce qui signifie que cette fonction ne garantit pas que "
|
||
"les mécanismes disponibles fonctionnent réellement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:36(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Authenticate</gui> and enter your password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">S'authentifier</gui> et saisissez votre "
|
||
"mot de passe."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:42(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:37(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:39(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:41(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:41(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:34(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:34(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:34(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:42(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:46(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:34(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:34(section/title)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:41(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Receiving Options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:44(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:39(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:41(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:43(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:43(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:36(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:36(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:36(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:44(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:48(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:43(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the <gui>Receiving Options</gui> page (accessible via <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</gui></guiseq>):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet <gui>Options de réception</gui> (accessible via "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Compte de messagerie</"
|
||
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Édition</gui><gui>Options de réception</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>) :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:47(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:42(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:44(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:46(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:46(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:39(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:39(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:39(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:47(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:51(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:39(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:46(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the "
|
||
"<gui>Check for new messages every ... minutes</gui> option and select the "
|
||
"frequency in minutes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez qu'Evolution vérifie automatiquement les nouveaux messages, "
|
||
"activez l'option <gui>Vérifier les nouveaux messages toutes les ... minutes</"
|
||
"gui> et sélectionnez la fréquence en minutes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:48(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:43(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:45(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez si vous voulez qu'Evolution relève les nouveaux messages dans "
|
||
"tous les dossiers."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the section <gui>Global Address List/Active Directory</gui>, specify the "
|
||
"name of the Global Catalog server. The Global Catalog Server contains the "
|
||
"user information for users."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la section <gui>Liste d'adresses globale (GAL)/Active Directory</gui>, "
|
||
"indiquez le nom du serveur du catalogue global. Le serveur du catalogue "
|
||
"global contient les informations utilisateur pour les utilisateurs."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select if you want to limit the number of Global Address List (GAL) "
|
||
"responses as this may increase speed. The GAL contains a list of all email "
|
||
"addresses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez si vous souhaitez limiter le nombre de réponses de liste "
|
||
"d'adresses globale (GAL) car cela peut augmenter la vitesse. La GAL contient "
|
||
"une liste de toutes les adresses courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:51(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You also have to define the Authentication type, and whether you want groups "
|
||
"of contacts in GAL to be represented in the Evolution address book by <link "
|
||
"xref=\"contacts-using-contact-lists\">contact lists</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous devez également définir le type d'authentification et si vous voulez "
|
||
"que les groupes des contacts dans la GAL soient représentés dans le carnet "
|
||
"d'adresses d'Evolution par les <link xref=\"contacts-using-contact-lists"
|
||
"\">listes de contact</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-evolution-exchange.page:58(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:52(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:52(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:57(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:58(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:46(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:47(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:46(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:56(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:60(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:46(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:47(section/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:57(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you came to this page from the first-run wizard help page, click <link "
|
||
"xref=\"intro-first-run#sending\">here</link> to continue with the next step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous êtes arrivé sur cette page à partir de la page d'aide sur "
|
||
"l'assistant de première configuration, cliquez <link xref=\"intro-first-"
|
||
"run#sending\">ici</link> pour passer à l'étape suivante."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for Exchange Web Services accounts."
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception pour les comptes Exchange Web Services."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Exchange Web Services receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception Exchange Web Services"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Either manually enter the Host URL and OAB URL, or click <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Fetch URL</gui> which will ask you for your password and then try to "
|
||
"automatically fill in the values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez manuellement l'URL de l'hôte et l'URL OAB ou cliquez sur <gui "
|
||
"style=\"button\">Récupérer l'URL</gui> ce qui vous demande votre mot de "
|
||
"passe puis essaie de remplir automatiquement les valeurs."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:44(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you would like to have a copy of the address book on the server for "
|
||
"offline access to it, enable <gui>Cache offline address book</gui> and click "
|
||
"<gui style=\"button\">Fetch list</gui>. Afterwards, select the address book "
|
||
"from the available options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous désirez avoir une copie du carnet d'adresses sur le serveur pour y "
|
||
"accéder hors-ligne, activez <gui>Mettre en cache le carnet d'adresses hors-"
|
||
"ligne</gui> et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Récupérer la liste</gui>. "
|
||
"Ensuite, sélectionnez le carnet d'adresses parmi les options disponibles."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:45(list/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want <link xref=\"mail-filters\">Filters</link> to be automatically "
|
||
"used for new messages in your inbox, enable <gui>Apply filters to new "
|
||
"messages in Inbox on this server</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez que des <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filtres</link> soient "
|
||
"automatiquement utilisés pour les nouveaux messages dans votre Boîte de "
|
||
"réception, activez <gui>Appliquer les filtres aux nouveaux messages dans la "
|
||
"boîte de réception sur le serveur</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for Exchange MAPI accounts."
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception des comptes Exchange MAPI."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Exchange MAPI receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception Exchange MAPI"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:28(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:31(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:35(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enter the address of the email server in the <gui>Server</gui> field and "
|
||
"enter your username for that server."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez l'adresse du serveur de courriel dans le champ <gui>Serveur</gui> "
|
||
"et saisissez votre nom d'utilisateur sur ce serveur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the Domain name for that server."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez le nom de domaine pour ce serveur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:33(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS)."
|
||
msgstr "Cochez si vous voulez utiliser une connexion sécurisée (SSL ou TLS)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for IMAP accounts."
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception des comptes IMAP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "IMAP receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception IMAP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:33(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "You should enable this option if your server supports it."
|
||
msgstr "Vous devriez activer cette option si votre serveur la prend en charge."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:33(note/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:33(note/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:37(note/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:39(note/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:33(note/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:31(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options "
|
||
"can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to "
|
||
"contact your system administrator for more information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les fournisseurs de messagerie Web gratuite fournissent en général des "
|
||
"informations sur la possibilité d'utiliser ces options. Si vous êtes dans un "
|
||
"environnement d'organisation, contactez votre administrateur système pour "
|
||
"obtenir de plus amples informations."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:35(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:35(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:36(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:40(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select if you want Evolution to remember your password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cochez si vous souhaitez qu'Evolution se souvienne de votre mot de passe."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:47(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders, or "
|
||
"only in subscribed folders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi choisir si Evolution relève les nouveaux messages dans "
|
||
"tous les dossiers ou seulement dans les dossiers abonnés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:48(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select if you want Evolution to use custom commands to connect to the IMAP "
|
||
"server."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez si vous voulez qu'Evolution utilise une commande personnalisée "
|
||
"pour se connecter au serveur IMAP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:49(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select if you want Evolution to show only <link xref=\"mail-imap-"
|
||
"subscriptions\">subscribed folders</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez si vous voulez qu'Evolution n'affiche que les <link xref=\"mail-"
|
||
"imap-subscriptions\">dossiers abonnés</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap.page:50(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:51(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select if you want Evolution to override server-supplied folder namespaces."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez si vous voulez qu'Evolution outrepasse l'espace de noms de "
|
||
"dossiers fourni par le serveur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for IMAP+ accounts."
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception pour les comptes IMAP+."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "IMAP+ receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception IMAP+"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select \"Use Quick Resync\" if the IMAP server supports <link href=\"http://"
|
||
"tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5162\">IMAP4 Extensions for Quick Mailbox "
|
||
"Resynchronization</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez « Utiliser Quick Resync » si le serveur prend en charge <link "
|
||
"href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5162\">IMAP4 Extensions for Quick "
|
||
"Mailbox Resynchronization</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for Local delivery accounts."
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception des comptes de distribution locale des messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Local delivery receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception de la distribution locale des messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:28(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the file by clicking on the button next to <gui>File</gui> in the "
|
||
"<gui>Configuration</gui> section. This will open a file chooser window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez le fichier en cliquant sur le bouton à côté de <gui>Fichier</gui> "
|
||
"dans la section <gui>Configuration</gui> ce qui ouvre une fenêtre de "
|
||
"sélection de fichier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for Maildir-format mail directories accounts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Options de réception pour les comptes de répertoires de courriel au format "
|
||
"Maildir."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Maildir-format mail directories receiving options"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Options de réception pour les répertoires de courriel au format Maildir"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:28(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:28(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to <gui>Path</gui> in "
|
||
"the <gui>Configuration</gui> section. Some default folders are available in "
|
||
"the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last "
|
||
"option <gui>Other...</gui>. This will open a directory chooser window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez le répertoire en cliquant sur le bouton à côté de <gui>Chemin</"
|
||
"gui> dans la section <gui>Configuration</gui> ce qui ouvre une fenêtre de "
|
||
"sélection de fichier. Des dossiers par défaut sont disponibles dans la "
|
||
"liste. Si le répertoire n'est pas parmi ces dossiers, choisissez la dernière "
|
||
"option <gui>Autre...</gui> ce qui ouvre une fenêtre de sélection de "
|
||
"répertoire."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:40(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:39(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want <link xref=\"mail-filters\">Filters</link> to be automatically "
|
||
"used for new messages in your inbox, enable <gui>Apply filters to new "
|
||
"messages in INBOX</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez que des <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filtres</link> soient "
|
||
"automatiquement utilisés pour les nouveaux messages dans votre Boîte de "
|
||
"réception, activez <gui>Appliquer les filtres aux nouveaux messages dans la "
|
||
"boîte de réception</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for MH-format mail directories accounts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Options de réception pour les comptes de répertoires de courriel au format "
|
||
"MH."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "MH-format mail directories receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception pour les répertoires de courriel au format MH"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for Novell Groupwise accounts."
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception pour les comptes Novell GroupWise."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Novell Groupwise receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception Novell GroupWise"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the Post Office Agent SOAP port."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez le port Post Office Agent SOAP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-novell-groupwise.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are unsure what your Post Office Agent SOAP port is, contact your "
|
||
"system administrator."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous n'êtes pas certain de ce qu'est le port SOAP de l'agent de bureau de "
|
||
"poste, contactez votre administrateur système."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Available mail receiving options for several server types."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Options de réception de courriel disponibles pour plusieurs types de serveur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:18(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Mail Receiving Options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception de courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for POP accounts."
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception pour les comptes POP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:27(page/title)
|
||
msgid "POP receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception POP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:52(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the messages to remain on the server for a period of time, click "
|
||
"the <gui>Leave messages on server</gui> option and the <gui>Delete after ... "
|
||
"days</gui> option and select the number of days to allow messages to remain "
|
||
"on the server."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez que les messages restent sur le serveur pendant un certain "
|
||
"temps, cliquez sur les options <gui>Conserver les messages sur le serveur</"
|
||
"gui> et <gui>Supprimer après ... jours</gui> et sélectionnez le nombre de "
|
||
"jours pendant lesquels les messages restent sur le serveur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:53(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The option <gui>Disable support for all POP3 extensions</gui> is only useful "
|
||
"when accessing old or misconfigured mail servers. <link href=\"https://tools."
|
||
"ietf.org/html/rfc2449\">POP3 extensions</link> provide enhanced "
|
||
"functionality, however only some servers support them. In case of problems "
|
||
"with receiving mail, enabling this setting might help."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'option <gui>Désactiver le support de toutes les extensions POP3</gui> "
|
||
"n'est utile que lors d'accès à des serveurs de courriels anciens ou mal "
|
||
"configurés. Les <link href=\"https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
|
||
"rfc2449\">extensions POP3</link> améliorent les fonctionnalités, cependant "
|
||
"seuls quelques serveurs les prennent en charge. En cas de problèmes de "
|
||
"réception de courriel, activer ce paramètre peut vous aider."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool directory accounts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Options de réception pour les comptes utilisant le répertoire Unix standard "
|
||
"de spool mbox."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Options de réception utilisant le répertoire Unix standard de spool mbox"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool file accounts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Options de réception pour les comptes utilisant le fichier Unix standard de "
|
||
"spool mbox."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception utilisant le fichier Unix standard de spool mbox"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Receiving options for Usenet news accounts."
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception pour les comptes de nouvelles Usenet."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Usenet news receiving options"
|
||
msgstr "Options de réception des nouvelles Usenet"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select if you want to show folders in short notation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez si vous voulez que les dossiers s'affichent en notation abrégée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid "For example, comp.os.linux would appear as c.o.linux."
|
||
msgstr "Par exemple, comp.os.linux est affiché sous la forme c.o.linux."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select if you want to show relative folder names in the <link xref=\"mail-"
|
||
"imap-subscriptions\">subscriptions window</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez si vous voulez afficher les noms de dossiers relatifs dans la "
|
||
"<link xref=\"mail-imap-subscriptions\">boîte de dialogue d'abonnement</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you select to show relative folder names, only the name of the folder is "
|
||
"displayed. For example the folder evolution.mail would appear as evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez choisi d'afficher les noms de dossiers relatifs, seuls les noms "
|
||
"des dossiers sont affichés. Par exemple, le dossier « evolution.mail » "
|
||
"apparaît sous la forme « evolution »."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Which thread-related headers are recognized by Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quels sont les en-têtes relatifs aux fils de discussion reconnus par "
|
||
"Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Thread related headers recognized by Evolution"
|
||
msgstr "En-têtes relatifs aux fils de discussion reconnus par Evolution"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Evolution supports the following headers:"
|
||
msgstr "Evolution prend en charge les en-têtes suivants :"
|
||
|
||
# Bruno, ne pas traduire car mot-clés en-tête de courriel
|
||
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:24(item/p)
|
||
msgid "References"
|
||
msgstr "References"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid "In-Reply-To"
|
||
msgstr "In-Reply-To"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<gui>Thread-*</gui> headers are Microsoft's proprietary headers and not "
|
||
"supported."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les en-têtes <gui>Thread-*</gui> sont des en-têtes propriétaires de "
|
||
"Microsoft et ne sont pas pris en charge."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Ways to update your Evolution folders."
|
||
msgstr "Différentes façons de mettre à jour vos dossiers Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Updating/refreshing the folders on the mail server"
|
||
msgstr "Mise à jour/actualisation des dossiers sur le serveur de courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make sure that your local email folders are updated, go to "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Refresh</gui></guiseq>. This will ensure that "
|
||
"all of your emails have been downloaded from the mail server onto your "
|
||
"computer so that you can read them all, and that the read status is synced "
|
||
"with the mail server."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour être sûr que vos dossiers de courriels locaux sont actualisés, allez "
|
||
"dans <guiseq><gui>Dossier</gui><gui>Actualiser</gui></guiseq>. Cela vous "
|
||
"permet d'être sûr que tous vos courriels ont été téléchargés à partir du "
|
||
"serveur de courriel sur l'ordinateur afin que vous puissiez les lire tous et "
|
||
"que le statut de lecture soit synchronisé avec le serveur de courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also double-click on the folder name to refresh it, or press "
|
||
"<key>F5</key>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez faire un double-clic sur le dossier pour le mettre à jour, ou "
|
||
"bien appuyer sur <key>F5</key>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Converting emails into PDF files."
|
||
msgstr "Conversion de courriels en fichiers PDF."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Save messages as PDF"
|
||
msgstr "Enregistrer des messages en PDF"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to save emails in the PDF file format, select <guiseq><gui>File</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq> and then choose <gui>Print to File</gui>. See "
|
||
"<link href=\"help:gnome-help#printing\">the desktop help</link> for general "
|
||
"information on printing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour enregistrer des courriels dans le format de fichier PDF, sélectionnez "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Imprimer</gui></guiseq> et choisissez "
|
||
"<gui>Imprimer dans le fichier</gui>. Consultez <link href=\"help:gnome-"
|
||
"help#printing\">l'aide du bureau</link> pour avoir des informations "
|
||
"générales sur l'impression."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:25(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also export messages as PDF by dragging and dropping them to the "
|
||
"file manager, instead of dropping them in mbox (text) format by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez aussi exporter des messages en PDF par un cliquer-déposer vers "
|
||
"le gestionnaire de fichiers, au lieu de les déposer par défaut dans le "
|
||
"format mbox (texte)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail drag-and-drop-"
|
||
"save-file-format 'pdf'</cmd>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lancez la commande <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail drag-and-drop-"
|
||
"save-file-format 'pdf'</cmd>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Setting up a search folder."
|
||
msgstr "Paramétrer un dossier de recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Creating A Search Folder"
|
||
msgstr "Création d'un dossier de recherche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Search Folders</gui></guiseq>, or click "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Create Rule</gui></guiseq> and select the "
|
||
"criterion the search folder will be based on, or if you have run a search, "
|
||
"click <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Create Search Folder From Search...</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Dossiers de recherche</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> ou cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Créer une règle</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> et sélectionnez le critère sur lequel sera basé le dossier de "
|
||
"recherche, ou si vous avez lancé une recherche, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Recherche</gui><gui>Créer un dossier de recherche à partir "
|
||
"d'une recherche</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on the available conditions see <link xref=\"mail-"
|
||
"search-folders-conditions\">Available Search Folder conditions</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour plus d'informations sur les conditions disponibles, consultez <link "
|
||
"xref=\"mail-search-folders-conditions\">Conditions disponibles pour les "
|
||
"dossiers de recherche</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select which folders will be used for the search folder in the section "
|
||
"<gui>Search Folder Sources</gui>. Options are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez les dossiers qui seront utilisés comme dossier de recherche "
|
||
"dans la section <gui>Sources de dossier de recherche</gui>. Les options "
|
||
"sont :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "All local folders:"
|
||
msgstr "Tous les dossiers locaux :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Uses all local folders for the search folder source in addition to "
|
||
"individual folders that are selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utilise tous les dossiers locaux comme source pour le dossier de recherche, "
|
||
"en plus des dossiers individuels sélectionnés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid "All active remote folders:"
|
||
msgstr "Tous les dossiers actifs distants :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:37(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you "
|
||
"must be connected to your mail server for the search folder to include any "
|
||
"messages from that source in addition to individual folders that are "
|
||
"selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les dossiers distants sont considérés actifs si vous êtes connecté au "
|
||
"serveur ; vous devez être connecté au serveur de messagerie pour que le "
|
||
"dossier de recherche inclue tout message de cette source, en plus des "
|
||
"dossiers individuels sélectionnés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:39(item/p)
|
||
msgid "All local and active remote folders:"
|
||
msgstr "Tous les dossiers locaux et actifs distants :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:40(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Uses all local and active remote folders for the search folder source in "
|
||
"addition to individual folders that are selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utilise tous les dossiers locaux et distants actifs comme source du dossier "
|
||
"de recherche, en plus des dossiers individuels sélectionnés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Specific folders only:"
|
||
msgstr "Uniquement les dossiers spécifiques :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:43(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Uses individual folders for the search folder source. In this case, click "
|
||
"the <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to select folders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utilise des dossiers individuels comme source du dossier de recherche. Dans "
|
||
"ce cas, cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ajouter</gui> pour sélectionner "
|
||
"les dossiers."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Available conditions for setting up search folders."
|
||
msgstr "Conditions disponibles pour le paramétrage des dossiers de recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Available Search folder conditions"
|
||
msgstr "Conditions disponibles pour les dossiers de recherche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:87(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Message Location:"
|
||
msgstr "Emplacement du message :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-enable.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Activate search folders."
|
||
msgstr "Activer les dossiers de recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-enable.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Enable the Search Folders Functionality"
|
||
msgstr "Activer la fonction dossiers de recherche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-enable.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the unlikely case that there is no <gui>Search folders</gui> top-level "
|
||
"node displayed at the bottom of the <link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail"
|
||
"\">mail folder list</link> you have to enable <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui>Search Folders</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le cas peu probable où il n'y a pas de nœud de niveau supérieur de "
|
||
"<gui>Dossiers de recherche</gui> affiché en bas de la <link xref=\"intro-"
|
||
"main-window#e-mail\">liste de dossiers de courriels</link>, vous devez "
|
||
"activer <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Dossiers de recherche</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use search folders to see messages in one folder while still keeping them in "
|
||
"their original folders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser des dossiers de recherche pour voir les messages d'un dossier tout "
|
||
"en les conservant dans leur dossier d'origine."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:22(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Search folders"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation des dossiers de recherche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filters</link> are not flexible enough, or "
|
||
"you find yourself performing the same <link xref=\"mail-searching\">search</"
|
||
"link> again and again, consider a search folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si les <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filtres</link> ne sont pas assez souples "
|
||
"ou si vous réalisez encore et encore la même <link xref=\"mail-searching"
|
||
"\">recherche</link>, pensez aux dossiers de recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A search folder looks like a <link xref=\"mail-folders\">folder</link>, it "
|
||
"acts like a <link xref=\"mail-searching\">search</link>, and you set it up "
|
||
"like a <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filter</link>. While a conventional "
|
||
"folder actually contains messages, a search folder is a view of messages "
|
||
"that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are "
|
||
"determined on the fly using a set of criteria that you have chosen when "
|
||
"setting up the search folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un dossier de recherche ressemble à un <link xref=\"mail-folders\">dossier</"
|
||
"link>, il se comporte comme une <link xref=\"mail-searching\">recherche</"
|
||
"link> et il se configure comme un <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filtre</link>. "
|
||
"Alors qu'un dossier conventionnel contient réellement des messages, un "
|
||
"dossier de recherche est une vue sur des messages qui peuvent se trouver "
|
||
"dans plusieurs dossiers. Les messages qu'il contient sont définis à la volée "
|
||
"par un ensemble de critères choisis lors de la création du dossier de "
|
||
"recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution automatically updates the search folder contents when new messages "
|
||
"are received or message are deleted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution met à jour automatiquement le contenu du dossier de recherche "
|
||
"lorsque des nouveaux messages sont reçus ou qu'un message est supprimé."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder is the opposite of other search "
|
||
"folders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other search folders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le dossier de recherche <gui>Autres courriels</gui> est l'opposé des autres "
|
||
"dossiers de recherche. Il affiche tous les messages qui n'apparaissent dans "
|
||
"aucun autre dossier de recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:32(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use remote email storage like IMAP, and have created search folders "
|
||
"to search through them, the <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder also searches "
|
||
"the remote folders. If you do not create any search folders that search "
|
||
"remote mail stores, the <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder does not search "
|
||
"in them either."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous utilisez une messagerie à stockage distant tel qu'IMAP et que vous "
|
||
"avez créé des dossiers de recherche, le dossier de recherche <gui>Autres "
|
||
"courriels</gui> effectue aussi la recherche dans les dossiers distants. Si "
|
||
"vous ne créez aucun dossier de recherche accédant aux systèmes de stockage "
|
||
"distants, le dossier de recherche <gui>Autres courriels</gui> ne les "
|
||
"parcourt pas non plus."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Ways of updating Search folders."
|
||
msgstr "Les différentes façons de mettre à jour les dossiers de recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:24(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Updating/refreshing Search folders"
|
||
msgstr "Mise à jour des dossiers de recherche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It might happen that one of your Search folders has not updated since some "
|
||
"new email arrived or since an email was deleted, for example. This will mean "
|
||
"that the list of emails in the folder is not up-to-date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il peut arriver qu'un de vos dossiers de recherche n'ait pas été mis à jour "
|
||
"depuis l'arrivée de nouveaux courriels ou depuis la destruction d'un "
|
||
"courriel par exemple. Cela signifie que la liste des courriels dans le "
|
||
"dossier n'est pas à jour."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can get an updated view of the search folder either by switching to "
|
||
"another folder and then back again, or by right-clicking on the search "
|
||
"folder and choosing <gui>Refresh</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez rafraîchir l'affichage du dossier de recherche soit en allant "
|
||
"dans un autre dossier puis en retournant dans le dossier de recherche ou en "
|
||
"faisant un clic-droit sur le dossier de recherche et en sélectionnant "
|
||
"<gui>Actualiser</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Unfortunately this is not possible."
|
||
msgstr "Malheureusement ce n'est pas possible."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching for emails with a specific attachment type"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche de courriels possédant un type spécifique de pièces-jointes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There currently is no way to do search for emails with a specific type of "
|
||
"attachment (for example searching for all emails that have a PDF attachment)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il n'y a actuellement pas de possibilité de recherche de courriels qui ont "
|
||
"un type spécifique de pièces-jointes (par exemple, rechercher tous les "
|
||
"courriels qui ont des pièces-jointes de type PDF)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Searching messages."
|
||
msgstr "Recherche de messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:28(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching Mail"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche de courriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:31(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching in a Single Message"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche dans un seul message."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:32(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find text in the displayed message, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Find in Message...</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour trouver un texte dans le message affiché, sélectionnez "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Rechercher dans le message...</gui></guiseq> "
|
||
"dans le menu principal."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:36(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching Across Messages"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche parmi les messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the mail view, you can quickly search for messages by defining conditions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la vue des courriels, vous pouvez faire une recherche rapide de "
|
||
"messages en définissant des conditions."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:42(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the search icon <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src="
|
||
"\"figures/search-icon.png\"/> to expand the drop-down list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur l'icône de recherche <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" "
|
||
"src=\"figures/search-icon.png\"/> pour ouvrir la liste déroulante."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:44(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the scope from the drop-down list right to the text box."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez la portée dans la liste déroulante à côté de la boîte de texte."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:45(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the <gui>Current Account</gui> scope, the term \"account\" refers to top-"
|
||
"level nodes in the <link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail\"> mail folder "
|
||
"list</link>, like \"On this computer\" and remote mail accounts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour la portée du <gui>Compte actuel</gui>, le terme « compte » se réfère "
|
||
"aux nœuds de niveau supérieur dans la <link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail"
|
||
"\">liste des dossiers de courriel</link>, tels que « Sur cet ordinateur » ou "
|
||
"les comptes de messagerie distants."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:50(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you start directly from the fourth step, text will be searched in mail's "
|
||
"subjects and addresses and scope will be \"Current folder\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous démarrez directement à partir de l'étape 4, le texte sera recherché "
|
||
"dans les sujets et adresses des courriels et la portée sera le « Dossier "
|
||
"actuel »."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:51(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you search for messages that are not in the same folder rather often you "
|
||
"might want to create a search folder instead; see <link xref=\"mail-search-"
|
||
"folders\">Using Search Folders</link> for more detail."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous recherchez assez souvent des messages qui ne sont pas dans les mêmes "
|
||
"dossiers, il peut être préférable de créer un dossier de recherche à la "
|
||
"place ; consultez <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">Utilisation des "
|
||
"dossiers de recherche</link> pour plus de détails."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-searching.page:56(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Advanced Search:"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche avancée :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Check automatically and regularly for new received mail."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifier automatiquement et régulièrement la présence de nouveaux courriels "
|
||
"reçus."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Automatically check for new mail"
|
||
msgstr "Vérification automatique de la présence de nouveaux courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:21(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, enable the "
|
||
"option <gui>Check for new messages every ... minutes</gui> in the "
|
||
"<gui>Receiving Options</gui> page of the mail account settings (accessible "
|
||
"via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
|
||
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</gui></guiseq>) "
|
||
"and select the frequency in minutes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez qu'Evolution vérifie automatiquement les nouveaux messages, "
|
||
"activez l'option <gui>Vérifier les nouveaux messages toutes les ... minutes</"
|
||
"gui> dans l'onglet <gui>Options de réception</gui> des paramètres de compte "
|
||
"de messagerie (accessible via <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Compte de messagerie</gui><gui style=\"button\">Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Options de réception</gui></guiseq>) et sélectionnez la fréquence "
|
||
"en minutes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Force sending and receiving emails."
|
||
msgstr "Forcer la réception et l'envoi des courriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Manually send and receive messages"
|
||
msgstr "Envoi et réception manuels de messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:21(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive new messages from the mail server and to send messages you have "
|
||
"written that are in the local Outbox, click the <gui style=\"button\">Send / "
|
||
"Receive</gui> button in the toolbar, or press <key>F9</key>, or choose "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Send / Receive</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour recevoir de nouveaux messages à partir d'un serveur de courriel et pour "
|
||
"envoyer des messages que vous avez rédigés et qui sont dans la boîte d'envoi "
|
||
"locale, cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">Envoyer / Recevoir</gui> "
|
||
"dans la barre d'outils ou pressez <key>F9</key> ou choisissez "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Envoyer / Recevoir</gui></guiseq> dans le "
|
||
"menu principal."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To send and receive only for one of your mail accounts, or to only send or "
|
||
"only receive, click the small down-arrow next to the <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Send / Receive</gui> button and choose the corresponding option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour envoyer ou recevoir seulement pour l'un des comptes de courriel ou pour "
|
||
"envoyer ou recevoir uniquement, cliquez sur la petite flèche vers le bas à "
|
||
"côte du bouton <gui style=\"button\">Envoyer / Recevoir</gui> et choisissez "
|
||
"l'option correspondante."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you just want to send messages which are in your Outbox, you can right-"
|
||
"click on the Outbox and click <gui>Flush Outbox</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez seulement envoyer les messages qui sont dans la boîte "
|
||
"d'envoi, vous pouvez faire un clic-droit sur la boîte d'envoi et cliquez sur "
|
||
"<gui>Vider la boîte d'envoi</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On receiving mail and sending written emails."
|
||
msgstr "À propos de la réception et l'envoi de courriels rédigés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sending and receiving mail"
|
||
msgstr "Réception et envoi de courriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This section refers to receiving mail and sending written emails. For "
|
||
"writing a new message, please refer to the <link xref=\"index#mail-composing"
|
||
"\">Composing mail</link> section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cette section se réfère à la réception de courriel et l'envoi de courriels "
|
||
"rédigés. Pour écrire un nouveau message, consultez la section <link xref="
|
||
"\"index#mail-composing\">Édition de courriel</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Sending options for SMTP."
|
||
msgstr "Options d'envoi de SMTP."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:27(page/title)
|
||
msgid "SMTP sending options"
|
||
msgstr "Options d'envoi SMTP"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enter the address of your mail server for sending mail in the <gui>Server</"
|
||
"gui> field and select if the server requires authentication (entering a "
|
||
"username and a password)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez l'adresse de votre serveur de courriel pour l'envoi des courriels "
|
||
"dans le champ <gui>Serveur</gui> et choisissez si le serveur nécessite une "
|
||
"authentification (par la saisie d'un nom d'utilisateur et d' un mot de "
|
||
"passe)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the server requires authentication, you need to provide the following "
|
||
"information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si votre serveur demande une authentification, vous devez fournir les "
|
||
"informations suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the authentication type in the Authentication list, or click "
|
||
"<gui>Check for Supported Types</gui> to have Evolution check. Some servers "
|
||
"do not support this, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that "
|
||
"available mechanisms actually work."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le type d'authentification dans la liste Authentification ou "
|
||
"cliquez sur <gui>Vérifier les types pris en charge</gui> pour qu'Evolution "
|
||
"vérifie les mécanismes d'authentification pris en charge. Certains serveurs "
|
||
"ne signalent pas les mécanismes d'authentification qu'ils prennent en "
|
||
"charge, ce qui signifie que cette fonction ne garantit pas que les "
|
||
"mécanismes disponibles fonctionnent réellement."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:43(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you came to this page from the first-run wizard help page, click <link "
|
||
"xref=\"intro-first-run#account-information\">here</link> to continue with "
|
||
"the next step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous êtes arrivé sur cette page à partir de la page d'aide sur "
|
||
"l'assistant de première configuration, cliquez <link xref=\"intro-first-"
|
||
"run#account-information\">ici</link> pour passer à l'étape suivante."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to split and sort mail when using more than one local account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment séparer et trier les courriels lorsque vous utilisez plus d'un "
|
||
"compte local."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:22(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Separating POP mail for more than one account"
|
||
msgstr "Séparation de courriel POP lorsque vous avez plus d'un compte"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is not possible to have separate accounts in the accounts and folder list "
|
||
"pane. Evolution only has one unique inbox for incoming email."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il n'est pas possible d'avoir des comptes séparés dans la panneau des listes "
|
||
"de comptes et de dossiers. Evolution ne possède qu'une seule Boîte de "
|
||
"réception pour les courriels entrants."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can either use IMAP instead of POP, or move incoming emails into "
|
||
"different folders by <link xref=\"mail-folders\">creating folders</link> and "
|
||
"<link xref=\"mail-filters\">creating filters</link>: Create a new folder and "
|
||
"create two subfolders (for incoming and for sent mail of that account). Now "
|
||
"set up an incoming filter via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters..."
|
||
"</gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</gui></guiseq> to move incoming mail to the "
|
||
"incoming folder by filtering on the recipient's address and set up an "
|
||
"outgoing filter to move outgoing mail to the sent folder by filtering on the "
|
||
"sender's address."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez utiliser IMAP au lieu de POP ou déplacer les courriels entrants "
|
||
"dans des dossiers différents en <link xref=\"mail-folders\">créant des "
|
||
"dossiers</link> et en <link xref=\"mail-filters\">créant des filtres</"
|
||
"link> : créez un dossier et deux sous-dossiers (un pour les courriels "
|
||
"sortants, l'autre pour ceux envoyés pour ce compte). Ensuite configurez un "
|
||
"filtre entrant en utilisant <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Filtres de "
|
||
"message</gui><gui style=\"button\">Ajouter</gui></guiseq> pour déplacer les "
|
||
"courriels entrant dans le dossier des messages entrants en filtrant sur "
|
||
"l'adresse du destinataire et configurez un filtre sortant pour déplacer les "
|
||
"courriels sortant dans le dossier des messages envoyés en filtrant sur "
|
||
"l'adresse de l'expéditeur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Sorting the message list of a mail folder."
|
||
msgstr "Trier la liste des messages d'un dossier de courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:28(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sorting the message list"
|
||
msgstr "Tri de la liste des messages"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution lets you organize your emails by letting you sort messages in the "
|
||
"<link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail\">message list</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution vous permet d'organiser vos courriels en triant les messages dans "
|
||
"la <link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail\">liste des messages</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:33(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Sorting Mail in Email Threads"
|
||
msgstr "Tri des messages par fils de discussion"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can use a threaded message view to sort emails. To enable this feature, "
|
||
"click on <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Group By Threads</gui></guiseq> or "
|
||
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez utiliser un affichage groupé par fils de discussion pour trier "
|
||
"vos courriels. Pour activer cette fonction, cliquez sur "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Grouper par fils de discussion</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> ou pressez <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:35(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This feature, when enabled, groups replies with the original email and "
|
||
"allows you to follow the flow of the conversation from one message to the "
|
||
"next."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cette fonctionnalité, lorsqu'elle est activée, regroupe les réponses au "
|
||
"message d'origine et vous permet de suivre le flux de la conversation d'un "
|
||
"message à l'autre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:36(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a new message arrives, it will be added below the parent message. "
|
||
"Threads are sorted and displayed based on the date of the most recent "
|
||
"message received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsqu'un nouveau message arrive, il est ajouté sous le message parent. Les "
|
||
"fils de discussion sont triés et affichés sur la base de la date du message "
|
||
"reçu le plus récemment."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:37(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For Advanced Users: There is a GSettings key that allows you to toggle "
|
||
"between the collapsed and expanded state of the email threads. The collapsed "
|
||
"state is enabled by default. It can be changed by starting the "
|
||
"<app>Terminal</app> application and running the command <cmd>gsettings set "
|
||
"org.gnome.evolution.mail thread-expand true</cmd>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les utilisateurs avancés : il existe une clé GSettings qui vous permet "
|
||
"de basculer entre un état plié ou déplié des fils de discussion de courriel. "
|
||
"L'état plié est activé par défaut. Il peut être modifié en démarrant le "
|
||
"<app>terminal</app> et en lançant la commande <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome."
|
||
"evolution.mail thread-expand true</cmd>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:46(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Sorting Mail with Column Headers"
|
||
msgstr "Tri des messages avec les en-têtes de colonne"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:47(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The message list displays columns that indicate whether a message has been "
|
||
"read, whether it has attachments, how important the message is, the sender, "
|
||
"date, and the subject. To change the columns used in the message list, you "
|
||
"can do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La liste des messages comporte normalement des colonnes pour indiquer si un "
|
||
"message a été lu, s'il possède des pièces jointes, son importance, "
|
||
"l'expéditeur, la date et le sujet. Pour modifier les colonnes utilisées, "
|
||
"vous pouvez :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Drag and drop the column header bars"
|
||
msgstr "déplacer les barres d'en-tête de colonne,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Right-click on the header."
|
||
msgstr "faire un clic-droit sur l'en-tête,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:51(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the <gui>Remove This Column</gui> or <gui>Add a Column</gui> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"sélectionner l'option <gui>Enlever cette colonne</gui> ou <gui>Ajouter une "
|
||
"colonne</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:54(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution allows you to sort your messages using these columns. Just click "
|
||
"on the column label to sort the emails. The direction of the arrow next to "
|
||
"the label indicates the direction of the sort."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution vous permet de trier vos messages en utilisant ces colonnes. Il "
|
||
"suffit de cliquer sur l'étiquette de la colonne pour trier les courriels. La "
|
||
"direction de la flèche à côté de l'étiquette indique la direction du tri."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:58(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Other Sorting Options"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation d'autres options de tri"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:59(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution provides other ways for sorting email messages. You can use Sort "
|
||
"By, Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, or Unsort."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution fournit d'autres façons de trier les messages de courriel. Vous "
|
||
"pouvez utiliser Trier par, Tri croissant, Tri décroissant ou Ne pas trier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:61(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Sort By"
|
||
msgstr "Trier par"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:62(section/p)
|
||
msgid "You can also sort email messages using the <gui>Sort By</gui> list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également trier les messages de courriel en utilisant la liste "
|
||
"<gui>Trier par</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:64(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:94(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:103(item/p)
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:112(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Right-click on the message list column headers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Faites un clic-droit sur l'en-tête de la colonne de la liste des messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:65(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the <gui>Sort By</gui> option."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez l'option <gui>Trier par</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:65(item/p)
|
||
msgid "This brings up this list of criteria for sorting email messages:"
|
||
msgstr "Cela fait apparaître cette liste de critères de tri des messages :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:67(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Subject - Trimmed"
|
||
msgstr "Sujet - Tronqué"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:68(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Labels"
|
||
msgstr "Étiquettes"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:69(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Recipients"
|
||
msgstr "Destinataires"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:70(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Sender"
|
||
msgstr "Expéditeur"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:71(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Location"
|
||
msgstr "Emplacement"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:72(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Due By"
|
||
msgstr "Date d'échéance"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:73(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<link xref=\"mail-follow-up-flag\">Follow Up Flag</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link xref=\"mail-follow-up-flag\">Marqueur de suivi</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:74(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Flag Status"
|
||
msgstr "État des marqueurs"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:75(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Size"
|
||
msgstr "Taille"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:76(item/p)
|
||
msgid "To"
|
||
msgstr "À"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:77(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Received"
|
||
msgstr "Reçu"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:78(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Date"
|
||
msgstr "Date"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:79(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Subject"
|
||
msgstr "Sujet"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:80(item/p)
|
||
msgid "From"
|
||
msgstr "De"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:81(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Attachment"
|
||
msgstr "Pièce jointe"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:82(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Flagged"
|
||
msgstr "Marqué"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:83(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Status"
|
||
msgstr "État"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:84(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Custom"
|
||
msgstr "Personnalisé"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:87(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the option you wish to use in sorting email messages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez l'option que vous voulez utiliser pour le tri des messages."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:92(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Sort Ascending"
|
||
msgstr "Tri croissant"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:95(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the <gui>Sort Ascending</gui> option."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez l'option <gui>Tri croissant</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:97(section/p)
|
||
msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the bottom."
|
||
msgstr "Les messages les plus récents sont affichés en dernier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:101(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Sort Descending"
|
||
msgstr "Tri décroissant"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:104(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the <gui>Sort Descending</gui> option."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez l'option <gui>Tri décroissant</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:106(section/p)
|
||
msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the top."
|
||
msgstr "Les messages les plus récents sont affichés en premier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:110(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Unsort"
|
||
msgstr "Ne pas trier"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:113(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the <gui>Unsort</gui> option."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez l'option <gui>Ne pas trier</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:115(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This removes sorting from the column, reverting to the order of messages as "
|
||
"they were added to the folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cela enlève le tri selon cette colonne, revenant à l'état de tri des "
|
||
"messages selon leur ordre d'arrivée dans le dossier."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to mark unwanted junk and spam mail."
|
||
msgstr "Comment marquer les pourriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:30(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Marking Mail as Junk"
|
||
msgstr "Marquage d'un message comme pourriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:32(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While SpamAssassin comes with a set of predefined rules, Bogofilter needs to "
|
||
"be taught first before it will automatically filter junk mail. If you only "
|
||
"train Bogofilter on bad messages, it will assume all mail is bad (because it "
|
||
"does not know any difference) hence it will not make any decisions until the "
|
||
"database is sufficiently large to determine what is and is not spam. In any "
|
||
"case, when you first start using junk mail blocking, check the <gui>Junk</"
|
||
"gui> mail folder frequently to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get "
|
||
"flagged as junk mail."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Alors que SpamAssassin est délivré avec un ensemble de règles prédéfinies, "
|
||
"Bogofilter a besoin d'être éduqué avant de pouvoir filtrer automatiquement "
|
||
"les pourriels. Si vous entraînez Bogofilter sur de mauvais messages, il "
|
||
"supposera que tous les courriels sont mauvais (parce qu'il ne sait pas faire "
|
||
"la différence) par conséquent il ne prendra pas de décision tant que la base "
|
||
"de données n'est pas suffisamment grande pour déterminer ce qui est ou n'est "
|
||
"pas pourriel. Dans tous les cas, lorsque vous commencez à utiliser le "
|
||
"blocage des pourriels, vérifiez le dossier <gui>Pourriels</gui> fréquemment "
|
||
"pour être sûr que des courriels légitimes ne sont marqués comme pourriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:35(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Manually Marking Junk Mail"
|
||
msgstr "Marquage manuel des pourriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:36(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then click <gui>Mark "
|
||
"as Junk</gui>, or mark the message and press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</"
|
||
"key></keyseq> or click the <gui>Junk</gui> button in the tool bar. When you "
|
||
"correct it, the filter can recognize similar messages in the future, and "
|
||
"becomes more accurate as time goes on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si Evolution ne détecte pas un pourriel, faites un clic-droit sur le "
|
||
"message, puis choisissez <gui>Marquer comme pourriel</gui> ou appuyez sur "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq> ou cliquez sur le bouton "
|
||
"<gui>Pourriel</gui> dans la barre d'outils. Lorsque vous marquez ainsi le "
|
||
"courriel, le filtre pourra reconnaître les messages semblables à l'avenir, "
|
||
"et devenir de plus en plus performant avec le temps."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:37(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If legitimate mail is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the <gui>Junk</"
|
||
"gui> folder by right-clicking it and selecting <gui>Mark as Not Junk</gui> "
|
||
"or pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>, or "
|
||
"mark the message and click the <gui>Not Junk</gui> button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si des messages corrects sont marqués injustement comme pourriel, enlevez-"
|
||
"les du dossier en faisant un clic-droit sur les messages et en choisissant "
|
||
"<gui>Marquer comme non pourriel</gui>, ou en appuyant sur <keyseq><key>Maj</"
|
||
"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq> ou sélectionnez le message et "
|
||
"cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Non pourriel</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to automatically handle unwanted mail."
|
||
msgstr "Comment gérer de manière automatique les pourriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Junk and Spam Mail Handling"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des pourriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Please note that Novell GroupWise accounts have <link href=\"http://library."
|
||
"gnome.org/users/evolution/2.32/bxqwde6.html\">specific differences in Junk "
|
||
"handling</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que les comptes Novell GroupWise ont des <link href=\"http://library."
|
||
"gnome.org/users/evolution/2.32/bxqwde6.html\">différences spécifiques dans "
|
||
"la gestion des pourriels</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:7(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to set up handling unwanted junk/spam mail."
|
||
msgstr "Comment configurer la gestion des pourriels (spam) non désirés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:36(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Junk Mail Settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres de détection des pourriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:39(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Tools"
|
||
msgstr "Outils"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<app>Evolution</app> lets you check for unwanted junk or spam emails by "
|
||
"using the <app>Bogofilter</app> or <app>SpamAssassin</app> tools. To use "
|
||
"these tools, you need to make sure that they are installed via the software "
|
||
"management tool of your distribution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<app>Evolution</app> vous permet de contrôler les pourriels en utilisant les "
|
||
"outils <app>Bogofilter</app> ou <app>SpamAssassin</app>. Pour utiliser ces "
|
||
"outils, vous devez vérifier qu'ils sont installés via l'outil de gestion des "
|
||
"logiciels de votre distribution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:43(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You might need to install <app>Bogofilter</app> or <app>SpamAssassin</app> "
|
||
"to perform these steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il se peut que vous deviez installer <app>Bogofilter</app> ou "
|
||
"<app>SpamAssassin</app> pour réaliser ces étapes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:46(when/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:bogofilter\" href=\"http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/"
|
||
"\" style=\"button\">Install bogofilter</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:bogofilter\" href=\"http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/"
|
||
"\" style=\"button\">Installer bogofilter</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:47(when/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:spamassassin\" href=\"http://spamassassin.apache.org/"
|
||
"\" style=\"button\">Install spamassassin</link>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<link action=\"install:spamassassin\" href=\"http://spamassassin.apache.org/"
|
||
"\" style=\"button\">Installer spamassassin</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:52(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"SpamAssassin works through a set of predefined rules, hence it can determine "
|
||
"spam straight away. Bogofilter does not come with a default set of spam "
|
||
"criteria so it will not automatically filter anything after installing it. "
|
||
"You must <link xref=\"mail-spam-marking\">train it</link> first to make it "
|
||
"work. You can modify the actions of SpamAssassin by training it as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"SpamAssassin fonctionne à travers d'un ensemble de règles prédéfinies ; par "
|
||
"conséquent, il peut détecter les pourriels directement. Bogofilter n'est pas "
|
||
"délivré avec un ensemble par défaut de critères ; donc, il ne filtrera rien "
|
||
"automatiquement après son installation. Vous devez <link xref=\"mail-spam-"
|
||
"marking\">l'entraîner</link> d'abord pour qu'il fonctionne. Vous pouvez "
|
||
"modifier les actions de SpamAssassin en l'entraînant également."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:56(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Junk Mail Folder"
|
||
msgstr "Dossier des pourriels"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:57(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Messages that are marked as junk (either manually by the user or "
|
||
"automatically via SpamAssassin or Bogofilter) will be moved to the "
|
||
"<gui>Junk</gui> mail folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les messages marqués comme pourriels (soit manuellement par l'utilisateur ou "
|
||
"automatiquement via SpamAssassin ou Bogofilter) seront déplacés dans le "
|
||
"dossier de courriel <gui>Pourriels</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:61(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Junk Mail Preferences"
|
||
msgstr "Préférences du pourriel"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:62(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The junk mail options discussed in this page refer only to POP and Local "
|
||
"Delivery. For handling junk mails on IMAP, see the Evolution settings under "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui "
|
||
"style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les options de pourriels discutées sur cette page ne se réfèrent qu'au "
|
||
"protocoles POP et Local Delivery. Pour la gestion des pourriels avec IMAP, "
|
||
"consultez les paramètres d'Evolution sous <guiseq><gui>Édition</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Comptes de messagerie</gui><gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Modifier</gui><gui>Options de réception</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:63(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can modify how Evolution handles junk mail by changing the Junk Mail "
|
||
"Preferences:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez modifier la façon dont Evolution prend en charge le pourriel en "
|
||
"modifiant les préférences des pourriels :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:65(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> or press "
|
||
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui></guiseq>> ou "
|
||
"utilisez la combinaison <keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></"
|
||
"keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:66(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select <gui>Mail Preferences</gui>."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Préférences du courriel</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:67(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click on the <gui>Junk</gui> tab. Here, you can specify the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Pourriel</gui>. Là, vous pouvez paramétrer les "
|
||
"choses suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:69(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Checking incoming mail for junk messages."
|
||
msgstr "Détecter les pourriels dans les messages entrants."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:70(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deleting junk messages upon exit, and how often junk messages are to be "
|
||
"deleted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Supprimer les pourriels en quittant en indiquant la fréquence de leur "
|
||
"suppression."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:71(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Checking custom headers for junk."
|
||
msgstr "Détecter les pourriels en utilisant des en-têtes personnalisés."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:72(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Marking messages as not junk if the sender is in the address book."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ne pas marquer les messages comme pourriel si l'expéditeur est présent dans "
|
||
"mon carnet d'adresses."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:73(item/p)
|
||
msgid "The default junk filter."
|
||
msgstr "Le greffon par défaut pour le traitement des pourriels."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:74(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Bogofilter and SpamAssassin options."
|
||
msgstr "Options de Bogofilter et SpamAssassin."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:79(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information and specific Bogofilter or SpamAssassin configuration "
|
||
"questions it is recommended to check out the Frequently Asked Questions for "
|
||
"<link href=\"http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/faq.shtml\">Bogofilter</link> "
|
||
"resp. <link href=\"http://wiki.apache.org/spamassassin/"
|
||
"FrequentlyAskedQuestions\">SpamAssassin</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour plus d'informations et des questions spécifiques à la configuration de "
|
||
"Bogofilter ou SpamAssassin, il est recommandé de vérifier la Foire Aux "
|
||
"Questions de <link href=\"http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/faq.shtml"
|
||
"\">Bogofilter</link> ou <link href=\"http://wiki.apache.org/spamassassin/"
|
||
"FrequentlyAskedQuestions\">SpamAssassin</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An explanation for the problem that two trash folders are present in "
|
||
"Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une explication au fait que deux dossiers Corbeille soient présents dans "
|
||
"Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Two Trash folders shown for the same account"
|
||
msgstr "Deux dossiers Corbeille affichés pour le même compte"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You may have created another Trash folder to hold all your deleted email "
|
||
"messages. This can happen when you use another email client together with "
|
||
"Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est possible que vous ayez créé un autre dossier Corbeille pour contenir "
|
||
"tous vos messages de courriel supprimés. Cela peut arriver si vous utilisez "
|
||
"un autre client de messagerie conjointement à Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution's <gui>Trash</gui> folder is a <link xref=\"mail-search-folders"
|
||
"\">Search folder</link>. It does not really exist but simply displays all "
|
||
"the messages that are marked for deletion in any folders of that account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le dossier <gui>Corbeille</gui> d'Evolution est un <link xref=\"mail-search-"
|
||
"folders\">dossier de recherche</link>. Il n'existe pas réellement mais "
|
||
"affiche simplement tous les messages qui sont marqués comme supprimés dans "
|
||
"tous les dossiers de ce compte."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily tell the two Trash folders apart by looking at their icons. "
|
||
"The Evolution <gui>Trash</gui> folder has a special icon whereas the other "
|
||
"physical Trash folder looks like any other folder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez facilement différentier les deux dossiers Corbeille en regardant "
|
||
"leur icônes. La <gui>Corbeille</gui> d'Evolution possède une icône spéciale "
|
||
"alors que l'autre dossier Corbeille physique possède une icône de dossier "
|
||
"classique."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:28(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that the <gui>Junk</gui> folder is also a search folder and may also "
|
||
"appear twice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Remarquez bien que le dossier <gui>Pourriels</gui> est également un dossier "
|
||
"de recherche et il se peut qu'il apparaisse également deux fois."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Subscribing to Usenet newsgroups."
|
||
msgstr "Inscription aux groupes de nouvelles Usenet."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:25(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Newsgroups Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr "Inscription aux groupes de nouvelles"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create a newsgroup account, you are not subscribed to any groups. "
|
||
"To subscribe to a newsgroup:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous créez un compte de groupe de nouvelles, vous n'êtes inscrit à "
|
||
"aucun groupe. Pour vous inscrire à un groupe de nouvelles :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:29(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Subscriptions</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Dossier</gui><gui>Abonnements</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click a group's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cochez la case d'un groupe pour ajouter un dossier à la liste des "
|
||
"abonnements."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Changing the mail view for widescreen displays."
|
||
msgstr "Modifier l'affichage des courriels pour les écrans larges."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:22(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Vertical view"
|
||
msgstr "Affichage vertical"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the "
|
||
"vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the "
|
||
"message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview "
|
||
"pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the "
|
||
"extra width of wide screen monitors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution permet un affichage vertical en plus de l'affichage classique. En "
|
||
"affichage vertical, le panneau d'aperçu des messages est situé à droite de "
|
||
"la liste des messages, contrairement à l'affichage classique où il se situe "
|
||
"en-dessous de la liste des messages. L'affichage vertical vous permet "
|
||
"d'exploiter la largeur supplémentaire des écrans au format écran large."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To switch to vertical view, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Vertical View</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour passer à l'affichage vertical, choisissez <guiseq><gui>Affichage</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Aperçu</gui><gui>Affichage vertical</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed "
|
||
"headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. "
|
||
"The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and "
|
||
"Subject in the second line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En affichage vertical, la liste des messages contient une ligne double d'en-"
|
||
"têtes réduits, ce qui permet d'exploiter la largeur supplémentaire dans la "
|
||
"colonne d'aperçu. Ces lignes réduites comportent le nom et le courriel de "
|
||
"l'expéditeur, l'icône de pièces jointes, la date ainsi que le sujet en "
|
||
"seconde ligne."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:30(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To switch back to classical view, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Classical View</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour repasser à l'affichage classique, choisissez <guiseq><gui>Affichage</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Aperçu</gui><gui>Affichage classique</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters."
|
||
msgstr "Passage à la ligne dans les courriels sortants au 72e caractère."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters"
|
||
msgstr "Passage à la ligne dans les courriels sortants au 72e caractère"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For better readability lines are wrapped after 72 characters. This value is "
|
||
"hardcoded and cannot be changed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour une meilleure lisibilité, les lignes sont coupées après 72 caractères. "
|
||
"Cette valeur est codée en dur et ne peut pas être modifiée."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To avoid line breaks within a paragraph, mark the paragraph and choose "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>Paragraph Style</gui><gui>Preformatted</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> in the mail composer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour éviter des sauts de lignes dans un paragraphe, sélectionnez le "
|
||
"paragraphe et sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>Style de "
|
||
"paragraphe</gui><gui>Préformaté</gui></guiseq> dans l'éditeur de courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Work with your mail while not being connected to the network."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Travailler avec vos courriels alors que vous n'êtes pas connecté au réseau."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Working Offline"
|
||
msgstr "Travail hors ligne"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Offline mode helps you communicate with remote mail storage systems like "
|
||
"GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange, in situations where you are not connected to "
|
||
"the network at all times. Evolution keeps a local copy of one or more "
|
||
"folders to allow you to compose messages, storing them in your Outbox to be "
|
||
"sent the next time you connect."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le mode hors ligne vous aide à communiquer avec des systèmes de stockage "
|
||
"distant de messages comme GroupWise, IMAP ou Exchange, dans des situations "
|
||
"où vous n'êtes pas connecté au réseau en permanence. Evolution conserve une "
|
||
"copie locale d'un ou de plusieurs dossiers pour vous permettre de composer "
|
||
"des messages et de les stocker dans la boîte d'envoi en vue de leur "
|
||
"expédition lors de votre prochaine connexion."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but other connections "
|
||
"usually download just the headers, and get the rest only when you want to "
|
||
"read the message. Before you go offline, Evolution downloads the unread "
|
||
"messages from the folders you have chosen to store."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La messagerie POP télécharge tous les messages sur votre système local, mais "
|
||
"les autres types de connexion ne chargent généralement que les en-têtes et "
|
||
"ne téléchargent le reste que lorsque vous demandez à lire le message. Avant "
|
||
"de se mettre hors ligne, Evolution télécharge les messages non lus se "
|
||
"trouvant dans les dossiers que vous avez choisis de conserver."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:30(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Marking folders for offline usage"
|
||
msgstr "Signalement des dossiers pour utilisation hors ligne"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:31(section/p)
|
||
msgid "To mark a mail folder for offline use,"
|
||
msgstr "Pour marquer un dossier de courriel pour une utilisation hors ligne,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Right-click the folder, then click <gui>Properties</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Faites un clic-droit sur le dossier, puis choisissez <gui>Propriétés</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Click <gui>Copy folder content locally for offline operation</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui>Copier localement le contenu du dossier pour les opérations "
|
||
"hors ligne</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:39(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Syncing messages for offline usage"
|
||
msgstr "Synchronisation des messages pour une utilisation hors ligne"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower left corner "
|
||
"of the Evolution main window. When you are online, it displays two connected "
|
||
"cables. When you go offline via clicking the icon or via <guiseq><gui>File</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Work Offline</gui></guiseq>, the cables separate. You will be asked "
|
||
"whether you want to go offline immediately or synchronize folders locally "
|
||
"before you go offline."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'état de votre connexion est indiqué par une petite icône dans le coin "
|
||
"inférieur gauche de la fenêtre principale d'Evolution. Lorsque vous êtes en "
|
||
"ligne, cette icône montre deux câbles connectés. Lorsque vous vous "
|
||
"déconnectez en cliquant sur l'icône ou en utilisant le menu "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Travailler hors ligne</gui></guiseq>, les "
|
||
"deux câbles se séparent. Il vous est demandé si vous voulez immédiatement "
|
||
"travailler hors ligne ou synchroniser les dossiers localement avant d'être "
|
||
"déconnecté."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:41(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To download Messages for Offline Operations without immediately going "
|
||
"offline, select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Download Messages for Offline "
|
||
"Usage</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour télécharger les messages pour des opérations hors-ligne sans être "
|
||
"directement mis hors ligne, sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Fichier</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Télécharger les messages pour utilisation hors ligne</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:45(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Automatic Network State Handling"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion automatique de l'état du réseau"
|
||
|
||
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:46(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Evolution automatically understands the network state and acts accordingly. "
|
||
"For instance, Evolution switches to offline mode when the network goes down "
|
||
"and automatically switches on when the network is up again. Ensure that your "
|
||
"system has Network Manager installed to enable this feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Evolution détecte automatiquement l'état du réseau et agit en conséquence. "
|
||
"Par exemple, Evolution passe en mode hors ligne lorsque le réseau n'est plus "
|
||
"disponible et se remet en ligne dès que le réseau est de nouveau "
|
||
"opérationnel. Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, assurez-vous que Network "
|
||
"Manager est installé sur votre système."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Searching memos."
|
||
msgstr "Rechercher des mémos."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:28(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching Memos"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche de mémos"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:31(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching in a Single Memo"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche dans un seul mémo"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:32(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find text in the displayed memo, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Find "
|
||
"in Memo...</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour trouver un texte dans le mémo affiché, sélectionnez "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Rechercher dans le mémo</gui></guiseq> dans "
|
||
"le menu principal."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:36(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching Across Memos"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche parmi les mémos"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-searching.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Memos view, you can quickly search for memos either by summary or by "
|
||
"category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la vue des Mémos, vous pouvez faire une recherche rapide de mémos soit "
|
||
"par résumé ou par catégorie."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding a memo to your memo list."
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'un mémo à votre liste de mémos."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding a Memo"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'un mémo"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Memo</gui></guiseq>, or "
|
||
"press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Mémo</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> ou utilisez la combinaison de touches <keyseq><key>Maj</"
|
||
"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select a memo list in the <gui>List</gui> dropdown list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez une liste de mémos dans la liste déroulante <gui>Liste</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the memo information."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez les informations du mémo."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:32(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you just want to quickly add a memo by entering a summary you can "
|
||
"directly enter it in the list of memos."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez juste ajouter rapidement un mémo en saisissant un résumé, "
|
||
"vous pouvez le saisir directement dans la liste des mémos."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:34(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also define a <link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, or a "
|
||
"<link xref=\"calendar-classifications\">classification</link> for the memo, "
|
||
"or add an attachment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également définir une <link xref=\"using-categories\">catégorie</"
|
||
"link> ou une <link xref=\"calendar-classifications\">classification</link> "
|
||
"pour le mémo ou ajouter une pièce jointe."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:37(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Shared Memos"
|
||
msgstr "Mémos partagés"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:39(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Shared Memos are like mail messages except they are scheduled for a "
|
||
"particular day and appear on the calendar for that date. You can use shared "
|
||
"memos to show vacations, holidays, pay days, birthdays, and so on. Posted "
|
||
"shared memos are placed in your Calendar on the date you specify. They are "
|
||
"not placed in your Mailbox or in any other user's Mailbox."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les mémos partagés sont semblables à des courriels, à la différence qu'ils "
|
||
"sont planifiés pour un jour bien précis et qu'ils apparaissent dans l'agenda "
|
||
"à cette date. Ils sont utiles pour afficher les vacances, les congés, les "
|
||
"jours de paie, les anniversaires, etc. Les mémos partagés postés sont placés "
|
||
"dans votre agenda à la date indiquée. Ils n'apparaissent pas dans votre "
|
||
"boîte de messagerie ni dans celle d'autres utilisateurs."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:41(section/p)
|
||
msgid "To send a Shared Memo,"
|
||
msgstr "Pour envoyer un mémo partagé,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:43(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Shared Memo</gui></guiseq>, "
|
||
"or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Mémos partagés</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq> ou utilisez la combinaison de touches <keyseq><key>Maj</"
|
||
"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:44(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to "
|
||
"the Organizer field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le nom du compte de l'organisateur dans la liste déroulante à "
|
||
"côté du champ « Organisateur »."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:45(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the To field, type a username, then press Enter. Repeat this for "
|
||
"additional users."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le champ « À », saisissez un nom d'utilisateur, puis appuyez sur "
|
||
"Entrée. Répétez l'opération pour ajouter d'autres utilisateurs."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:46(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the task list (under <gui>List</gui>) in which you would like to "
|
||
"create the entry."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez la liste de tâches (sous <gui>Liste</gui>) dans laquelle vous "
|
||
"souhaitez créer l'élément."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter a brief summary in the Summary field."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez un bref résumé dans le champ Résumé."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Start Date field, type the date this shared memo should appear in the "
|
||
"recipients' calendars."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le champ « Date de début », saisissez la date à laquelle ce mémo "
|
||
"partagé doit apparaître dans l'agenda des destinataires."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Deleting a memo from your memo list."
|
||
msgstr "Supprimer un mémo de votre liste de mémos."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Deleting a Memo"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression d'un mémo"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to delete a memo in your memo lists, right-click on the memo and "
|
||
"select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the memo and click <gui>Delete</gui> "
|
||
"in the tool bar, or click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Memo</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez supprimer un mémo de votre liste de mémos, effectuez un clic-"
|
||
"droit sur le mémo et sélectionnez <gui>Supprimer</gui> ou cliquez sur le "
|
||
"mémo et cliquez sur <gui>Supprimer</gui> dans la barre d'outils ou cliquez "
|
||
"sur <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Supprimer le mémo</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Editing a memo in your memo list."
|
||
msgstr "Modifier un mémo de votre liste de mémos."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Editing a Memo"
|
||
msgstr "Modification d'un mémo"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid "If you want to change a memo that already exists in your memo lists,"
|
||
msgstr "Si vous souhaitez modifier un mémo existant de votre liste de mémos,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Double-click on the memo that you want to edit in the list of memos, or "
|
||
"right-click on the memo and click <gui>Open Memo</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"faites un double-clic sur le mémo que vous voulez modifier dans la liste des "
|
||
"mémos ou faites un clic-droit sur le mémo, puis cliquez sur <gui>Ouvrir le "
|
||
"mémo</gui>,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Edit the memo information."
|
||
msgstr "modifiez les informations du mémo,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting memos."
|
||
msgstr "À propos de l'ajout, la modification et la suppression de mémos."
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Add, Edit and Delete Memos"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout, modification et suppression des mémos"
|
||
|
||
#: C/memos-usage.page:22(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Currently there is no support for syncing memos with the <app>Tomboy</app> "
|
||
"or <app>Gnote</app> applications."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Actuellement, il n'y a pas de prise en charge de la synchronisation des "
|
||
"mémos avec les applications <app>Tomboy</app> ou <app>Gnote</app>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On minimizing Evolution to the notification area."
|
||
msgstr "À propos de la minimisation d'Evolution dans la zone de notification."
|
||
|
||
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:25(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Minimizing Evolution to the system tray"
|
||
msgstr "Minimisation d'Evolution dans la zone de notification"
|
||
|
||
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"GNOME, by default, has a <link xref=\"mail-received-notification"
|
||
"\">notification area</link> which includes an applet that informs users of "
|
||
"any system updates, changes, or events. This includes the arrival of email "
|
||
"messages on Evolution. You can refer to this built-in feature of GNOME for "
|
||
"any email notifications."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, GNOME possède une <link xref=\"mail-received-notification\">zone "
|
||
"de notification</link> qui inclut un applet informant les utilisateurs de "
|
||
"n'importe quels mises à jour, modifications ou événements. Cela comprend "
|
||
"l'arrivée de courriels dans Evolution. Vous pouvez faire référence à cette "
|
||
"fonctionnalité intégrée de GNOME pour toutes notifications de courriel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In GNOME version 2 you may modify the notification area and set it up to "
|
||
"become a system tray by using external applications which might be available "
|
||
"for installation in the software management tool of your distribution. "
|
||
"Available options are for example <link href=\"http://alltray.trausch.us/"
|
||
"\">Alltray</link> or <link href=\"http://code.google.com/p/tint2/\">Tint2</"
|
||
"link>. This is no longer possible in GNOME 3."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la version 2 de GNOME, vous pouvez modifier la zone de notification et "
|
||
"la configurer pour qu'elle devienne une zone de notification système en "
|
||
"utilisant des logiciels externes probablement disponibles dans l'outil de "
|
||
"gestion de logiciels de votre distribution. Les options disponibles sont par "
|
||
"exemple <link href=\"http://alltray.trausch.us/\">Alltray</link> ou <link "
|
||
"href=\"http://code.google.com/p/tint2/\">Tint2</link>. Ce n'est plus "
|
||
"possible avec GNOME 3."
|
||
|
||
#: C/offline.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Make Evolution be online again."
|
||
msgstr "Faire qu'Evolution soit à nouveau en ligne."
|
||
|
||
#: C/offline.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Why is Evolution offline when my net connection is working?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pourquoi Evolution est-il hors ligne quand ma connexion réseau fonctionne ?"
|
||
|
||
#: C/offline.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You may have started Evolution with the <cmd>--offline</cmd> commandline "
|
||
"option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Peut-être avez-vous démarré Evolution avec l'option de ligne de commande "
|
||
"<cmd>--offline</cmd>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/offline.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this is not the case and Evolution normally works but has suddenly "
|
||
"stopped connecting, you may have unintentionally clicked on the connection "
|
||
"icon in the lower left corner. When connected, the icon resembles a pair of "
|
||
"sockets joined together. If the sockets are open, there is no connection "
|
||
"(and the <gui style=\"button\">Send/Receive</gui> button is grayed out). "
|
||
"Click on the icon to change its state."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si ce n'est pas le cas et qu'Evolution fonctionne normalement mais "
|
||
"soudainement stoppe la connexion, vous avez peut-être involontairement "
|
||
"cliqué sur l'icône de connexion dans le coin inférieur gauche. En cas de "
|
||
"connexion, l'icône ressemble à une paire de prises de courant reliées entre "
|
||
"elles. Si les prises ne se touchent pas, il n'y a pas de connexion (et le "
|
||
"bouton <gui style=\"button\">Envoyer/Recevoir</gui> est grisé). Cliquez sur "
|
||
"l'icône pour modifier son état."
|
||
|
||
#: C/offline.page:28(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the problem persists and you are sure you have not clicked the icon, but "
|
||
"you can still reach the network from other apps on your system (browsers, "
|
||
"FTP, SSH, ping etc.) it may be that NetworkManager (NM) is not properly "
|
||
"configured. Many Linux distributions now use NM to manage their connections, "
|
||
"and if it is installed Evolution will use it to detect if the network is up. "
|
||
"However NM can be installed but not properly configured, leaving the network "
|
||
"working but not detectable by Evolution. (Note that other GNOME-based "
|
||
"applications may also fail for the same reason.) The solution is to "
|
||
"configure NM to manage your network interface. This is usually easy to do "
|
||
"but is outside the scope of this document. For more information please take "
|
||
"a look at the <link href=\"help:gnome-help#net\">Desktop help</link> or seek "
|
||
"help from your distribution support forums, mailing lists etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le problème persiste et que vous êtes sûr de ne pas avoir cliqué sur "
|
||
"l'icône mais que vous pouvez toujours atteindre le réseau à partir d'autres "
|
||
"applications sur votre système (navigateurs, FTP, SSH, ping, etc.), il est "
|
||
"possible que le gestionnaire de réseaux NetworkManager ne soit pas configuré "
|
||
"correctement. Beaucoup de distributions Linux utilisent maintenant "
|
||
"NetworkManager pour gérer leurs connexions et s'il est installé, Evolution "
|
||
"l'utilise pour détecter si le réseau est actif. Cependant ce gestionnaire "
|
||
"peut être installé mais mal configuré, laissant le réseau en fonction mais "
|
||
"non détectable par Evolution (notez que les autres applications basées sur "
|
||
"GNOME peuvent ne pas fonctionner pour les mêmes raisons). La solution est de "
|
||
"configurer NetworkManager pour gérer votre interface réseau. Cela devrait "
|
||
"être facile à faire mais dépasse la portée de ce document. Pour plus "
|
||
"d'informations, demandez de l'aide sur les forums, listes de diffusion, etc. "
|
||
"qui concernent votre distribution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/organizing.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On organizing and finding your data in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À propos de l'organisation et la recherche de vos données dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/organizing.page:18(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sorting and organizing"
|
||
msgstr "Tri et organisation"
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to provide good information when tracking down a problem."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment fournir de bonnes informations lors de la localisation d'un problème."
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "How to track down a problem"
|
||
msgstr "Localisation d'un problème"
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a first hint, error messages will be either displayed in the statusbar or "
|
||
"between the tool bar and the search bar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comme premier indice, les messages d'erreur sont affichés dans la barre "
|
||
"d'état ou entre les barres d'outils et de recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To further track down a problem, some debug options are listed on the <link "
|
||
"href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/evolution/bugs.shtml\">Evolution project "
|
||
"website</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour poursuivre la recherche du problème, certaines options de débogage sont "
|
||
"énumérées sur le <link href=\"http://projects.gnome.org/evolution/bugs.shtml"
|
||
"\">site Web du projet Evolution</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To contact the Evolution community for help, please see <link xref="
|
||
"\"problems-getting-help\">How to get help</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour demander de l'aide à la communauté Evolution, consulter <link xref="
|
||
"\"problems-getting-help\">comment obtenir de l'aide</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-getting-help.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to get help for problems."
|
||
msgstr "Comment obtenir de l'aide en cas de problèmes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-getting-help.page:22(page/title)
|
||
msgid "How to get help"
|
||
msgstr "Obtention d'aide"
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-getting-help.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive help on problems you can send an email to the <link href=\"http://"
|
||
"mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/evolution-list\">Evolution mailing list</"
|
||
"link> or talk to developers and other users in the IRC chat channel "
|
||
"#evolution on the server irc.gimp.net. To connect to an IRC server you can "
|
||
"for example <link href=\"help:empathy#irc-manage\">use the internet "
|
||
"messenger application <app>Empathy</app></link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour recevoir de l'aide à propos de problèmes, vous pouvez envoyer un "
|
||
"courriel à la <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/evolution-"
|
||
"list\">liste de diffusion d'Evolution</link> ou discuter avec les "
|
||
"développeurs et les autres utilisateurs sur le canal de discussion IRC "
|
||
"#evolution sur le serveur irc.gimp.net. Pour vous connecter à un serveur "
|
||
"IRC, vous pouvez par exemple <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\">utiliser "
|
||
"l'application de messagerie internet <app>Empathy</app></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "How to report mistakes in the application."
|
||
msgstr "Comment rapporter des anomalies dans l'application."
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "How to report bugs"
|
||
msgstr "Rapport de bogues"
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you do not need help for configuration but you are sure that you have "
|
||
"found a mistake or wrong behavior in the Evolution software, or if you want "
|
||
"to request a feature, you can file a report in the <link href=\"http://"
|
||
"bugzilla.gnome.org\">GNOME bug tracking system</link>. Note that this "
|
||
"requires registration first. Please try to avoid filing duplicates and check "
|
||
"the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html"
|
||
"\">bug writing guidelines</link> first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous n'avez pas besoin d'aide concernant la configuration et que vous "
|
||
"êtes sûr d'avoir trouvé une erreur ou un comportement défectueux dans le "
|
||
"logiciel Evolution ou si vous voulez demander une nouvelle fonctionnalité, "
|
||
"vous pouvez remplir un rapport dans le <link href=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org"
|
||
"\">système de suivi de bogues GNOME</link>. Notez qu'il est nécessaire de "
|
||
"s'enregistrer d'abord. Essayez de ne pas faire de doublons et consultez "
|
||
"d'abord les <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing."
|
||
"html\">conseils d'écriture de bogues</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Also note that GNOME distributions sometimes introduce their own changes in "
|
||
"Evolution that are not included in GNOME Evolution. This is hard to "
|
||
"recognize for users but if you are aware of it please file a bug report in "
|
||
"<link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/Bugsquad/TriageGuide/"
|
||
"NonGnome#Bug_trackers_for_distributions\">the bug tracker of your GNOME "
|
||
"distribution</link> instead."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez également que les distributions de GNOME introduisent parfois leurs "
|
||
"propres modifications dans Evolution qui ne sont pas incluses dans Evolution "
|
||
"de GNOME. C'est difficile à détecter pour les utilisateurs mais si vous êtes "
|
||
"au courant de cela, remplissez plutôt un rapport de bogue dans <link href="
|
||
"\"https://live.gnome.org/Bugsquad/TriageGuide/"
|
||
"NonGnome#Bug_trackers_for_distributions\">le système de suivi de bogues de "
|
||
"votre distribution GNOME</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When reporting bugs exact information is welcome as it makes it easier for "
|
||
"others to reproduce and fix the issue. If possible please include "
|
||
"information such as the Evolution version (under <guiseq><gui>Help</"
|
||
"gui><gui>About</gui></guiseq>), your distribution, and exact steps to "
|
||
"reproduce the problem, click by click. See the <link href=\"https://bugzilla."
|
||
"gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">Bug Writing Guidelines</link> for "
|
||
"more information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de vos rapports de bogues, des informations précises sont les "
|
||
"bienvenues car cela facilite la reproduction de votre bogue et la résolution "
|
||
"du problème. Si possible, veuillez inclure des informations comme la version "
|
||
"d'Evolution (dans le menu <guiseq><gui>Aide</gui><gui>À propos</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>), le nom de votre distribution et les étapes à suivre pour "
|
||
"reproduire le problème, clic après clic. Consultez les <link href=\"https://"
|
||
"bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">conseils d'écriture de "
|
||
"bogues</link> pour plus d'informations."
|
||
|
||
#: C/searching-items.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Searching content and data within <app>Evolution</app>."
|
||
msgstr "Rechercher du contenu et des données parmi <app>Evolution</app>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/searching-items.page:18(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching items"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche d'éléments"
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Synchronize Evolution data with handheld devices and mobile phones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Synchroniser les données d'Evolution avec les périphériques pris en charge "
|
||
"et les téléphones portables."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Synchronize <app>Evolution</app> with other devices"
|
||
msgstr "Synchronisation d'<app>Evolution</app> avec les autres périphériques"
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:25(page/p)
|
||
msgid "There are currently no \"recommended instructions\" for users."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il n'y a actuellement aucune « instructions recommandées » pour les "
|
||
"utilisateurs."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Many distributions provide the application <app><link href=\"http://"
|
||
"syncevolution.org/\">SyncEvolution</link></app> that can be used in "
|
||
"combination with devices that support <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia."
|
||
"org/wikipedia/en/wiki/SyncML\">SyncML</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De nombreuses distributions fournissent l'application <app><link href="
|
||
"\"http://syncevolution.org/\">SyncEvolution</link></app> qui peut être "
|
||
"utilisée conjointement avec les périphériques qui prennent en charge <link "
|
||
"href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/SyncML\">SyncML</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:29(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In general it is recommended to use applications and devices that both "
|
||
"support the <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/"
|
||
"ActiveSync\">ActiveSync protocol</link> (such as <app>SyncEvolution</app>). "
|
||
"A <link href=\"https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/"
|
||
"List_of_collaborative_software\">list of collaborative software</link> is "
|
||
"available on Wikipedia."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En général, il est recommandé d'utiliser les applications et les "
|
||
"périphériques qui prennent tous les deux en charge le <link href=\"https://"
|
||
"secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/ActiveSync\">protocole ActiveSync</"
|
||
"link> (comme <app>SyncEvolution</app>). Une <link href=\"https://secure."
|
||
"wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/List_of_collaborative_software\">liste de "
|
||
"logiciels collaboratifs</link> est disponible sur Wikipedia."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:31(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you can provide good practices or more information on this topic feel "
|
||
"free to file a bug report in <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/"
|
||
"enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution&component=User%20Documentation\">GNOME's "
|
||
"bug tracking system</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez une bonne expérience ou plus d'informations à ce sujet, "
|
||
"n'hésitez pas à remplir un rapport d'anomalie dans le <link href=\"https://"
|
||
"bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution&component=User"
|
||
"%20Documentation\">système de suivi de bogues de GNOME</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:34(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Palm"
|
||
msgstr "Palm"
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:35(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To synchronize with a Palm OS device like the PalmPilot(TM) and the "
|
||
"Handspring Visor several steps are needed: First, you need to enable "
|
||
"synchronization. Second, your computer needs to recognize and access your "
|
||
"handheld. Third, you should decide what sort of synchronization behavior you "
|
||
"want."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour se synchroniser avec un périphérique Palm OS comme le PalmPilot(TM) et "
|
||
"le Handspring Visor, il y a plusieurs étapes à suivre. Tout d'abord, vous "
|
||
"devez activer la synchronisation. Deuxièmement, votre ordinateur doit "
|
||
"reconnaître le périphérique et pouvoir y accéder. Ensuite, vous devez "
|
||
"définir le type de synchronisation à utiliser."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:37(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Enabling Synchronization"
|
||
msgstr "Activation de la synchronisation"
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:38(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have not used a handheld device with your computer before, you need "
|
||
"to configure it via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>GNOME Pilot "
|
||
"Synchronization...</gui></guiseq>. Make sure that you have read and write "
|
||
"permissions on the device, which is normally in <file>/dev/pilot</file>. If "
|
||
"that does not work, check in <file>/dev/ttyS0</file> if you have a serial "
|
||
"connection, or in <file>/dev/ttyUSB1</file> for a USB connection. You can do "
|
||
"this by becoming root user and adding your username to the group that owns "
|
||
"this device node. For a USB device on sync, two device nodes are created, "
|
||
"<file>ttyUSB0</file> and <file>ttyUSB1</file>. The second node is the one to "
|
||
"be used in configuring the device."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous n'avez jamais utilisé un périphérique portable avec votre "
|
||
"ordinateur, vous devez le configurer en utilisant le menu "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Synchronisation Pilot GNOME...</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>. Vérifiez que vous disposez des autorisations de lecture et "
|
||
"d'écriture sur le périphérique (dans <file>/dev/pilot</file> normalement). "
|
||
"En cas de problème, faites un essai avec <file>/dev/ttyS0</file> si vous "
|
||
"disposez d'une connexion série ou dans <file>/dev/ttyUSB1</file> si vous "
|
||
"disposez d'une connexion USB. Pour ce faire, vous devez passer en mode "
|
||
"administrateur et ajouter votre nom d'utilisateur au groupe qui a les droits "
|
||
"sur ce nœud de périphérique. Dans le cas d'une synchronisation par USB, deux "
|
||
"nœuds sont créés, <file>ttyUSB0</file> et <file>ttyUSB1</file>. Le second "
|
||
"nœud est celui qui sera utilisé pour configurer le périphérique."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:41(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Selecting Conduits"
|
||
msgstr "Sélection des canaux"
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:42(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After your computer and your Palm OS device are communicating, select the "
|
||
"conduits you want under the <gui>Pilot Conduits</gui> section. You can use "
|
||
"conduits to synchronize data with several applications; the Evolution "
|
||
"conduits are labeled <gui>EAddress</gui> for the contacts in your address "
|
||
"book; <gui>ECalendar</gui> for your calendar; and <gui>ETodo</gui> for your "
|
||
"task list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque votre ordinateur et le périphérique Palm OS communiquent, "
|
||
"sélectionnez les canaux appropriés dans la section <gui>Pilot Conduits</gui> "
|
||
"(canaux Pilot). Vous pouvez utiliser des canaux pour synchroniser les "
|
||
"données avec plusieurs applications ; les canaux Evolution s'appellent "
|
||
"<gui>EAddress</gui> pour les contacts de votre carnet d'adresses, "
|
||
"<gui>ECalendar</gui> pour votre agenda et <gui>ETodo</gui> pour votre "
|
||
"listede tâches."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:43(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <gui>Enable</gui>, then click <gui>Settings</gui> to change what the "
|
||
"conduit does when activated. Your options can vary depending on the conduit, "
|
||
"but typically they are as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui>Activer</gui>, puis sur <gui>Paramètres</gui> pour modifier "
|
||
"le comportement d'un canal lorsqu'il est activé. Les options varient en "
|
||
"fonction du canal, mais en règle générale, vous disposez des options "
|
||
"suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:45(item/p)
|
||
msgid "<gui>Disabled</gui>: Do nothing."
|
||
msgstr "<gui>Désactivé</gui> : ne rien faire."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:46(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<gui>Synchronize</gui>: Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and "
|
||
"from the handheld to the computer. Remove items that were on both systems "
|
||
"but have been deleted on one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<gui>Synchroniser</gui> : copie les nouvelles données de l'ordinateur vers "
|
||
"le périphérique et vice-versa ; supprime les éléments qui figuraient sur les "
|
||
"deux systèmes et qui ont été supprimés de l'un des deux."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:47(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<gui>Copy From Pilot</gui>: If there is any new data on the handheld device, "
|
||
"copy it to the computer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<gui>Copier à partir du Pilot</gui> : si le périphérique portable contient "
|
||
"de nouvelles données, elles sont copiées vers l'ordinateur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<gui>Copy To Pilot</gui>: Copy new data from the computer to the handheld."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"<gui>Copier vers le Pilot</gui> : copier les nouvelles données de "
|
||
"l'ordinateur vers le périphérique portable."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:50(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the behavior you want for each conduit you choose to use. If you're "
|
||
"not sure, use <gui>Synchronize</gui>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez le comportement de chacun des canaux à utiliser. Si vous ne "
|
||
"savez pas, utilisez <gui>Synchroniser</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:54(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Synchronizing Information"
|
||
msgstr "Informations de synchronisation"
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:55(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the following procedure to synchronize the data on your Palm OS device "
|
||
"with the data you store in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Procédez comme suit pour synchroniser les données sur le périphérique Palm "
|
||
"OS et les données que vous stockez dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:57(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to back up your information before synchronizing, make a copy of "
|
||
"the <file>.local/share/evolution</file> directory inside your home directory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez sauvegarder les informations avant la synchronisation, faites "
|
||
"une copie du répertoire <file>.local/share/evolution</file> dans votre "
|
||
"dossier personnel."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:58(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Put your handheld device in its cradle and press the <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">HotSync</gui> button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Placez le périphérique sur sa station d'accueil et appuyez sur le bouton "
|
||
"<gui style=\"button\">HotSync</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:59(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use Palm OS version 4.0 and have password protection turned on for "
|
||
"your handheld device, you might encounter trouble synchronizing. If this "
|
||
"happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld, synchronize "
|
||
"it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable password protection on "
|
||
"your handheld."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous utilisez Palm OS version 4.0 et que la protection par mot de passe "
|
||
"est active sur le périphérique portable, des problèmes de synchronisation "
|
||
"peuvent se produire. Dans ce cas, désactivez la protection par mot de passe "
|
||
"sur votre périphérique portable, synchronisez le périphérique et votre "
|
||
"ordinateur, puis réactivez-la."
|
||
|
||
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:61(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Now your Palm OS device will synchronize data with Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant votre périphérique Palm OS et Evolution devraient se synchroniser."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using an online CalDAV task list or memo list."
|
||
msgstr "Utilise une liste de tâches ou de mémos en ligne CalDAV."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using a CalDAV task or memo list"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation d'une liste de tâches ou de mémos CalDAV"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:22(page/p) C/tasks-webdav.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following "
|
||
"steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter ce type de liste de tâches ou de mémos à Evolution, suivez les "
|
||
"étapes suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:24(item/p) C/tasks-local.page:24(item/p)
|
||
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Task List</gui></guiseq> or "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Memo List</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Liste de "
|
||
"tâches</gui></guiseq> ou <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Liste de mémos</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:28(item/p) C/tasks-webdav.page:30(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez si vous souhaitez en voir le contenu quand vous êtes hors-ligne."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:29(item/p) C/tasks-webdav.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the address of the list in the <gui>URL</gui> field."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez l'adresse de la liste dans le champ <gui>URL</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:35(page/p) C/tasks-local.page:31(page/p)
|
||
msgid "The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La liste de tâche sera ajoutée à la liste des listes de tâches d'Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Options for displaying task completion and due dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Options d'affichage de la réalisation et des dates d'échéance des tâches."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Displaying of tasks"
|
||
msgstr "Affichage des tâches"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The following task-related options are available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Tasks</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les options suivantes en relation avec les tâches sont disponibles dans "
|
||
"l'onglet <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui><gui>Agenda et "
|
||
"tâches</gui><gui>Tâches</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:31(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Tasks due today:"
|
||
msgstr "Tâches d'aujourd'hui :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:32(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the color for tasks due today."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez la couleur des tâches du jour."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:33(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Overdue tasks:"
|
||
msgstr "Tâches en retard :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:34(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select the color for overdue tasks."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez la couleur des tâches échues."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:35(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Hide completed tasks after:"
|
||
msgstr "Masquer les tâches effectuées après :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time "
|
||
"measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you do not select this option, "
|
||
"completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cochez cette option pour masquer les tâches effectuées après un délai "
|
||
"exprimé en jours, heures ou minutes. Si vous ne cochez pas cette option, les "
|
||
"tâches effectuées restent dans la liste des tâches et sont signalées comme "
|
||
"étant terminées."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-local.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding another local task or memo list."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter une autre liste locale de tâches ou de mémos."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-local.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding another local task or memo list"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'une autre liste locale de tâches ou de mémos"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-local.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add another local task list to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter une autre liste de tâches locale à Evolution, suivez les étapes "
|
||
"suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-organizing.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On task and memo lists, searching, and categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À propos des listes, de la recherche et des catégories de tâches et de mémos."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-organizing.page:21(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Sorting and organizing tasks and memos"
|
||
msgstr "Tri et organisation des tâches et des mémos"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Searching tasks."
|
||
msgstr "Rechercher des tâches."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:28(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching Tasks"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche de tâches"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:31(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching in a Single Task"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche dans une seule tâche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:32(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find text in the displayed task, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Find "
|
||
"in Task...</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour trouver un texte dans la tâche affichée, sélectionnez "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Rechercher dans la tâche</gui></guiseq> dans "
|
||
"le menu principal."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:36(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Searching Across Tasks"
|
||
msgstr "Recherche parmi les tâches"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-searching.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Tasks view, you can quickly search for tasks either by summary or by "
|
||
"category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la vue de Tâches, vous pouvez faire une recherche rapide de tâches, par "
|
||
"résumé ou par catégorie."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding a task to your task list."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter une tâche à votre liste de tâches."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:23(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding a Task"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout d'une tâche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Task</gui></guiseq>, or "
|
||
"press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Tâche</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq> ou utilisez la combinaison de touches <keyseq><key>Maj</"
|
||
"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:27(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Select a task list in the <gui>List</gui> dropdown list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez une liste de tâches dans la liste déroulante <gui>Liste</gui>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:28(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the task information."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez les informations de la tâche."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:32(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you just want to quickly add a task by entering a summary you can "
|
||
"directly enter it in the list of tasks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez juste ajouter rapidement une tâche en saisissant un résumé, "
|
||
"vous pouvez le saisir directement dans la liste des tâches."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:34(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also define a <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">time zone</link>, a "
|
||
"<link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, or a <link xref=\"calendar-"
|
||
"classifications\">classification</link> for the task, or add an attachment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également définir un <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">fuseau "
|
||
"horaire</link>, une <link xref=\"using-categories\">catégorie</link> ou une "
|
||
"<link xref=\"calendar-classifications\">classification</link> pour la tâche "
|
||
"ou ajouter une pièce jointe."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:37(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Assigned Tasks"
|
||
msgstr "Tâches attribuées"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:39(section/p)
|
||
msgid "Evolution can be used to assign a task to multiple people."
|
||
msgstr "Evolution permet d'attribuer des tâches à plusieurs personnes."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:40(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you assign a task, you can specify the attendees in several categories, "
|
||
"such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the task, each attendee is "
|
||
"sent an email with the task information, which also gives them the option to "
|
||
"respond."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous attribuez une tâche, vous pouvez indiquer les participants dans "
|
||
"plusieurs catégories, telles que « président » ou « attendus ». Lorsque vous "
|
||
"enregistrez la tâche, chaque participant reçoit un courriel avec les "
|
||
"informations de la tâche, qui leur donnent également la possibilité de "
|
||
"répondre."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:41(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is similar to <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation"
|
||
"\">meetings</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il s'agit d'une chose similaire aux <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-"
|
||
"invitation\">réunions</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:42(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an Assigned Task, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Assigned Task</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une tâche attribuée, cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</"
|
||
"gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui> Tâche attribuée</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Deleting a task from your task list."
|
||
msgstr "Supprimer une tâche de votre liste de tâches."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Deleting a Task"
|
||
msgstr "Suppression d'une tâche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to delete a task in your task lists, right-click on the task and "
|
||
"select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the task and click <gui>Delete</gui> "
|
||
"in the tool bar or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>, or "
|
||
"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Task</gui></guiseq>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez supprimer une tâche de votre liste de tâches, faites un clic-"
|
||
"droit sur la tâche et sélectionnez <gui>Supprimer</gui> ou cliquez sur la "
|
||
"tâche et cliquez sur <gui>Supprimer</gui> dans la barre d'outils ou utilisez "
|
||
"la combinaison de touches <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq> ou "
|
||
"utilisez le menu <guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Supprimer la tâche</gui></"
|
||
"guiseq>."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Editing a task in your task list."
|
||
msgstr "Modifier une tâche de votre liste de tâches."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Editing a Task"
|
||
msgstr "Modification d'une tâche"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid "If you want to change a task that already exists in your task lists,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous souhaitez modifier une tâche existante de votre liste de tâches,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:25(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Double-click on the task that you want to edit in the list of tasks, or "
|
||
"right-click on the task and click <key>Open Task</key>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"faites un double-clic sur la tâche que vous voulez modifier dans la liste de "
|
||
"tâches ou faites un clic-droit sur la tâche, puis cliquez sur <key>Ouvrir la "
|
||
"tâche</key>,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:26(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Edit the task information."
|
||
msgstr "modifiez les informations de la tâche,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting tasks."
|
||
msgstr "À propos de l'ajout, la modification et la suppression de tâches."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-usage.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Tasks"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout, modification et suppression des tâches"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Adding and using more than one task list or memo list."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter et utiliser plus d'une liste de tâches ou de mémos."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using several task lists or memo lists"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation de plusieurs listes de tâches ou de mémos"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can have multiple task or memo lists and choose which of your lists get "
|
||
"displayed. For example, you might have tasks for work, tasks for home, and "
|
||
"tasks for the singing club of which you are a member. The side bar shows "
|
||
"these lists, and you can select or deselect any of the boxes next to them to "
|
||
"show and hide the corresponding tasks or memos in your view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez avoir plusieurs listes de tâches et de mémos et choisir "
|
||
"lesquelles seront affichées. Par exemple, vous pouvez avoir des tâches pour "
|
||
"le travail, des tâches pour la maison et des tâches pour le club de chant "
|
||
"dont vous êtes membre. La barre latérale affiche ces listes et vous pouvez "
|
||
"cocher ou pas n'importe quelle case en face d'elles pour afficher ou masquer "
|
||
"les tâches ou mémos correspondants dans la vue."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:24(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Tasks and memos from each task or memo list appear as different colors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les tâches et les mémos de chaque liste apparaissent dans une couleur "
|
||
"différente."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:26(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also use lists that are not on your computer, such as on the "
|
||
"internet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez utilisez des listes qui ne sont pas sur votre ordinateur, par "
|
||
"exemple en utilisant une liste sur internet."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid "Using an online WebDAV task list or memo list."
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser une liste de tâches ou de mémos en ligne WebDAV."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:20(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using a WebDAV task or memo list"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation d'une liste de tâches ou de mémos WebDAV"
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:22(page/p)
|
||
msgid "Lists of this type are read-only."
|
||
msgstr "Les listes de ce type sont en lecture seule."
|
||
|
||
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:37(page/p)
|
||
msgid "The list will be added in Evolution."
|
||
msgstr "La liste sera ajoutée dans Evolution."
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:5(info/desc)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using and managing categories for appointments, contacts, memos and tasks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utilisation et gestion des catégories pour les rendez-vous, les contacts, "
|
||
"les mémos et les tâches."
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:25(page/title)
|
||
msgid "Using Categories"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation des catégories"
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:27(page/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another way to group contacts, appointments, tasks and memos (summarized by "
|
||
"the term \"objects\" in the following text) is to mark them as belonging to "
|
||
"different categories. You can mark an object as being in several categories "
|
||
"or no category at all. For example in your address book, you put a friend in "
|
||
"the \"Business\" category because he works with you and the \"Friends\" "
|
||
"category because he is a friend."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une autre façon de grouper des contacts, des rendez-vous, des tâches et des "
|
||
"mémos (désignés sous le terme « objets » dans le texte suivant) est de les "
|
||
"marquer comme faisant partie de différentes catégories. Un objet peut "
|
||
"appartenir à plusieurs catégories ou à aucune. Par exemple, dans votre "
|
||
"carnet d'adresses, vous pouvez placer un ami dans la catégorie « Travail » "
|
||
"parce qu'il travaille avec vous et dans la catégorie « Amis » car c'est un "
|
||
"ami."
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:29(note/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To display only the objects in a particular category, select the "
|
||
"corresponding category in the quick <link xref=\"searching-items\">search</"
|
||
"link> bar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher seulement les objets d'une certaine catégorie, sélectionnez la "
|
||
"catégorie correspondante dans la barre de <link xref=\"searching-items"
|
||
"\">recherche</link> rapide."
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:32(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Setting categories for an object"
|
||
msgstr "Paramétrage des catégories d'un objet"
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:34(section/p)
|
||
msgid "To mark an object as belonging to a category,"
|
||
msgstr "Pour marquer un objet comme appartenant à une catégorie,"
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:36(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Double-click the object to bring up the corresponding editor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Faites un double-clic sur l'objet pour faire apparaître la fenêtre de "
|
||
"l'éditeur correspondant."
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:37(item/p) C/using-categories.page:49(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Categories...</gui>. (If this button is not "
|
||
"available, select <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Categories</gui></guiseq>.)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Catégories...</gui> (si ce bouton n'est "
|
||
"pas disponible, sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Catégories</"
|
||
"gui></guiseq>)."
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:38(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the category from the list. You can select as many or as few "
|
||
"categories as you like."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez la catégorie dans la liste. Vous pouvez sélectionner autant de "
|
||
"catégories que vous le souhaitez."
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:44(section/title)
|
||
msgid "Adding and managing categories"
|
||
msgstr "Ajout et gestion des catégories"
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:46(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the default list of categories does not suit your needs, you can add your "
|
||
"own categories either directly via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Available "
|
||
"Categories</gui></guiseq>, or indirectly when editing an object:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la liste par défaut des catégories ne correspond pas à vos besoins, vous "
|
||
"pouvez ajouter vos propres catégories soit directement via "
|
||
"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Catégories disponibles</gui></guiseq>, soit "
|
||
"indirectement en éditant un objet :"
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:48(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Double-click any object to bring up the corresponding editor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Faites un double-clic sur l'objet pour faire apparaître la fenêtre de "
|
||
"l'éditeur correspondant."
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:50(item/p)
|
||
msgid "Enter the new category in the entry box at the top."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez le nom de la nouvelle catégorie dans la zone de saisie tout en "
|
||
"haut."
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:52(item/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now see the category in the <gui>Categories</gui> text field in the "
|
||
"editor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le nom de la catégorie apparaît maintenant dans le champ de texte "
|
||
"<gui>Catégories</gui> de l'éditeur."
|
||
|
||
#: C/using-categories.page:56(section/p)
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the <gui>Categories Editor</gui> you can edit or set the color and icon "
|
||
"for each category available by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> at "
|
||
"the bottom of the <gui>Categories</gui> window. Press <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Delete</gui> to delete categories from the list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'<gui>Éditeur de catégories</gui>, vous pouvez modifier ou définir la "
|
||
"couleur et l'icône de chaque catégorie disponible en cliquant sur le bouton "
|
||
"<gui style=\"button\">Modifier</gui> en bas de la fenêtre des "
|
||
"<gui>Catégories</gui>. Cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button"
|
||
"\">Supprimer</gui> pour supprimer des catégories de la liste."
|